Holographic renormalisation group flows and renormalisation from a Wilsonian perspective
Lizana, J M; Perez-Victoria, M
2015-01-01
From the Wilsonian point of view, renormalisable theories are understood as submanifolds in theory space emanating from a particular fixed point under renormalisation group evolution. We show how this picture precisely applies to their gravity duals. We investigate the Hamilton-Jacobi equation satisfied by the Wilson action and find the corresponding fixed points and their eigendeformations, which have a diagonal evolution close to the fixed points. The relevant eigendeformations are used to construct renormalised theories. We explore the relation of this formalism with holographic renormalisation. We also discuss different renormalisation schemes and show that the solutions to the gravity equations of motion can be used as renormalised couplings that parametrise the renormalised theories. This provides a transparent connection between holographic renormalisation group flows in the Wilsonian and non-Wilsonian approaches. The general results are illustrated by explicit calculations in an interacting scalar the...
Calculating the renormalisation group equations of a SUSY model with Susyno
Fonseca, Renato M
2011-01-01
Susyno is a Mathematica package dedicated to the computation of the 2-loop renormalisation group equations of a supersymmetric model based on any gauge group (the only exception being multiple U(1) groups) and for any field content.
Calculating the renormalisation group equations of a SUSY model with Susyno
Fonseca, Renato M.
2012-10-01
Susyno is a Mathematica package dedicated to the computation of the 2-loop renormalisation group equations of a supersymmetric model based on any gauge group (the only exception being multiple U(1) groups) and for any field content. Program summary Program title: Susyno Catalogue identifier: AEMX_v1_0 Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/AEMX_v1_0.html Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen's University, Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions: Standard CPC licence, http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/licence/licence.html No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 30829 No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 650170 Distribution format: tar.gz Programming language: Mathematica 7 or higher. Computer: All systems that Mathematica 7+ is available for (PC, Mac). Operating system: Any platform supporting Mathematica 7+ (Windows, Linux, Mac OS). Classification: 4.2, 5, 11.1. Nature of problem: Calculating the renormalisation group equations of a supersymmetric model involves using long and complicated general formulae [1, 2]. In addition, to apply them it is necessary to know the Lagrangian in its full form. Building the complete Lagrangian of models with small representations of SU(2) and SU(3) might be easy but in the general case of arbitrary representations of an arbitrary gauge group, this task can be hard, lengthy and error prone. Solution method: The Susyno package uses group theoretical functions to calculate the super-potential and the soft-SUSY-breaking Lagrangian of a supersymmetric model, and calculates the two-loop RGEs of the model using the general equations of [1, 2]. Susyno works for models based on any representation(s) of any gauge group (the only exception being multiple U(1) groups). Restrictions: As the program is based on the formalism of [1, 2], it shares its limitations. Running time can also be a significant restriction, in particular for models with many fields. Unusual features
Heilmann, D.B.
2007-02-15
The two-plane HUBBARD model, which is a model for some electronic properties of undoped YBCO superconductors as well as displays a MOTT metal-to-insulator transition and a metal-to-band insulator transition, is studied within Dynamical Mean-Field Theory using HIRSCH-FYE Monte Carlo. In order to find the different transitions and distinguish the types of insulator, we calculate the single-particle spectral densities, the self-energies and the optical conductivities. We conclude that there is a continuous transition from MOTT to band insulator. In the second part, ground state properties of a diagonally disordered HUBBARD model is studied using a generalisation of Path Integral Renormalisation Group, a variational method which can also determine low-lying excitations. In particular, the distribution of antiferromagnetic properties is investigated. We conclude that antiferromagnetism breaks down in a percolation-type transition at a critical disorder, which is not changed appreciably by the inclusion of correlation effects, when compared to earlier studies. Electronic and excitation properties at the system sizes considered turn out to primarily depend on the geometry. (orig.)
Perturbation theory and renormalisation group equations
Litim, Daniel F; Litim, Daniel F.; Pawlowski, Jan M.
2002-01-01
We discuss the perturbative expansion of several one-loop improved renormalisation group equations. It is shown that in general the integrated renormalisation group flows fail to reproduce perturbation theory beyond one loop.
Hierarchical parallelisation of functional renormalisation group calculations - hp-fRG
Rohe, Daniel
2016-10-01
The functional renormalisation group (fRG) has evolved into a versatile tool in condensed matter theory for studying important aspects of correlated electron systems. Practical applications of the method often involve a high numerical effort, motivating the question in how far High Performance Computing (HPC) can leverage the approach. In this work we report on a multi-level parallelisation of the underlying computational machinery and show that this can speed up the code by several orders of magnitude. This in turn can extend the applicability of the method to otherwise inaccessible cases. We exploit three levels of parallelisation: Distributed computing by means of Message Passing (MPI), shared-memory computing using OpenMP, and vectorisation by means of SIMD units (single-instruction-multiple-data). Results are provided for two distinct High Performance Computing (HPC) platforms, namely the IBM-based BlueGene/Q system JUQUEEN and an Intel Sandy-Bridge-based development cluster. We discuss how certain issues and obstacles were overcome in the course of adapting the code. Most importantly, we conclude that this vast improvement can actually be accomplished by introducing only moderate changes to the code, such that this strategy may serve as a guideline for other researcher to likewise improve the efficiency of their codes.
Hierarchical Parallelisation of Functional Renormalisation Group Calculations -- hp-fRG
Rohe, Daniel
2015-01-01
The functional renormalisation group (fRG) has become a powerful and widely used method to study correlated electron systems. This often involves a high numerical effort, motivating the question in how far High Performance Computing (HPC) platforms can leverage the approach. In this work we report on a multi-level parallelisation of the underlying computational machinery and show that this can speed up the code by several orders of magnitude. This in turn can extend the applicability of the method to otherwise inaccessible cases. We exploit three levels of parallelisation: Distributed computing by means of Message Passing (MPI), shared-memory computing using OpenMP, and vectorisation by means of SIMD units (single-instruction-multiple-data). Results are provided for two distinct High Performance Computing (HPC) platforms, namely the IBM-based BlueGene/Q system JUQUEEN and an Intel Sandy-Bridge-based development cluster. We discuss how certain issues and obstacles were overcome in the course of adapting the co...
The renormalisation group via statistical inference
Bény, Cédric
2014-01-01
In physics one attempts to infer the rules governing a system given only the results of imperfect measurements. Hence, microscopic theories may be effectively indistinguishable experimentally. We develop an operationally motivated procedure to identify the corresponding equivalence classes of theories. Here it is argued that the renormalisation group arises from the inherent ambiguities in constructing the classes: one encounters flow parameters as, e.g., a regulator, a scale, or a measure of precision, which specify representatives of the equivalence classes. This provides a unifying framework and identifies the role played by information in renormalisation. We validate this idea by showing that it justifies the use of low-momenta n-point functions as relevant observables around a gaussian hypothesis. Our methods also provide a way to extend renormalisation techniques to effective models which are not based on the usual quantum-field formalism, and elucidates the distinctions between various type of RG.
Infrared QCD and the Renormalisation Group
Litim, D F; Nedelko, S; Von Smekal, L; Litim, Daniel F.; Pawlowski, Jan M.; Nedelko, Sergei; Smekal, Lorenz v.
2004-01-01
We study the infrared regime of QCD by means of a Wilsonian renormalisation group. We explain how, in general, the infrared structure of Green functions is deduced in this approach. Our reasoning is put to work in Landau gauge QCD, where the leading infrared terms of the propagators are computed. The results support the Kugo-Ojima scenario of confinement. Possible extensions are indicated.
Ising exponents from the functional renormalisation group
Litim, Daniel F
2010-01-01
We study the 3d Ising universality class using the functional renormalisation group. With the help of background fields and a derivative expansion up to fourth order we compute the leading index, the subleading symmetric and anti-symmetric corrections to scaling, the anomalous dimension, the scaling solution, and the eigenperturbations at criticality. We also study the cross-correlations of scaling exponents, and their dependence on dimensionality. We find a very good numerical convergence of the derivative expansion, also in comparison with earlier findings. Evaluating the data from all functional renormalisation group studies to date, we estimate the systematic error which is found to be small and in good agreement with findings from Monte Carlo simulations, \\epsilon-expansion techniques, and resummed perturbation theory.
Completeness and consistency of renormalisation group flows
Litim, Daniel F; Litim, Daniel F.; Pawlowski, Jan M.
2002-01-01
We study different renormalisation group flows for scale dependent effective actions, including exact and proper-time renormalisation group flows. These flows have a simple one loop structure. They differ in their dependence on the full field-dependent propagator, which is linear for exact flows. We investigate the inherent approximations of flows with a non-linear dependence on the propagator. We check explicitly that standard perturbation theory is not reproduced. We explain the origin of the discrepancy by providing links to exact flows both in closed expressions and in given approximations. We show that proper-time flows are approximations to Callan-Symanzik flows. Within a background field formalism, we provide a generalised proper-time flow, which is exact. Implications of these findings are discussed.
Aspects of the Functional Renormalisation Group
Pawlowski, J M
2005-01-01
We discuss structural aspects of the functional renormalisation group. Flows for a general class of correlation functions are derived, and it is shown how symmetry relations of the underlying theory are lifted to the regularised theory. A simple equation for the flow of these relations is provided. The setting includes general flows in the presence of composite operators and their relation to standard flows, an important example being NPI quantities. We discuss optimisation and derive a functional optimisation criterion. Applications deal with the interrelation between functional flows and the quantum equations of motion, general Dyson-Schwinger equations. We discuss the combined use of these functional equations as well as outlining the construction of practical renormalisation schemes, also valid in the presence of composite operators. Furthermore, the formalism is used to derive various representations of modified symmetry relations in gauge theories, as well as to discuss gauge-invariant flows. We close w...
Renormalisation Group Flow and Kaon Condensation
Krippa, Boris
2016-01-01
Functional renormalisation group approach is applied to a system of kaons with finite chemical potential. A set of approximate flow equations for the effective couplings is derived and solved. At high scale the system is found to be at the normal phase whereas at some critical value of the running scale it undergoes the phase transition (PT) to the phase with a spontaneously broken symmetry with the kaon condensate as an order parameter. The value of the condensate turns out to be quite sensitive to the kaon-kaon scattering length.
Quantum groups and quantum field theory III. Renormalisation
Brouder, C; Brouder, Christian; Schmitt, William
2002-01-01
The Hopf algebra of renormalisation in quantum field theory is described at a general level. The products of fields at a point are assumed to form a bialgebra B and renormalisation endows T(T(B)^+), the double tensor algebra of B, with the structure of a noncommutative bialgebra. When the bialgebra B is commutative, renormalisation turns S(S(B)^+), the double symmetric algebra of B, into a commutative bialgebra. The usual Hopf algebra of renormalisation is recovered when the elements of $T^1(B)$ are not renormalised, i.e. when Feynman diagrams containing one single vertex are not renormalised. When B is the Hopf algebra of a commutative group, a homomorphism is established between the bialgebra S(S(B)^+) and the Faa di Bruno bialgebra of composition of series. The relation with the Connes-Moscovici Hopf algebra of diffeomorphisms is given. Finally, the bialgebra S(S(B)^+) is shown to give the same results as the standard renormalisation procedure for the scalar field.
Predictive power of renormalisation group flows a comparison
Litim, Daniel F; Litim, Daniel F.; Pawlowski, Jan M.
2001-01-01
We study a proper-time renormalisation group, which is based on an operator cut-off regularisation of the one-loop effective action. The predictive power of this approach is constrained because the flow is not an exact one. We compare it to the Exact Renormalisation Group, which is based on a momentum regulator in the Wilsonian sense. In contrast to the former, the latter provides an exact flow. To leading order in a derivative expansion, an explicit map from the exact to the proper-time renormalisation group is established. The opposite map does not exist in general. We discuss various implications of these findings, in particular in view of the predictive power of the proper-time renormalisation group. As an application, we compute critical exponents for O(N)-symmetric scalar theories at the Wilson-Fisher fixed point in 3d from both formalisms.
The Manifestly Gauge Invariant Exact Renormalisation Group
Rosten, O J
2005-01-01
We construct a manifestly gauge invariant Exact Renormalisation Group (ERG) whose form is suitable for computation in SU(N) Yang-Mills theory, beyond one-loop. An effective cutoff is implemented by embedding the physical SU(N) theory in a spontaneously broken SU(N|N) Yang-Mills theory. To facilitate computations within this scheme, which proceed at every step without fixing the gauge, we develop a set of diagrammatic techniques. As an initial test of the formalism, the one-loop SU(N) Yang-Mills beta-function, beta_1, is computed, and the standard, universal answer is reproduced. It is recognised that the computational technique can be greatly simplified. Using these simplifications, a partial proof is given that, to all orders in perturbation theory, the explicit dependence of perturbative $\\beta$-function coefficients, beta_n, on certain non-universal elements of the manifestly gauge invariant ERG cancels out. This partial proof yields an extremely compact, diagrammatic form for the surviving contributions t...
Renormalisation group flows for gauge theories in axial gauges
Litim, Daniel F; Litim, Daniel F.; Pawlowski, Jan M.
2002-01-01
Gauge theories in axial gauges are studied using Exact Renormalisation Group flows. We introduce a background field in the infrared regulator, but not in the gauge fixing, in contrast to the usual background field gauge. It is shown how heat-kernel methods can be used to obtain approximate solutions to the flow and the corresponding Ward identities. Expansion schemes are discussed, which are not applicable in covariant gauges. As an application, we derive the one-loop effective action for covariantly constant field strength, and the one-loop beta-function for arbitrary regulator.
Functional renormalisation group equations for supersymmetric field theories
Synatschke-Czerwonka, Franziska
2011-01-11
This work is organised as follows: In chapter 2 the basic facts of quantum field theory are collected and the functional renormalisation group equations are derived. Chapter 3 gives a short introduction to the main concepts of supersymmetry that are used in the subsequent chapters. In chapter 4 the functional RG is employed for a study of supersymmetric quantum mechanics, a supersymmetric model which are studied intensively in the literature. A lot of results have previously been obtained with different methods and we compare these to the ones from the FRG. We investigate the N=1 Wess-Zumino model in two dimensions in chapter 5. This model shows spontaneous supersymmetry breaking and an interesting fixed-point structure. Chapter 6 deals with the three dimensional N=1 Wess-Zumino model. Here we discuss the zero temperature case as well as the behaviour at finite temperature. Moreover, this model shows spontaneous supersymmetry breaking, too. In chapter 7 the two-dimensional N=(2,2) Wess-Zumino model is investigated. For the superpotential a non-renormalisation theorem holds and thus guarantees that the model is finite. This allows for a direct comparison with results from lattice simulations. (orig.)
Renormalisation group improved leptogenesis in family symmetry models
Cooper, Iain K., E-mail: ikc1g08@soton.ac.uk [School of Physics and Astronomy, University of Southampton, Southampton, SO17 1BJ (United Kingdom); King, Stephen F., E-mail: king@soton.ac.uk [School of Physics and Astronomy, University of Southampton, Southampton, SO17 1BJ (United Kingdom); Luhn, Christoph, E-mail: christoph.luhn@durham.ac.uk [School of Physics and Astronomy, University of Southampton, Southampton, SO17 1BJ (United Kingdom); Institute for Particle Physics Phenomenology, University of Durham, Durham, DH1 3LE (United Kingdom)
2012-06-11
We study renormalisation group (RG) corrections relevant for leptogenesis in the case of family symmetry models such as the Altarelli-Feruglio A{sub 4} model of tri-bimaximal lepton mixing or its extension to tri-maximal mixing. Such corrections are particularly relevant since in large classes of family symmetry models, to leading order, the CP violating parameters of leptogenesis would be identically zero at the family symmetry breaking scale, due to the form dominance property. We find that RG corrections violate form dominance and enable such models to yield viable leptogenesis at the scale of right-handed neutrino masses. More generally, the results of this paper show that RG corrections to leptogenesis cannot be ignored for any family symmetry model involving sizeable neutrino and {tau} Yukawa couplings.
The c and a-theorems and the Local Renormalisation Group
Shore, Graham M
2016-01-01
The Zamolodchikov c-theorem has led to important new insights in our understanding of the renormalisation group and the geometry of the space of QFTs. Here, we review the parallel developments of the search for a higher-dimensional generalisation of the c-theorem and of the Local Renormalisation Group. The idea of renormalisation with position-dependent couplings, running under local Weyl scaling, is traced from its early realisations to the elegant modern formalism of the local renormalisation group. The key role of the associated Weyl consistency conditions in establishing RG flow equations for the coefficients of the trace anomaly in curved spacetime, and their relation to the c-theorem and four-dimensional a-theorem, is explained in detail. A number of different derivations of the c-theorem in two dimensions are presented -- using spectral functions, RG analysis of Green functions of the energy-momentum tensor T_{\\mu\
Functional Renormalisation Group analysis of Tensorial Group Field Theories on $\\mathbb{R}^d$
Geloun, Joseph Ben; Oriti, Daniele
2016-01-01
Rank-d Tensorial Group Field Theories are quantum field theories defined on a group manifold $G^{\\times d}$, which represent a non-local generalization of standard QFT, and a candidate formalism for quantum gravity, since, when endowed with appropriate data, they can be interpreted as defining a field theoretic description of the fundamental building blocks of quantum spacetime. Their renormalisation analysis is crucial both for establishing their consistency as quantum field theories, and for studying the emergence of continuum spacetime and geometry from them. In this paper, we study the renormalisation group flow of two simple classes of TGFTs, defined for the group $G=\\mathbb{R}$ for arbitrary rank, both without and with gauge invariance conditions, by means of functional renormalisation group techniques. The issue of IR divergences is tackled by the definition of a proper thermodynamic limit for TGFTs. We map the phase diagram of such models, in a simple truncation, and identify both UV and IR fixed poin...
The Wilson Renormalisation Group Applied to the Potential in NN Scattering
Birse, M C; Richardson, K G; Birse, Michael C.; Govern, Judith A. Mc; Richardson, Keith G.
1998-01-01
Nonrelativistic two-body scattering by a short-ranged potential is studied using the renormalisation group. Two fixed points are identified: a trivial one and one describing systems with a bound state at zero energy. The eigenvalues of the linearised renormalisation group are used to assign a systematic power-counting to terms in the potential near each of these fixed points. The expansion around the nontrivial fixed point defines a power counting scheme which is equivalent to the effective-range expansion.
Renormalisation Group Corrections to the Littlest Seesaw Model and Maximal Atmospheric Mixing
King, Stephen F; Zhou, Shun
2016-01-01
The Littlest Seesaw (LS) model involves two right-handed neutrinos and a very constrained Dirac neutrino mass matrix, involving one texture zero and two independent Dirac masses, leading to a highly predictive scheme in which all neutrino masses and the entire PMNS matrix is successfully predicted in terms of just two real parameters. We calculate the renormalisation group (RG) corrections to the LS predictions, with and without supersymmetry, including also the threshold effects induced by the decoupling of heavy Majorana neutrinos both analytically and numerically. We find that the predictions for neutrino mixing angles and mass ratios are rather stable under RG corrections. For example we find that the LS model with RG corrections predicts close to maximal atmospheric mixing, $\\theta_{23}=45^\\circ \\pm 1^\\circ$, in most considered cases, in tension with the latest NOvA results. The techniques used here apply to other seesaw models with a strong normal mass hierarchy.
Renormalisation group corrections to the littlest seesaw model and maximal atmospheric mixing
King, Stephen F. [School of Physics and Astronomy, University of Southampton,SO17 1BJ Southampton (United Kingdom); Zhang, Jue [Center for High Energy Physics, Peking University,Beijing 100871 (China); Zhou, Shun [Center for High Energy Physics, Peking University,Beijing 100871 (China); Institute of High Energy Physics, Chinese Academy of Sciences,Beijing 100049 (China)
2016-12-06
The Littlest Seesaw (LS) model involves two right-handed neutrinos and a very constrained Dirac neutrino mass matrix, involving one texture zero and two independent Dirac masses, leading to a highly predictive scheme in which all neutrino masses and the entire PMNS matrix is successfully predicted in terms of just two real parameters. We calculate the renormalisation group (RG) corrections to the LS predictions, with and without supersymmetry, including also the threshold effects induced by the decoupling of heavy Majorana neutrinos both analytically and numerically. We find that the predictions for neutrino mixing angles and mass ratios are rather stable under RG corrections. For example we find that the LS model with RG corrections predicts close to maximal atmospheric mixing, θ{sub 23}=45{sup ∘}±1{sup ∘}, in most considered cases, in tension with the latest NOvA results. The techniques used here apply to other seesaw models with a strong normal mass hierarchy.
Transformation a Echelle Fixe et Groupe de Renormalisation pour les Objets Fractals et Multifractals
Tremblay, Real
Dans un premier temps, la description mathematique des fractals et des multifractais est resumee. Une description de quelques-uns des principaux systemes ou apparaissent des spectres d'exposants multifractals est presentee. L'accent est mis sur deux archetypes, le modele de percolation et le modele de rupture dielectrique. Un modele original de cascade multifractale avec interactions inspire des modeles phenomenologiques de la turbulence est presente et son spectre d'exposants calcule analytiquement. Ce travail elargit la classe de modeles pour lesquels on connait le spectre d'exposants exactement. Dans la seconde partie, on trouve une analyse critique de la transformation a echelle fixe. Sont discutees plus particulierement les proprietes que doivent posseder les diagrammes de base pour obtenir une transformation invariante d'echelle. Les differentes hypotheses arbitraires de la theorie sont mises en evidence. L'une de ces hypotheses concerne le traitement auto-coherent des conditions aux frontieres. Considerant cette hypothese comme valable, la theorie utilise la distribution de trous dans un ensemble de Cantor aleatoire. Un calcul exact de cette distribution est donne ici. Enfin, en troisieme et dernier lieu, on retrouve une analyse exhaustive du probleme du crossover dans le modele de percolation avec une resistance non-nulle pour les liens normalement isolants. A l'aide du groupe de renormalisation de Migdal-Kadanoff, on montre qu'il existe un seul exposant de crossover et une seule longueur de coherence. D'autres longueurs de correlation peuvent etre definies, mais elles demeurent dans un rapport fixe le long des axes propres du groupe de renormalisation. La multifractalite est donc, pour ce modele et ceux qui peuvent etre formules de facon analogue, compatible avec l'existence d'une seule longueur de coherence. Ces resultats sont d'application directe pour les proprietes electriques des milieux desordonnes.
New fixed points of the renormalisation group for two-body scattering
Birse, M.C. [The University of Manchester, Theoretical Physics Division, School of Physics and Astronomy, Manchester (United Kingdom); Epelbaum, E. [Ruhr-Universitaet Bochum, Institut fuer Theoretische Physik II, Fakultaet fuer Physik und Astronomie, Bochum (Germany); Gegelia, J. [Juelich Center for Hadron Physics, Forschungszentrum Juelich, Institute for Advanced Simulation, Institut fuer Kernphysik, Juelich (Germany); Tbilisi State University, Tbilisi (Georgia)
2016-02-15
We outline a separable matrix ansatz for the potentials in effective field theories of non-relativistic two-body systems with short-range interactions. We use this ansatz to construct new fixed points of the renormalisation-group equation for these potentials. New fixed points indicate a much richer structure than previously recognized in the RG flows of simple short-range potentials. (orig.)
A renormalisation group analysis of 2d freely decaying magnetohydrodynamic turbulence
Brax, P
1996-01-01
We study two dimensional freely decaying magnetohydrodynamic turbulence. We investigate the time evolution of the probability law of the gauge field and the stream function. Assuming that this probability law is initially defined by a statistical field theory in the basin of attraction of a renormalisation group fixed point, we show that its time evolution is generated by renormalisation transformations. In the long time regime, the probability law is described by non-unitary conformal field theories. In that case, we prove that the kinetic and magnetic energy spectra are proportional. We then construct a family of fixed points using the (p,p+2) non-unitary minimal models of conformal field theories.
Pairing in asymmetric many-fermion systems: Functional renormalisation group approach
Boris Krippa
2015-05-01
Full Text Available Functional renormalisation group approach is applied to a imbalanced many-fermion system with a short-range attractive force. We introduce a composite boson field to describe pairing effects, and assume a simple ansatz for the effective action. A set of approximate flow equations for the effective coupling including boson and fermionic fluctuations is derived and solved. We identify the critical values of particle number density mismatch when the system undergoes a normal state. We determine the phase diagram both at unitarity and around. The obtained phase diagram is in a reasonable agreement with the experimental data.
The c and a-theorems and the local renormalisation group
Shore, Graham
2017-01-01
The Zamolodchikov c-theorem has led to important new insights in the understanding of the Renormalisation Group (RG) and the geometry of the space of QFTs. The present primer introduces and reviews the parallel developments of the search for a higher-dimensional generalisation of the c-theorem and of the Local RG (LRG). The idea of renormalisation with position-dependent couplings, running under local Weyl scaling, is traced from its early realisations to the elegant modern formalism of the LRG. The key rôle of the associated Weyl consistency conditions in establishing RG flow equations for the coefficients of the trace anomaly in curved spacetime, and their relation to the c-theorem and four-dimensional a-theorem, is explained in detail. A number of different derivations of the c-theorem in two dimensions are presented and subsequently generalised to four dimensions. The obstructions to establishing monotonic C-functions related to the trace anomaly coefficients in four dimensions are explained. The possibi...
On Finiteness of 2- and 3-point Functions and the Renormalisation Group
Prochazka, Vladimir
2016-01-01
Two and three point functions of composite operators are analysed with regard to (logarithmically) divergent contact terms. Using the renormalisation group of dimensional regularisation it is established that the divergences are governed by the anomalous dimensions of the operators and the leading UV-behaviour of the $1/\\epsilon$-coefficient. Explicit examples are given by the $$-, $$-trace of the energy momentum tensor) and $$- correlators in QCD-like theories. The former two are convergent when all orders are taken into account but divergent at each order in perturbation theory implying that the latter and the the $\\epsilon \\to 0$ limit do not generally commute. Finite correlation functions obey unsubtracted dispersion relations which is of importance when they are directly related to physical observables. As a byproduct the $R^2$-anomaly is extended to NNLO ($O(\\alpha^5)$) using a recent $$-computation.
Kurth, S.
2002-09-04
The renormalised quark mass in the Schroedinger functional is studied perturbatively with a non-vanishing background field. The framework in which the calculations are done is the Schroedinger functional. Its definition and basic properties are reviewed and it is shown how to make the theory converge faster towards its continuum limit by O(a) improvement. It is explained how the Schroedinger functional scheme avoids the implications of treating a large energy range on a single lattice in order to determine the scale dependence of renormalised quantities. The description of the scale dependence by the step scaling function is introduced both for the renormalised coupling and the renormalised quark masses. The definition of the renormalised coupling in the Schroedinger functional is reviewed, and the concept of the renormalised mass being defined by the axial current and density via the PCAC-relation is explained. The running of the renormalised mass described by its step scaling function is presented as a consequence of the fact that the renormalisation constant of the axial density is scale dependent. The central part of the thesis is the expansion of several correlation functions up to 1-loop order. The expansion coefficients are used to compute the critical quark mass at which the renormalised mass vanishes, as well as the 1-loop coefficient of the renormalisation constant of the axial density. Using the result for this renormalisation constant, the 2-loop anomalous dimension is obtained by conversion from the MS-scheme. Another important application of perturbation theory carried out in this thesis is the determination of discretisation errors. The critical quark mass at 1-loop order is used to compute the deviation of the coupling's step scaling function from its continuum limit at 2-loop order. Several lattice artefacts of the current quark mass, defined by the PCAC relation with the unrenormalised axial current and density, are computed at 1-loop order
Physics and the choice of regulators in functional renormalisation group flows
Pawlowski, Jan M; Schmidt, Richard; Wetzel, Sebastian J
2015-01-01
The Renormalisation Group is a versatile tool for the study of many systems where scale-dependent behaviour is important. Its functional formulation can be cast into the form of an exact flow equation for the scale-dependent effective action in the presence of an infrared regularisation. The functional RG flow for the scale-dependent effective action depends explicitly on the choice of regulator, while the physics does not. In this work, we systematically investigate three key aspects of how the regulator choice affects RG flows: (i) We study flow trajectories along closed loops in the space of action functionals varying both, the regulator scale and shape function. Such a flow does not vanish in the presence of truncations. Based on a definition of the length of an RG trajectory, we suggest a practical procedure for devising optimised regularisation schemes within a truncation. (ii) In systems with various field variables, a choice of relative cutoff scales is required. At the example of relativistic bosonic...
Hubert, Laurent
Des conducteurs organiques fortement anisotropes presentent, sous l'effet d'un champ magnetique, une etonnante variete de proprietes physiques tel que: l'effet Shubnikov-de Haas, l'effet de Haas-van-Alphen, l'existence de cascades d'ondes de densite de spin apparentees a l'effet Hall quantique, reentrance vers la phase metallique pouvant provenir d'un 'breakdown' magnetique, et tout recemment la possibilite d'un confinement charge induit par le champ magnetique. A cela s'ajoute les nombreuses caracteristiques deja apparues en variant la pression hydrostatique ou la substitution chimique: separation spin-charge, localisation de la charge, transition spin-Peierls, antiferromagnetisme itinerant ou non, supraconductivite, et l'existence d'une frontiere commune entre les phases supraconductrice et antiferromagnetique. En vue de completer la description theorique du diagramme de phase generalise des conducteurs organiques, nous adaptons et elargissons la methode du groupe de renormalisation quantique (GRQ) au cas ou le champ magnetique est non nul. On sait deja que cette methode permet de resoudre le dilemme tout particulier des composes Q-1D, soit leur capacite de produire des transitions de phase malgre leur forte anisotropie et consequemment de leur faible dimensionalite. Cette methode est deja utilisee pour decrire le diagramme de phase temperature versus pression des sels de Bechgaard, de leurs analogues souffres et mixtes. Le GRQ permet aussi de comprendre comment des systemes anisotropes comme les conducteurs organiques peuvent se comporter comme des liquides de Luttinger a haute temperature et comme des liquides de Fermi ou condenses a basse temperature. Nous montrons que l'introduction d'un champ magnetique dans un regime de saut coherent interchai ne a deux particules n'apporte que de simples corrections aux lois d'echelles dans le canal zero son, alors qu'il introduit un mecanisme de brisure de paire dans le canal Cooper. Dans le regime de saut coherent a une
Chin, Alex W; Plenio, Martin B
2011-01-01
This chapter gives a self-contained review of the how standard open quantum system Hamiltonians can be mapped analytically onto representations in which the environments appear as one dimensional harmonic chains with nearest neighbour interactions. This mapping, carried out rigorously using orthogonal polynomial theory, then allows the full evolution of the system and environment to be simulated using time-adaptive density matrix renormalisation group methods. With the combination of these two techniques, numerically-exact results can be obtained for dissipative quantum systems in the presence of arbitrarily complex environmental spectral functions, and the correlations and processes in the environment which drive the effectively irreversible dynamics of the reduced state of the quantum system can be explored in real time. The chain representation also reveals a number of universal features of harmonic environments characterised by a spectral density which are discussed here.
Allanach, B C; Gripaios, Ben
2013-01-01
When solving renormalisation group equations in a quantum field theory, one often specifies the boundary conditions at multiple renormalisation scales, such as the weak and grand-unified scales in a theory beyond the standard model. A point in the parameter space of such a model is usually specified by the values of couplings at these boundaries of the renormalisation group flow, but there is no theorem guaranteeing that such a point has a unique solution to the associated differential equations, and so there may exist multiple, phenomenologically distinct solutions, all corresponding to the same point in parameter space. We show that this is indeed the case in the constrained minimal supersymmetric standard model (CMSSM), and we exhibit such solutions, which cannot be obtained using out-of-the-box computer programs in the public domain. Some of the multiple solutions we exhibit have CP-even lightest Higgs mass predictions between 124 and 126 GeV. Without an exhaustive 8-dimensional MSSM parameter scan per CM...
Flavour Mixing, Gauge Invariance and Wave-function Renormalisation
Espriu, Doménec; Talavera, P
2002-01-01
We clarify some aspects of the LSZ formalism and wave function renormalisation for unstable particles in the presence of electroweak interactions when mixing and CP violation are considered. We also analyse the renormalisation of the CKM mixing matrix which is closely related to wave function renormalisation. We critically review earlier attempts to define a set of "on-shell" wave function renormalisation constants. With the aid of an extensive use of the Nielsen identities complemented by explicit calculations we corroborate that the counter term for the CKM mixing matrix must be explicitly gauge independent and demonstrate that the commonly used prescription for the wave function renormalisation constants leads to gauge parameter dependent amplitudes, even if the CKM counter term is gauge invariant as required. We show that a proper LSZ-compliant prescription leads to gauge independent amplitudes. The resulting wave function renormalisation constants necessarily possess absorptive parts, but we verify that ...
Goeckeler, M.; Schaefer, A. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Physik 1 - Theoretische Physik; Horsley, R. [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics; Perlt, H.; Schiller, A. [Leipzig Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Rakow, P.E.L. [Liverpool Univ. (United Kingdom). Theoretical Physics Division, Dept. of Mathematical Sciences; Schierholz, G. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC]|[Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)
2006-06-15
We consider the renormalisation of lattice QCD operators with one and two covariant derivatives related to the first and second moments of generalised parton distributions and meson distribution amplitudes. Employing the clover fermion action we calculate their non-forward quark matrix elements in one-loop lattice perturbation theory. For some representations of the hypercubic group commonly used in simulations we determine the sets of all possible mixing operators and compute the matrices of renormalisation factors in one-loop approximation. We describe how tadpole improvement is applied to the results. (Orig.)
Soares, C. E. K.; de Sousa, J. Ricardo; Branco, N. S.
2017-09-01
We study the one-dimensional Potts model with long-range interactions decaying with distance r as r 1 + σ. An extended mean-field renormalisation-group procedure is applied, such that three finite-size linear lattices are compared, in order to evaluate critical temperatures and exponents for the q = 2 (Ising model) and q = 3 (such that the transition is a continuous one) cases. Good results are obtained, whenever comparison with exact results or with other procedures is possible. Moreover, we evaluate the surface field exponent for these models. We have been able to go to rather large lattices and then a suitable finite-size scaling procedure is employed to obtain the results in the thermodynamic limit.
Non-perturbative renormalisation of four-fermion operators in $N_f=2$ QCD
Dimopoulos, P; Palombi, Filippo; Papinutto, Mauro; Peña, C; Vladikas, A; Wittig, H
2007-01-01
We present results for the non-perturbative renormalisation of four-fermion operators with two flavours of dynamical quarks. We consider both fully relativistic left current-left current operators, and a full basis for $\\Delta B=2$ operators with static heavy quarks. The renormalisation group running of the operators to high energy scales is computed in the continuum limit for a family of Schroedinger Functional renormalisation schemes, via standard finite size scaling techniques. The total renormalisation factors relating renormalisation group invariant to bare operators are computed for a choice of lattice regularisations.
Renormalisation running of masses and mixings in UED models
Cornell, A S; Liu, Lu-Xin; Tarhini, Ahmad
2012-01-01
We review the Universal Extra-Dimensional Model compactified on a S1/Z2 orbifold, and the renormalisation group evolution of quark and lepton masses, mixing angles and phases both in the UED extension of the Standard Model and of the Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model. We consider two typical scenarios: all matter fields propagating in the bulk, and matter fields constrained to the brane. The resulting renormalisation group evolution equations in these scenarios are compared with the existing results in the literature, together with their implications.
Nonperturbative Renormalisation of Composite Operators in Lattice QCD
Göckeler, M; Oelrich, H; Perlt, H; Petters, D; Rakow, P; Schäfer, A; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A
1999-01-01
We investigate the nonperturbative renormalisation of composite operators in lattice QCD restricting ourselves to operators that are bilinear in the quark fields. These include operators which are relevant to the calculation of moments of hadronic structure functions. The computations are based on Monte Carlo simulations using quenched Wilson fermions.
Zinn-Justin, J
2003-08-01
In the quantum field theory the problem of infinite values has been solved empirically through a method called renormalization, this method is satisfying only in the framework of renormalization group. It is in the domain of statistical physics and continuous phase transitions that these issues are the easiest to discuss. Within the framework of a course in theoretical physics the author introduces the notions of continuous limits and universality in stochastic systems operating with a high number of freedom degrees. It is shown that quasi-Gaussian and mean field approximation are unable to describe phase transitions in a satisfying manner. A new concept is required: it is the notion of renormalization group whose fixed points allow us to understand universality beyond mean field. The renormalization group implies the idea that long distance correlations near the transition temperature might be described by a statistical field theory that is a quantum field in imaginary time. Various forms of renormalization group equations are presented and solved in particular boundary limits, namely for fields with high numbers of components near the dimensions 4 and 2. The particular case of exact renormalization group is also introduced. (A.C.)
Power-Counting Theorem for Non-Local Matrix Models and Renormalisation
Grosse, Harald; Wulkenhaar, Raimar
2005-02-01
Solving the exact renormalisation group equation à la Wilson-Polchinski perturbatively, we derive a power-counting theorem for general matrix models with arbitrarily non-local propagators. The power-counting degree is determined by two scaling dimensions of the cut-off propagator and various topological data of ribbon graphs. As a necessary condition for the renormalisability of a model, the two scaling dimensions have to be large enough relative to the dimension of the underlying space. In order to have a renormalisable model one needs additional locality properties—typically arising from orthogonal polynomials—which relate the relevant and marginal interaction coefficients to a finite number of base couplings. The main application of our power-counting theorem is the renormalisation of field theories on noncommutative RD in matrix formulation.
Exponential renormalisation. II. Bogoliubov's R-operation and momentum subtraction schemes
Ebrahimi-Fard, Kurusch [Instituto de Ciencias Matematicas, C/ Nicolas Cabrera, no. 13-15, 28049 Madrid (Spain); Patras, Frederic [Laboratoire J.-A. Dieudonne UMR 6621, CNRS, Parc Valrose, 06108 Nice Cedex 02 (France)
2012-08-15
This article aims at advancing the recently introduced exponential method for renormalisation in perturbative quantum field theory. It is shown that this new procedure provides a meaningful recursive scheme in the context of the algebraic and group theoretical approach to renormalisation. In particular, we describe in detail a Hopf algebraic formulation of Bogoliubov's classical R-operation and counterterm recursion in the context of momentum subtraction schemes. This approach allows us to propose an algebraic classification of different subtraction schemes. Our results shed light on the peculiar algebraic role played by the degrees of Taylor jet expansions, especially the notion of minimal subtraction and oversubtractions.
Holographic Renormalisation and the Electroweak Precision Parameters
Round, Mark
2010-01-01
We study the effects of holographic renormalisation on an AdS/QCD inspired description of dynamical electroweak symmetry breaking. Our model is a 5D slice of AdS_5 geometry containing a bulk scalar and SU(2) times SU(2) gauge fields. The scalar field obtains a VEV which represents a condensate that triggers electroweak symmetry breaking. Fermion fields are constrained to live on the UV brane and do not propagate in the bulk. The two-point functions are holographically renormalised through the addition of boundary counterterms. Measurable quantities are then expressed in terms of well defined physical parameters, free from any spurious dependence on the UV cut-off. A complete study of the precision parameters is carried out and bounds on physical quantities derived. The large-N scaling of results is discussed.
Renormalisation and off-shell improvement in lattice perturbation theory
Capitani, S; Horsley, R; Perlt, H; Rakow, P E L; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A
2001-01-01
We discuss the improvement of flavour non-singlet point and one-link lattice quark operators, which describe the quark currents and the first moment of the DIS structure functions respectively. Suitable bases of improved operators are given, and the corresponding renormalisation factors and improvement coefficients are calculated in one-loop lattice perturbation theory, using the Sheikholeslami-Wohlert (clover) action. To this order we achieve off-shell improvement by eliminating the effect of contact terms. We use massive fermions, and our calculations are done keeping all terms up to first order in the lattice spacing, for arbitrary m^2/p^2, in a general covariant gauge. We also compare clover fermions with fermions satisfying the Ginsparg-Wilson relation, and show how to remove O(a) effects off-shell in this case too, and how this is in many aspects simpler than for clover fermions. Finally, tadpole improvement is also considered.
Scalar field Hadamard renormalisation in $AdS_{n}$
Kent, Carl
2013-01-01
We outline an analytic method for computing the renormalised vacuum expectation value of the quadratic fluctuations and stress-energy tensor associated with a quantised scalar field propagating on $AdS_{n}$. Explicit results have been obtained using Hadamard renormalisation in the case of a massive neutral scalar field with arbitrary coupling to the curvature, for $n=2$ to $n=11$ inclusive.
Haag's theorem in renormalised quantum field theories
Klaczynski, Lutz
2016-01-01
We review a package of no-go results in axiomatic quantum field theory with Haag's theorem at its centre. Since the concept of operator-valued distributions in this framework comes very close to what we believe canonical quantum fields are about, these results are of consequence to quantum field theory: they suggest the seeming absurdity that this highly victorious theory is incapable of describing interactions. We single out unitarity of the interaction picture's intertwiner as the most salient provision of Haag's theorem and critique canonical perturbation theory to argue that renormalisation bypasses Haag's theorem by violating this very assumption.
Consistency of non-minimal renormalisation schemes
Jack, I
2016-01-01
Non-minimal renormalisation schemes such as the momentum subtraction scheme (MOM) have frequently been used for physical computations. The consistency of such a scheme relies on the existence of a coupling redefinition linking it to MSbar. We discuss the implementation of this procedure in detail for a general theory and show how to construct the relevant redefinition up to three-loop order, for the case of a general theory of fermions and scalars in four dimensions and a general scalar theory in six dimensions.
Renormalisation in perturbative quantum gravity
Rodigast, Andreas
2012-07-02
In this thesis, we derive the gravitational one-loop corrections to the propagators and interactions of the Standard Model field. We consider a higher dimensional brane world scenario: Here, gravitons can propagate in the whole D dimensional space-time whereas the matter fields are confined to a d dimensional sub-manifold (brane). In order to determine the divergent part of the one-loop diagrams, we develop a new regularisation scheme which is both sensitive for polynomial divergences and respects the Ward identities of the Yang-Mills theory. We calculate the gravitational contributions to the {beta} functions of non-Abelian gauge theories, the quartic scalar self-interaction and the Yukawa coupling between scalars and fermions. In the physically interesting case of a four dimensional matter brane, the gravitational contributions to the running of the Yang-Mills coupling constant vanish. The leading contributions to the other two couplings are positive. These results do not depend on the number of extra dimensions. We further compute the gravitationally induced one-loop counterterms with higher covariant derivatives for scalars, Dirac fermions and gauge bosons. In is shown that these counterterms do not coincide with the higher derivative terms in the Lee-Wick standard model. A possible connection between quantum gravity and the latter cannot be inferred.
Kord, A.F., E-mail: afarzaneh@hsu.ac.ir [Department of Physics, Hakim Sabzevari University (HSU), P.O. Box 397, Sabzevar (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Institute for Research in Fundamental Sciences (IPM), P.O. Box 19395-5531, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Haddadi Moghaddam, M. [Department of Physics, Hakim Sabzevari University (HSU), P.O. Box 397, Sabzevar (Iran, Islamic Republic of)
2014-04-15
We study one loop corrections to N=1/2 supersymmetric SU(N)×U(1) pure gauge theory. We calculate divergent contributions of the 1PI graphs that contain the non-anti-commutative parameter C up to one loop corrections. We find that the disagreement between component formalism and superspace formalism is because of the field redefinition in component case. We modify gaugino field redefinition and lagrangian. We show that extra terms of lagrangian have been generated by λ redefinition and are necessary for the renormalisation of the theory. Finally we prove that N=1/2 supersymmetric gauge theory is renormalisable up to one loop corrections using standard method of renormalisation.
Group Contribution Methods for Phase Equilibrium Calculations.
Gmehling, Jürgen; Constantinescu, Dana; Schmid, Bastian
2015-01-01
The development and design of chemical processes are carried out by solving the balance equations of a mathematical model for sections of or the whole chemical plant with the help of process simulators. For process simulation, besides kinetic data for the chemical reaction, various pure component and mixture properties are required. Because of the great importance of separation processes for a chemical plant in particular, a reliable knowledge of the phase equilibrium behavior is required. The phase equilibrium behavior can be calculated with the help of modern equations of state or g(E)-models using only binary parameters. But unfortunately, only a very small part of the experimental data for fitting the required binary model parameters is available, so very often these models cannot be applied directly. To solve this problem, powerful predictive thermodynamic models have been developed. Group contribution methods allow the prediction of the required phase equilibrium data using only a limited number of group interaction parameters. A prerequisite for fitting the required group interaction parameters is a comprehensive database. That is why for the development of powerful group contribution methods almost all published pure component properties, phase equilibrium data, excess properties, etc., were stored in computerized form in the Dortmund Data Bank. In this review, the present status, weaknesses, advantages and disadvantages, possible applications, and typical results of the different group contribution methods for the calculation of phase equilibria are presented.
Non-perturbative renormalisation of Delta F=2 four-fermion operators in two-flavour QCD
Dimopoulos, P; Palombi, Filippo; Papinutto, Mauro; Peña, C; Vladikas, A; Wittig, H
2008-01-01
Using Schroedinger Functional methods, we compute the non-perturbative renormalisation and renormalisation group running of several four-fermion operators, in the framework of lattice simulations with two dynamical Wilson quarks. Two classes of operators have been targeted: (i) those with left-left current structure and four propagating quark fields/ (ii) all operators containing two static quarks. In both cases, only the parity-odd contributions have been considered, being the ones that renormalise multiplicatively. Our results, once combined with future simulations of the corresponding lattice hadronic matrix elements, may be used for the computation of phenomenological quantities of interest, such as B_K and B_B (the latter also in the static limit).
Non-perturbative renormalisation of {delta}F=2 four-fermion operators in two-flavour QCD
Dimopoulos, P.; Vladikas, A. [INFN, Sezione di Roma II (Italy)]|[Rome-3 Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; Herdoiza, G. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Palombi, F.; Papinutto, M. [CERN, Geneva (Switzerland). Physics Dept., TH Division; Pena, C. [Universidad Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Dept. de Fisica Teorica C-XI]|[Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Inst. de Fisica Teorica UAM/CSIC C-XVI; Wittig, H. [Mainz Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik
2007-12-15
Using Schroedinger Functional methods, we compute the non-perturbative renormalisation and renormalisation group running of several four-fermion operators, in the framework of lattice simulations with two dynamical Wilson quarks. Two classes of operators have been targeted: (i) those with left-left current structure and four propagating quark fields; (ii) all operators containing two static quarks. In both cases, only the parity-odd contributions have been considered, being the ones that renormalise multiplicatively. Our results, once combined with future simulations of the corresponding lattice hadronic matrix elements, may be used for the computation of phenomenological quantities of interest, such as B{sub K} and B{sub B} (the latter also in the static limit). (orig.)
Power-counting theorem for non-local matrix models and renormalisation
Grosse, H; Grosse, Harald; Wulkenhaar, Raimar
2003-01-01
Solving the exact renormalisation group equation a la Wilson-Polchinski perturbatively, we derive a power-counting theorem for general matrix models with arbitrarily non-local propagators. The power-counting degree is determined by three different scaling dimensions of the cut-off propagator and various topological data of ribbon graphs. The main application is the renormalisation problem of field theories on noncommutative R^D written in matrix formulation. It turns out that the propagator for the real scalar field has anomalous scaling dimensions, which for D>2 result in arbitrarily high power-counting degrees of divergence. This feature is known as UV/IR-mixing, which we conclude to emerge in any non-local matrix model with anomalous scaling dimensions of the propagator. Models in which the propagator has regular scaling dimensions are for D=2,4 power-counting renormalisable but acquire due to non-locality an infinite number of relevant or marginal interactions. By a reduction-of-couplings mechanism it is ...
A transparent expression of the A^2-Condensate's renormalisation
Boucaud, P; Le Yaouanc, A; Leroy, J P; Micheli, J; Moutarde, H; Pène, O; Rodríguez-Quintero, J; Boucaud, Ph.
2003-01-01
We give a more transparent understanding of the vacuum expectation value of the renormalised local operator A^2 by relating it to the gluon propagator integrated over the momentum. The quadratically divergent perturbative contribution is subtracted and the remainder, dominantly due to the O(1/p^2) correction to the perturbative propagator at large p^2 is logarithmically divergent. This provides a transparent derivation of the fact that this O(1/p^2) term is related to the vacuum expectation value of the local A^2 operator and confirms a previous claim based on the operator product expansion (OPE) of the gluon propagator. At leading logarithms the agreement is quantitative, with a standard running factor, between the local A^2 condensate renormalised as described above and the one renormalised in the OPE context.
Resonating-group calculations in light systems
Tang, Y.C.
1977-01-01
The progress made in using the resonating-group method to study the behavior of various systems is reviewed, and the information is discussed which was learned with regard to the importance of the Pauli principle in nuclear problems. 40 references. (JFP)
Capossoli, Eduardo Folco
2016-01-01
In this work, adopting a $5-$dimensional mass renormalisation within a modified holographic softwall model, we calculate analytically the masses of the scalar glueball with its radial excitations and of higher even glueball spin states, with $P=C=+1$. Using this approach we achieved a unified treatment for both scalar and high even spin glueballs. Furthermore, we also obtain the Regge trajectory associated with the pomeron compatible with other approaches.
Renormalization-group calculation of excitation properties for impurity models
Yoshida, M.; Whitaker, M. A.; Oliveira, L. N.
1990-05-01
The renormalization-group method developed by Wilson to calculate thermodynamical properties of dilute magnetic alloys is generalized to allow the calculation of dynamical properties of many-body impurity Hamiltonians. As a simple illustration, the impurity spectral density for the resonant-level model (i.e., the U=0 Anderson model) is computed. As a second illustration, for the same model, the longitudinal relaxation rate for a nuclear spin coupled to the impurity is calculated as a function of temperature.
Renormalisation Group Corrections to Neutrino Mixing Sum Rules
Gehrlein, J; Spinrath, M; Titov, A V
2016-01-01
Neutrino mixing sum rules are common to a large class of models based on the (discrete) symmetry approach to lepton flavour. In this approach the neutrino mixing matrix $U$ is assumed to have an underlying approximate symmetry form $\\tilde{U}_{\
Asymptotic Analysis to Two Nonlinear Equations in Fluid Mechanics by Homotopy Renormalisation Method
Guan, Jiang; Kai, Yue
2016-09-01
By the homotopy renormalisation method, the global approximate solutions to Falkner-Skan equation and Von Kármá's problem of a rotating disk in an infinite viscous fluid are obtained. The homotopy renormalisation method is simple and powerful for finding global approximate solutions to nonlinear perturbed differential equations arising in mathematical physics.
QCD. S. F. Collaboration; Horsley, R.; Perlt, H.; Rakow, P. E. L.; Schierholz, G.; Schiller, A.
2005-11-01
We compute lattice renormalisation constants of one-link quark operators (i.e., operators with one covariant derivative) for overlap fermions and Lüscher Weisz gauge action in one-loop perturbation theory. Among others, such operators enter the calculation of moments of polarised and unpolarised hadron structure functions. Results are given for β=8.45, β=8.0 and mass parameter ρ=1.4, which are commonly used in numerical simulations. We apply mean field (tadpole) improvement to our results.
Blade Group Fatigue Life Calculation under Resonant Stresses
Zlatko Petreski
2017-02-01
Full Text Available The results of the simulations of the blade group resonant stresses in a FE environment and fatigue life calculation are presented in this paper. Numerical calculation for determination of natural frequencies, mode shapes and dynamic stresses, based on FEM and NISA package is used. Analyses are made on the blade group with three blades with rectangular cross section and typical turbine blades with taper, pretwist and asymmetric airfoil as well. The influence of the position of the lacing wire on the resonant stresses is analyzed. Three-dimensional finite element models of the blade group are made by using twenty node isoparametric solid elements. The number of degrees of freedom is different for each model (more than 30000 DOF. The fatigue life and consequent life prediction according the stress load history of the blades is made. The results of the investigation are given in tables and graphics.
Renormalisation of the energy-momentum tensor in scalar field theory using the Wilson flow
Capponi, Francesco; Ehret, Susanne; Pellegrini, Roberto; Rago, Antonio
2015-01-01
A non-perturbative renormalisation prescription for the energy-momentum tensor, based on space-time symmetries along the Wilson flow, has been proposed recently in the context of 4-dimensional gauge theories. We extend this construction to the case of a scalar field theory, and investigate its numerical feasibility by studying Ward identities in 3-dimensional scalar field theory. After introducing the Wilson flow for the scalar field theory we discuss its renormalisation properties and the determination of the renormalisation constants for the energy-momentum tensor.
Phase transitions, scaling and renormalisation in nonequilibrium systems
Hanney, T E
2002-01-01
critical fixed point. Extensions to include disorder, to higher dimensions, and to other models are all possible using the method. Using the mapping between the Master equation and the Schroedinger equation in imaginary time, this scaling procedure is rephrased as a new blocking for quantum-spin systems. Existing methods of real space renormalisation for quantum-spin systems are applied to a variety of previously unconsidered exclusion models. In particular, it is shown how such techniques can be applied to models whose dynamics conserve particle number. Finally, by applying a Trotter decomposition to the quantum-spin Hamiltonian, it is shown how a nonequilibrium exclusion model can be written in terms of a classical Hamiltonian for Ising spin variables in one higher dimension. This mapping admits the possibility rescaling time and length scales separately, and with reference to a specific update mechanism. Nonequilibrium phase transitions and critical phenomena in simple lattice-based interacting particle mo...
Non-perturbative renormalisation of left-left four-fermion operators with Neuberger fermions
Dimopoulos, P.; Vladikas, A. [INFN, Sezione di Roma ' ' Tor Vegata' ' (Italy)]|[Universita die Roma ' ' Tor Vegata' ' (Italy). Dipt. die Fisica; Giusti, L.; Pena, C. [European Lab. for Particle Physics (CERN), Geneva (Switzerland); Hernandez, P. [Valencia Univ., Burjassot (Spain). Dpto. de Fisica Teorica and IFIC; Palombi, F.; Wittig, H. [Mainz Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik; Wennekers, J. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)
2006-07-15
We outline a general strategy for the non-perturbative renormalisation of composite operators in discretisations based on Neuberger fermions, via a matching to results obtained with Wilson-type fermions. As an application, we consider the renormalisation of the four-quark operators entering the {delta}S=1 and {delta}S=2 effective Hamiltonians. Our results are an essential ingredient for the determination of the low-energy constants governing non-leptonic kaon decays. (Orig.)
Non-perturbative renormalisation of left-left four-fermion operators with Neuberger fermions
Dimopoulos, P; Hernández, P; Palombi, Filippo; Peña, C; Vladikas, A; Wennekers, J; Wittig, H
2006-01-01
We outline a general strategy for the non-perturbative renormalisation of composite operators in discretisations based on Neuberger fermions, via a matching to results obtained with Wilson-type fermions. As an application, we consider the renormalisation of the four-quark operators entering the Delta S=1 and Delta S=2 effective Hamiltonians. Our results are an essential ingredient for the determination of the low-energy constants governing non-leptonic kaon decays.
Non-perturbative renormalisation of left-left four-fermion operators with Neuberger fermions
Dimopoulos, P. [INFN, Sezione di Rome ' Tor Vergata' , c/o Dipartimento di Fisica, Universita di Rome ' Tor Vergata' , Via della Ricerca Scientifica 1, I-00133 Rome (Italy); Giusti, L. [CERN, Physics Department, TH Division, CH-1211 Geneva 23 (Switzerland); Hernandez, P. [Departamento de Fisica Teorica and IFIC, Universitat de Valencia, E-46100 Burjassot (Spain); Palombi, F. [Institut fuer Kernphysik, University of Mainz, D-55099 Mainz (Germany); Pena, C. [CERN, Physics Department, TH Division, CH-1211 Geneva 23 (Switzerland)]. E-mail: carlos.pena.ruano@cern.ch; Vladikas, A. [INFN, Sezione di Rome ' Tor Vergata' , c/o Dipartimento di Fisica, Universita di Rome ' Tor Vergata' , Via della Ricerca Scientifica 1, I-00133 Rome (Italy); Wennekers, J. [DESY, Theory Group, Notkestrasse 85, D-22603 Hamburg (Germany); Wittig, H. [Institut fuer Kernphysik, University of Mainz, D-55099 Mainz (Germany)
2006-09-28
We outline a general strategy for the non-perturbative renormalisation of composite operators in discretisations based on Neuberger fermions, via a matching to results obtained with Wilson-type fermions. As an application, we consider the renormalisation of the four-quark operators entering the {delta}S=1 and {delta}S=2 effective Hamiltonians. Our results are an essential ingredient for the determination of the low-energy constants governing non-leptonic kaon decays.
Non-perturbative renormalisation of left left four-fermion operators with Neuberger fermions
Dimopoulos, P.; Giusti, L.; Hernández, P.; Palombi, F.; Pena, C.; Vladikas, A.; Wennekers, J.; Wittig, H.
2006-09-01
We outline a general strategy for the non-perturbative renormalisation of composite operators in discretisations based on Neuberger fermions, via a matching to results obtained with Wilson-type fermions. As an application, we consider the renormalisation of the four-quark operators entering the ΔS = 1 and ΔS = 2 effective Hamiltonians. Our results are an essential ingredient for the determination of the low-energy constants governing non-leptonic kaon decays.
Alternative similarity renormalization group generators in nuclear structure calculations
Dicaire, Nuiok M; Navratil, Petr
2014-01-01
The similarity renormalization group (SRG) has been successfully applied to soften interactions for ab initio nuclear calculations. In almost all practical applications in nuclear physics, an SRG generator with the kinetic energy operator is used. With this choice, a fast convergence of many-body calculations can be achieved, but at the same time substantial three-body interactions are induced even if one starts from a purely two-nucleon (NN) Hamiltonian. Three-nucleon (3N) interactions can be handled by modern many-body methods. However, it has been observed that when including initial chiral 3N forces in the Hamiltonian, the SRG transformations induce a non-negligible four-nucleon interaction that cannot be currently included in the calculations for technical reasons. Consequently, it is essential to investigate alternative SRG generators that might suppress the induction of many-body forces while at the same time might preserve the good convergence. In this work we test two alternative generators with oper...
High-performance functional Renormalization Group calculations for interacting fermions
Lichtenstein, J.; Sánchez de la Peña, D.; Rohe, D.; Di Napoli, E.; Honerkamp, C.; Maier, S. A.
2017-04-01
We derive a novel computational scheme for functional Renormalization Group (fRG) calculations for interacting fermions on 2D lattices. The scheme is based on the exchange parametrization fRG for the two-fermion interaction, with additional insertions of truncated partitions of unity. These insertions decouple the fermionic propagators from the exchange propagators and lead to a separation of the underlying equations. We demonstrate that this separation is numerically advantageous and may pave the way for refined, large-scale computational investigations even in the case of complex multiband systems. Furthermore, on the basis of speedup data gained from our implementation, it is shown that this new variant facilitates efficient calculations on a large number of multi-core CPUs. We apply the scheme to the t ,t‧ Hubbard model on a square lattice to analyze the convergence of the results with the bond length of the truncation of the partition of unity. In most parameter areas, a fast convergence can be observed. Finally, we compare to previous results in order to relate our approach to other fRG studies.
Angelini, Maria Chiara; Biroli, Giulio
2017-05-01
In this manuscript, in honour of L. Kadanoff, we present recent progress obtained in the description of finite dimensional glassy systems thanks to the Migdal-Kadanoff renormalisation group (MK-RG). We provide a critical assessment of the method, in particular discuss its limitation in describing situations in which an infinite number of pure states might be present, and analyse the MK-RG flow in the limit of infinite dimensions. MK-RG predicts that the spin-glass transition in a field and the glass transition are governed by zero-temperature fixed points of the renormalization group flow. This implies a typical energy scale that grows, approaching the transition, as a power of the correlation length, thus leading to enormously large time-scales as expected from experiments and simulations. These fixed points exist only in dimensions larger than d_L>3 but they nevertheless influence the RG flow below it, in particular in three dimensions. MK-RG thus predicts a similar behavior for spin-glasses in a field and models of glasses and relates it to the presence of avoided critical points.
Renormalisation constants of quark bilinears in lattice QCD with four dynamical Wilson quarks
Blossier, B; Carrasco, N; Dimopoulos, P; Du, X; Frezzotti, R; Gimenez, V; Herdoiza, G; Jansen, K; Lubicz, V; Palao, D; Pallante, E; Pene, O; Petrov, K; Reker, S; Rossi, G C; Sanfilippo, F; Scorzato, L; Simula, S; Urbach, C
2011-01-01
We present preliminary results of the non-perturbative computation of the RI-MOM renormalisation constants in a mass-independent scheme for the action with Iwasaki glue and four dynamical Wilson quarks employed by ETMC. Our project requires dedicated gauge ensembles with four degenerate sea quark flavours at three lattice spacings and at several values of the standard and twisted quark mass parameters. The RI-MOM renormalisation constants are obtained from appropriate O(a) improved estimators extrapolated to the chiral limit.
Renormalization group coefficients and the S-matrix
Caron-Huot, Simon
2016-01-01
We show how to use on-shell unitarity methods to calculate renormalisation group coefficients such as beta functions and anomalous dimensions. The central objects are the form factors of composite operators. Their discontinuities can be calculated via phase-space integrals and are related to corresponding anomalous dimensions. In particular, we find that the dilatation operator, which measures the anomalous dimensions, is given by minus the phase of the S-matrix divided by pi. We illustrate our method using several examples from Yang-Mills theory, perturbative QCD and Yukawa theory at one-loop level and beyond.
Absence of mass renormalisation in supersymmetric QED in two and three dimensions
Roo, M. de; Steringa, J.J.
1988-01-01
We show that there is no mass renormalisation to one-loop order in supersymmetric QED in d=2 and d=3, if the value of the bare gauge multiplet mass equals twice that of the matter multiplet. We discuss the possible origin of this effect.
Renormalisation constants of quark bilinears in lattice QCD with four dynamical Wilson quarks
Blossier, B.; Brinet, M.; Carrasco, N.; Dimopoulos, P.; Du, X.; Frezzotti, R.; Gimenez, V.; Herdoiza, G.; Jansen, K.; Lubicz, V.; Palao, D.; Pallante, E.; Pene, O.; Petrov, K.; Reker, S.; Rossi, G. C.; Sanfilippo, F.; Scorzato, L.; Simula, S.; Urbach, C.
2011-01-01
We present preliminary results of the non-perturbative computation of the RI-MOM renormalisation constants in a mass-independent scheme for the action with Iwasaki glue and four dynamical Wilson quarks employed by ETMC. Our project requires dedicated gauge ensembles with four degenerate sea quark
Differential Renormalization, the Action Principle and Renormalization Group Calculations
Smirnov, V. A.
1994-01-01
General prescriptions of differential renormalization are presented. It is shown that renormalization group functions are straightforwardly expressed through some constants that naturally arise within this approach. The status of the action principle in the framework of differential renormalization is discussed.
Calculations on Lie Algebra of the Group of Affine Symplectomorphisms
Zuhier Altawallbeh
2017-01-01
Full Text Available We find the image of the affine symplectic Lie algebra gn from the Leibniz homology HL⁎(gn to the Lie algebra homology H⁎Lie(gn. The result shows that the image is the exterior algebra ∧⁎(wn generated by the forms wn=∑i=1n(∂/∂xi∧∂/∂yi. Given the relevance of Hochschild homology to string topology and to get more interesting applications, we show that such a map is of potential interest in string topology and homological algebra by taking into account that the Hochschild homology HH⁎-1(U(gn is isomorphic to H⁎-1Lie(gn,U(gnad. Explicitly, we use the alternation of multilinear map, in our elements, to do certain calculations.
Freeman, Elliot D; Ipser, Alberta; Palmbaha, Austra; Paunoiu, Diana; Brown, Peter; Lambert, Christian; Leff, Alex; Driver, Jon
2013-01-01
The sight and sound of a person speaking or a ball bouncing may seem simultaneous, but their corresponding neural signals are spread out over time as they arrive at different multisensory brain sites. How subjective timing relates to such neural timing remains a fundamental neuroscientific and philosophical puzzle. A dominant assumption is that temporal coherence is achieved by sensory resynchronisation or recalibration across asynchronous brain events. This assumption is easily confirmed by estimating subjective audiovisual timing for groups of subjects, which is on average similar across different measures and stimuli, and approximately veridical. But few studies have examined normal and pathological individual differences in such measures. Case PH, with lesions in pons and basal ganglia, hears people speak before seeing their lips move. Temporal order judgements (TOJs) confirmed this: voices had to lag lip-movements (by ∼200 msec) to seem synchronous to PH. Curiously, voices had to lead lips (also by ∼200 msec) to maximise the McGurk illusion (a measure of audiovisual speech integration). On average across these measures, PH's timing was therefore still veridical. Age-matched control participants showed similar discrepancies. Indeed, normal individual differences in TOJ and McGurk timing correlated negatively: subjects needing an auditory lag for subjective simultaneity needed an auditory lead for maximal McGurk, and vice versa. This generalised to the Stream-Bounce illusion. Such surprising antagonism seems opposed to good sensory resynchronisation, yet average timing across tasks was still near-veridical. Our findings reveal remarkable disunity of audiovisual timing within and between subjects. To explain this we propose that the timing of audiovisual signals within different brain mechanisms is perceived relative to the average timing across mechanisms. Such renormalisation fully explains the curious antagonistic relationship between disparate timing
Advanced density matrix renormalization group method for nuclear structure calculations
Legeza, Ö; Poves, A; Dukelsky, J
2015-01-01
We present an efficient implementation of the Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) algorithm that includes an optimal ordering of the proton and neutron orbitals and an efficient expansion of the active space utilizing various concepts of quantum information theory. We first show how this new DMRG methodology could solve a previous $400$ KeV discrepancy in the ground state energy of $^{56}$Ni. We then report the first DMRG results in the $pf+g9/2$ shell model space for the ground $0^+$ and first $2^+$ states of $^{64}$Ge which are benchmarked with reference data obtained from Monte Carlo shell model. The corresponding correlation structure among the proton and neutron orbitals is determined in terms of the two-orbital mutual information. Based on such correlation graphs we propose several further algorithmic improvement possibilities that can be utilized in a new generation of tensor network based algorithms.
Advanced density matrix renormalization group method for nuclear structure calculations
Legeza, Ã.-.; Veis, L.; Poves, A.; Dukelsky, J.
2015-11-01
We present an efficient implementation of the Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) algorithm that includes an optimal ordering of the proton and neutron orbitals and an efficient expansion of the active space utilizing various concepts of quantum information theory. We first show how this new DMRG methodology could solve a previous 400 keV discrepancy in the ground state energy of 56Ni. We then report the first DMRG results in the p f +g 9 /2 shell model space for the ground 0+ and first 2+ states of 64Ge which are benchmarked with reference data obtained from a Monte Carlo shell model. The corresponding correlation structure among the proton and neutron orbitals is determined in terms of two-orbital mutual information. Based on such correlation graphs we propose several further algorithmic improvement possibilities that can be utilized in a new generation of tensor network based algorithms.
Palombi, Filippo; Peña, C; Wittig, H
2006-01-01
We discuss the renormalisation properties of the complete set of $\\Delta B = 2$ four-quark operators with the heavy quark treated in the static approximation. We elucidate the role of heavy quark symmetry and other symmetry transformations in constraining their mixing under renormalisation. By employing the Schroedinger functional, a set of non-perturbative renormalisation conditions can be defined in terms of suitable correlation functions. As a first step in a fully non-perturbative determination of the scale-dependent renormalisation factors, we evaluate these conditions in lattice perturbation theory at one loop. Thereby we verify the expected mixing patterns and determine the anomalous dimensions of the operators at NLO in the Schroedinger functional scheme. Finally, by employing twisted-mass QCD it is shown how finite subtractions arising from explicit chiral symmetry breaking can be avoided completely.
Palombi, F. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany). Gruppe Theorie; Papinutto, M. [Istituto Nazionale di Fisica Nucleare, Rome (Italy); Pena, C. [European Organization for Nuclear Research, Geneva (Switzerland). Theoretical Physics Div.; Wittig, H. [Mainz Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik
2006-04-15
We discuss the renormalisation properties of the complete set of {delta}B=2 four-quark operators with the heavy quark treated in the static approximation. We elucidate the role of heavy quark symmetry and other symmetry transformations in constraining their mixing under renormalisation. By employing the Schroedinger functional, a set of non-perturbative renormalisation conditions can be defined in terms of suitable correlation functions. As a first step in a fully non-perturbative determination of the scale-dependent renormalisation factors, we evaluate these conditions in lattice perturbation theory at one loop. Thereby we verify the expected mixing patterns and determine the anomalous dimensions of the operators at NLO in the Schroedinger functional scheme. Finally, by employing twisted-mass QCD it is shown how finite subtractions arising from explicit chiral symmetry breaking can be avoided completely. (Orig.)
杨忠志; 沈尔忠
1996-01-01
On the basis of a more precise expression of the atomic effective electronegativity deduced from the density functional theory and electronegativity equalization principle, a new scheme for calculating the group electronegativity and the atomic charges in a group is proposed and programed, and various parameters of electronegativity and hardness are given for some common atoms. Through calculation, analysis and comparison of more than one hundred groups, it is shown that the results from this scheme are reasonable and may be extended.
$N_f=2+1+1$ renormalisation of four-quark operators
Frison, Julien; Garron, Nicolas
2015-01-01
When several four-quark operators are allowed to mix through renormalisation, this can considerably amplify the problems coming from perturbative truncation and discretisation effects. In this work we investigate whether our previous $B_K$ strategy can conveniently be generalised to a wider set of operators, corresponding to the so-called "SUSY $B_K$" basis of four-quark operators. We show that the discretisation effects, when plotted as a function of $ap$, are surprisingly independent of the lattice spacing. They appear reasonably under control up to very large energy scales. This allows us to discuss the effect of varying the intermediate scale on which the perturbative matching is done, and therefore the prospects of future high-precision studies with a Rome-Southampton renormalisation.
Renormalised fermion vacuum expectation values on anti-de Sitter space–time
Ambruș, Victor E., E-mail: Victor.Ambrus@gmail.com [Center for Fundamental and Advanced Technical Research, Romanian Academy, Bd. Mihai Viteazul 24, Timișoara 300223 (Romania); Winstanley, Elizabeth, E-mail: E.Winstanley@sheffield.ac.uk [Consortium for Fundamental Physics, School of Mathematics and Statistics, University of Sheffield, Hicks Building, Hounsfield Road, Sheffield S3 7RH (United Kingdom)
2015-10-07
The Schwinger–de Witt and Hadamard methods are used to obtain renormalised vacuum expectation values for the fermion condensate, charge current and stress-energy tensor of a quantum fermion field of arbitrary mass on four-dimensional anti-de Sitter space–time. The quantum field is in the global anti-de Sitter vacuum state. The results are compared with those obtained using the Pauli–Villars and zeta-function regularisation methods, respectively.
Renormalised fermion vacuum expectation values on anti-de Sitter space–time
Victor E. Ambruș
2015-10-01
Full Text Available The Schwinger–de Witt and Hadamard methods are used to obtain renormalised vacuum expectation values for the fermion condensate, charge current and stress-energy tensor of a quantum fermion field of arbitrary mass on four-dimensional anti-de Sitter space–time. The quantum field is in the global anti-de Sitter vacuum state. The results are compared with those obtained using the Pauli–Villars and zeta-function regularisation methods, respectively.
Consistent on shell renormalisation of electroweakinos in the complex MSSM. LHC and LC predictions
Bharucha, Aoife [Hamburg Univ. (Germany). 2. Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Fowler, Alison [Durham Univ. (United Kingdom). IPPP, Dept. of Physics; Moortgat-Pick, Gudrid [Hamburg Univ. (Germany). 2. Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany); Weiglein, Georg [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)
2012-11-15
We extend the formalism developed earlier (A. C. Fowler and G. Weiglein, 2010) for the renormalisation of the chargino-neutralino sector to the most general case of the MSSM with complex parameters. We show that products of imaginary parts arising from MSSM parameters and from absorptive parts of loop integrals can already contribute to predictions for physical observables at the one-loop level, and demonstrate that the consistent treatment of such contributions gives rise to non-trivial structure, either in the field renormalisation constants or the corrections associated with the external legs of the considered diagrams. We furthermore show that the phases of the parameters in the chargino-neutralino sector do not need to be renormalised at the one-loop level, and demonstrate that the appropriate choice for the mass parameters used as input for the on-shell conditions depends both on the process and the region of MSSM parameter space under consideration. As an application, we compute the complete one-loop results in the MSSM with complex parameters for the process h{sub a}{yields}{chi}{sup +}{sub i}{chi}{sup -}{sub j} (Higgs-propagator corrections have been incorporated up to the two-loop level), which may be of interest for SUSY Higgs searches at the LHC, and for chargino pair-production at an e{sup +}e{sup -} Linear Collider, e{sup +}e{sup -}{yields}{chi}{sup +}{sub i}{chi}{sup -}{sub j}. We investigate the dependence of the theoretical predictions on the phases of the MSSM parameters, analysing in particular the numerical relevance of the absorptive parts of loop integrals.
A R^4 non-renormalisation theorem in N=4 supergravity
Tourkine, Piotr
2012-01-01
We consider the four-graviton amplitudes in CHL constructions providing four-dimensional N=4 models with various numbers of vector multiplets. We show that in these models the two-loop amplitude factorizes a d^2R^4. This implies a non-renormalisation theorem for the R^4 term, which forbids the appearance of a three-loop ultraviolet divergence in four dimensions in the four-graviton amplitude. We connect the special nature of the R^4 term to the U(1) anomaly of pure N=4 supergravity.
Lattice renormalisation of O(a) improved heavy-light operators
Blossier, Benoit
2007-01-01
Analytical expressions and numerical values of renormalisation constants of ${\\cal O}(a)$ improved heavy-light currents are given at 1-loop order of perturbation theory in the framework of Heavy Quark Effective Theory: the heavy quark is described by the HYP action and the light quark is described either with the Clover or the Neuberger action. These factors are relevant to extract from a lattice computation the decay constants $f_B$, $f_{B_S}$ and the set of bag parameters $B_i$ associated with $B-\\bar{B}$ mixing phenomenology in the Standard Model and beyond.
An Efficient Group Key Management Using Code for Key Calculation for Simultaneous Join/Leave: CKCS
Melisa Hajyvahabzadeh; Elina Eidkhani; S. Anahita Mortazavi; Alireza Nemaney Pour
2012-01-01
This paper presents an efficient group key management protocol, CKCS (Code for Key Calculation in Simultaneous join/leave) for simultaneous join/leave in secure multicast. This protocol is based on logical key hierarchy. In this protocol, when new members join the group simultaneously, server sends only thegroup key for those new members. Then, current members and new members calculate the necessary keys by node codes and one-way hash function. A node code is a random number which is assigned...
Renormalisation of quark propagators from twisted-mass lattice QCD at $N_f$=2
Blossier, B; Brinet, M; De Soto, F; Liu, Z; Morenas, V; Pène, O; Petrov, K; Rodríguez-Quintero, J
2010-01-01
We present results concerning the non-perturbative evaluation of the renormalisation constant for the quark field, $Z_q$, from lattice simulations with twisted mass quarks and three values of the lattice spacing. We use the RI'-MOM scheme. $Z_q$ has very large lattice spacing artefacts; it is considered here as a test bed to elaborate accurate methods which will be used for other renormalisation constants. We recall and develop the non-perturbative correction methods and propose tools to test the quality of the correction. These tests are also applied to the perturbative correction method. We check that the lattice spacing artefacts scale indeed as $a^2p^2$. We then study the running of $Z_q$ with particular attention to the non-perturbative effects, presumably dominated by the dimension-two gluon condensate $\\VEV{A^2}$ in Landau gauge. We show indeed that this effect is present, and not small. We check its scaling in physical units confirming that it is a continuum effect. It gives a $\\sim 4%$ contribution a...
Díez, C. J.; Cabellos, O.; Martínez, J. S.
2015-01-01
Several approaches have been developed in last decades to tackle nuclear data uncertainty propagation problems of burn-up calculations. One approach proposed was the Hybrid Method, where uncertainties in nuclear data are propagated only on the depletion part of a burn-up problem. Because only depletion is addressed, only one-group cross sections are necessary, and hence, their collapsed one-group uncertainties. This approach has been applied successfully in several advanced reactor systems like EFIT (ADS-like reactor) or ESFR (Sodium fast reactor) to assess uncertainties on the isotopic composition. However, a comparison with using multi-group energy structures was not carried out, and has to be performed in order to analyse the limitations of using one-group uncertainties.
Nazarova Galina
2016-01-01
Full Text Available Calculation method to determine the group composition of the heavy fraction of vacuum distillate with high content of saturated hydrocarbons, obtained by vacuum distillation of the residue from the West Siberian oil with subsequent hydrotreating, are given in this research. The method is built on the basis of calculation the physico-chemical characteristics and the group composition of vacuum distillate according to the fractional composition and density considering with high content of saturated hydrocarbons in the fraction. Calculation method allows to determine the content of paraffinic, naphthenic, aromatic hydrocarbons and the resins in vacuum distillate with high accuracy and can be used in refineries for rapid determination of the group composition of vacuum distillate.
Charged scalar fields in an external magnetic field: Renormalisation and universal diamagnetism
Jana, Debnarayan
1996-02-01
The physical and mathematical mechanism behind diamagnetism of N (finite) spinless bosons (relativistic or non-relativistic) is well known. The mathematical signature of this diamagnetism follows from Kato's inequality while its physical way of understanding goes back to Van Leeuwen. One can guess that it might be true in the field theoretic case also. While the work on systems with a finite number of degrees of freedom suggests that the same result is true in a field theory, it does not by any means prove it. In the field theoretic context one has to develop a suitable regularisation scheme to renormalise the free energy. We show that charged scalar fields in (2+1) and (3+1) dimensions are always diamagnetic, even in the presence of interactions and at finite temperatures. This generalises earlier work on the diamagnetism of charged spinless bosons to the case of infinite degrees of freedom. We also discuss possible applications of the theory.
Frota, H.O.; Flensberg, Karsten
1992-01-01
We have done a numerical renormalization-group calculation for a Hamiltonian modeling charging effect in ultrasmall tunnel junctions. We find that the conductance is enhanced by the quantum charge fluctuations allowing tunneling below the charging energy gap. However, in all cases the conductance...
Small groups, large profits: Calculating interest rates in community-managed microfinance
Rasmussen, Ole Dahl
2012-01-01
Savings groups are a widely used strategy for women’s economic resilience – over 80% of members worldwide are women, and in the case described here, 72.5%. In these savings groups it is common to see the interest rate on savings reported as "20-30% annually". Using panel data from 204 groups...... in Malawi, I show that the right figure is likely to be at least twice this figure. For these groups, the annual return is 62%. The difference comes from sector-wide application of a non-standard interest rate calculations and unrealistic assumptions about the savings profile in the groups. As a result......, it is impossible to compare returns in savings groups with returns elsewhere. Moreover, the interest on savings is incomparable to the interest rate on loans. I argue for the use of a standardized comparable metric and suggest easy ways to implement it. Developments of new tools and standard along these lines...
Seiler, Christian; Evers, Ferdinand
2016-10-01
A formalism for electronic-structure calculations is presented that is based on the functional renormalization group (FRG). The traditional FRG has been formulated for systems that exhibit a translational symmetry with an associated Fermi surface, which can provide the organization principle for the renormalization group (RG) procedure. We here advance an alternative formulation, where the RG flow is organized in the energy-domain rather than in k space. This has the advantage that it can also be applied to inhomogeneous matter lacking a band structure, such as disordered metals or molecules. The energy-domain FRG (ɛ FRG) presented here accounts for Fermi-liquid corrections to quasiparticle energies and particle-hole excitations. It goes beyond the state of the art G W -BSE , because in ɛ FRG the Bethe-Salpeter equation (BSE) is solved in a self-consistent manner. An efficient implementation of the approach that has been tested against exact diagonalization calculations and calculations based on the density matrix renormalization group is presented. Similar to the conventional FRG, also the ɛ FRG is able to signalize the vicinity of an instability of the Fermi-liquid fixed point via runaway flow of the corresponding interaction vertex. Embarking upon this fact, in an application of ɛ FRG to the spinless disordered Hubbard model we calculate its phase boundary in the plane spanned by the interaction and disorder strength. Finally, an extension of the approach to finite temperatures and spin S =1 /2 is also given.
Calculation of the Thermal Loading of the Cylinder-Piston Group of the Automobile Engine
Barchenko, F. B.; Bakulin, V. N.
2017-05-01
We propose a mathematical model for calculating thermal loods of parts of the cylinder-piston group of the automobile engine operating under unstable conditions in its complete life cycle. Methods have been described for calculating the boundary conditions to determine the thermal state of the parts of the cylinder-piston group of such an engine with the use of theoretical formulas, empirical and semiempirical relations, and tabulated data. In modeling, we calculated the work of all systems of the engine (pumps, pipelines, heat exchangers) influencing directly or indirectly the thermal state of its cylinder-piston group. The nonstationary thermal state was calculated once in the operating cycle of the engine with the use of the cycle-averaged values of the local heat transfer coefficients and the resulting temperature of the medium. The personal computer counting time for one time step of a transport diesel engine of typical design with a number of units of the order of 500 was 5 s.
Methods for calculating group cross sections for doubly heterogeneous thermal reactor systems. [HTGR
Stamatelatos, M G; LaBauve, R J
1977-02-01
The report discusses methods used at LASL for calculating group cross sections for doubly heterogeneous HTGR systems of the General Atomic design. These cross sections have been used for the neutronic safety analysis calculations of such HTGR systems at various points in reactor lifetime (e.g., beginning-of-life, end-of-equilibrium cycle). They were also compared with supplied General Atomic cross sections generated with General Atomic codes. The overall agreement between the LASL and the GA cross sections has been satisfactory.
Investigation of group IVA elements combined with HAXPES and first-principles calculations
Cui, Y.-T.; Li, G.-L.; Oji, H.; Son, J.-Y.
2014-04-01
The core level and valence band spectra of group IVA elements were investigated with hard x-ray photoemission spectroscopy (HAXPES) photon energy of 7.939 keV by bulk sensitive manner. The survey and valance band spectra were presented, relative peaks intensity are discussed by thinking about inelastic mean free path (IMFP) and photoionization cross section of photoelectrons (PICS). In order to understand bulk band structures, valence bands are compared with the calculated ones by considering PICS, IMFP and total energy resolution. The calculated results by GGA, HSE06 and GW0 methods are simply discussed by comparing with experiment spectra.
Sample-size calculations for multi-group comparison in population pharmacokinetic experiments.
Ogungbenro, Kayode; Aarons, Leon
2010-01-01
This paper describes an approach for calculating sample size for population pharmacokinetic experiments that involve hypothesis testing based on multi-group comparison detecting the difference in parameters between groups under mixed-effects modelling. This approach extends what has been described for generalized linear models and nonlinear population pharmacokinetic models that involve only binary covariates to more complex nonlinear population pharmacokinetic models. The structural nonlinear model is linearized around the random effects to obtain the marginal model and the hypothesis testing involving model parameters is based on Wald's test. This approach provides an efficient and fast method for calculating sample size for hypothesis testing in population pharmacokinetic models. The approach can also handle different design problems such as unequal allocation of subjects to groups and unbalanced sampling times between and within groups. The results obtained following application to a one compartment intravenous bolus dose model that involved three different hypotheses under different scenarios showed good agreement between the power obtained from NONMEM simulations and nominal power.
One-loop renormalisation of the NMSSM in SloopS : 1. the neutralino-chargino and sfermion sectors
Belanger, G; Boudjema, F; Chalons, G
2016-01-01
We have completed the one-loop renormalisation of the Next-to-Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model (NMSSM) allowing for and comparing between different renormalisation schemes. A special attention is paid to on-shell schemes. We study a variety of these schemes based on alternative choices of the physical input parameters. In this paper we present our approach to the renormalisation of the NMSSM and report on our results for the neutralino-chargino and sfermion sectors. We will borrow some results from our study of the Higgs sector whose full discussion is left for a separate publication. We have implemented the set up for all the sectors of the NMSSM within \\sloops, a code for the automatic computation of one-loop corrections initially developed for the standard model and the MSSM. Among the many applications that allows the code, we present here the one-loop corrections to neutralino masses and to partial widths of neutralinos and charginos into final states with one gauge boson. One-loop electroweak and Q...
Seiler, Christian
2016-01-01
A formalism for electronic-structure calculations is presented that is based on the functional renormalization group (FRG). The traditional FRG has been formulated for systems that exhibit a translational symmetry with an associated Fermi surface, which can provide the organization principle for the renormalization group (RG) procedure. We here advance an alternative formulation, where the RG-flow is organized in the energy-domain rather than in k-space. This has the advantage that it can also be applied to inhomogeneous matter lacking a band-structure, such as disordered metals or molecules. The energy-domain FRG ({\\epsilon}FRG) presented here accounts for Fermi-liquid corrections to quasi-particle energies and particle-hole excitations. It goes beyond the state of the art GW-BSE, because in {\\epsilon}FRG the Bethe-Salpeter equation (BSE) is solved in a self-consistent manner. An efficient implementation of the approach that has been tested against exact diagonalization calculations and calculations based on...
Nancy Anna Anasthasiya, A.; Khaneja, Mamta; Jeyaprakash, B. G.
2017-10-01
Ammonia adsorption on graphene (G) and graphene oxide (GO) was investigated through density functional theory calculations. In the GO system, the obtained binding energy, band gap, charge transfer and electronic structure revealed that the epoxide (GO-O) and hydroxyl groups (GO-OH) in GO enhance the NH3 adsorption, which leads to the chemisorption of NH3 on GO. The dissociation of NH3 to NH2 and formation of OH was also observed when the O and H atoms were separated at 0.985 Å, 1.019 Å, 1.035 Å, and 1.044 Å for various GO systems. The maximum charge transfer value was found to be 0.054 |e| with the binding energy of 1.143 eV for GO with a single epoxide (GO-1O) group. The charge transfer from NH3 to G or GO and the bond formation in this study agree with the reported experimental results.
QCD spectroscopy and quark mass renormalisation in external magnetic fields with Wilson fermions
Bali, Gunnar; Endrodi, Gergely; Glaessle, Benjamin
2015-01-01
We study the change of the QCD spectrum of low-lying mesons in the presence of an external magnetic field using Wilson fermions in the quenched approximation. Motivated by qualitative differences observed in the spectra of overlap and Wilson fermions for large magnetic fields, we investigate the dependence of the additive quark mass renormalisation on the magnetic field. We provide evidence that the magnetic field changes the critical quark mass both in the free case and on our quenched ensemble. The associated change of the bare quark mass with the magnetic field affects the spectrum and is relevant for the magnetic field dependence of a number of related quantities. We derive Ward identities for lattice and continuum QCD+QED from which we can extract the current quark masses. We also report on a first test of the tuning of the quark masses with the magnetic field using the current quark masses, and show that this tuning resolves the qualitative discrepancy between the Wilson and overlap spectra.
Bast, Radovan; Juselius, Jonas [Centre for Theoretical and Computational Chemistry (CTCC), Department of Chemistry, University of Tromso, N-9037 Tromso (Norway); Saue, Trond [Institut de Chimie de Strasbourg, CNRS et Universite Louis Pasteur, Laboratoire de Chimie Quantique, 4, rue Blaise Pascal, BP 1032, F-67070 Strasbourg (France)], E-mail: tsaue@chimie.u-strasbg.fr
2009-02-17
We present a 4-component relativistic implementation for calculating the magnetically induced current density within Hartree-Fock and Kohn-Sham linear response theory using a common gauge origin. We demonstrate how the current density can be decomposed into paramagnetic and diamagnetic contributions by calculating separately the contributions from rotations between positive-energy orbitals and contributions from rotations between the occupied positive-energy orbitals and the virtual negative-energy orbitals, respectively. This methodology is applied to the study of the magnetically induced current density in benzene and the group 15 heteroaromatic compounds C{sub 5}H{sub 5}E (E = N, P, As, Sb, Bi). Quantitative values for the magnetically induced ring currents are obtained by numerical integration over the current flow. We have found that the diatropic ring current is sustained for the entire series of the group 15 heteroaromatic compounds-the induced ring current susceptibility of bismabenzene being 76% of the benzene result. Having employed two hybrid and two nonhybrid generalized gradient approximation functionals, the results are found to be rather insensitive to the choice of the density functional approximation. The relativistic effect is relatively small, reaching its maximum of 8% for bismabenzene. The presented 4-component relativistic methodology opens up the possibility to visualize magnetically induced current densities of aromatic heavy-element systems with both scalar relativistic and spin-orbit effects included.
Morales, Giovanni; Martínez, Ramiro
2009-07-30
This research's main goals were to analyze ketene dimers' relative stability and expand group additivity value (GAV) methodology for estimating the thermochemical properties of high-weight ketene polymers (up to tetramers). The CBS-Q multilevel procedure and statistical thermodynamics were used for calculating the thermochemical properties of 20 cyclic structures, such as diketenes, cyclobutane-1,3-diones, cyclobut-2-enones and pyran-4-ones, as well as 57 acyclic base compounds organized into five groups. According to theoretical heat of formation predictions, diketene was found to be thermodynamically favored over cyclobutane-1,3-dione and its enol-tautomeric form (3-hydroxycyclobut-2-enone). This result did not agree with old combustion experiments. 3-Hydroxycyclobut-2-enone was found to be the least stable dimer and its reported experimental detection in solution may have been due to solvent effects. Substituted diketenes had lower stability than substituted cyclobutane-1,3-diones with an increased number of methyl substituents, suggesting that cyclobutane-1,3-dione type dimers are the major products because of thermodynamic control of alkylketene dimerization. Missing GAVs for the ketene dimers and related structures were calculated through linear regression on the 57 acyclic base compounds. Corrections for non next neighbor interactions (such as gauche, eclipses, and internal hydrogen bond) were needed for obtaining a highly accurate and precise regression model. To the best of our knowledge, the hydrogen bond correction for GAV methodology is the first reported in the literature; this correction was correlated to MP2/6-31Gdagger and HF/6-31Gdagger derived geometries to facilitate its application. GAVs assessed by the linear regression model were able to reproduce acyclic compounds' theoretical thermochemical properties and experimental heat of formation for acetylacetone. Ring formation and substituent position corrections were calculated by consecutively
Guo, San-Dong; Wang, Yue-Hua
2017-01-01
Two-dimensional (2D) materials may have potential applications in thermoelectric devices. In this work, the thermoelectric properties of orthorhombic group IV-VI monolayers AB (A = Ge and Sn; B = S and Se) are systematically investigated by the first-principles calculations and semiclassical Boltzmann transport theory. The spin-orbit coupling (SOC) is considered for their electron part, which produces observable effects on the power factor, especially for n-type doping. According to the calculated ZT, the four monolayers exhibit diverse anisotropic thermoelectric properties although they have a similar hinge-like crystal structure. The GeS along zigzag and armchair directions shows the strongest anisotropy, while SnS and SnSe show mostly isotropic efficiency of thermoelectric conversion. This can be explained by the strength of anisotropy of their respective power factor and electronic and lattice thermal conductivities. The calculated results show that the ZT between n- and p-type doping has little difference for GeS, SnS, and SnSe. It is found that GeSe, SnS, and SnSe show better thermoelectric performance compared to GeS in n-type doping and that SnS and SnSe exhibit higher efficiency of thermoelectric conversion in p-type doping. Compared to other many 2D materials, orthorhombic group IV-VI monolayers AB (A = Ge and Sn; B = S and Se) may possess better thermoelectric performance due to lower lattice thermal conductivities. Our work would be beneficial to stimulate further theoretical and experimental works.
一类整群环的K1群的计算%Calculation of K1 group of some integral group rings
刘佳奇; 高玉彬
2011-01-01
The integral group ring (Z)G is an important ring structure.This paper focuses on the calculation of the K1 groups of integral group rings.The key point of the problem lies in the calculation of their corresponding SK1 group rings.The SK1 groups of the integral group rings of p groups are relatively easy to calculate, but the SK1 groups of the integral group rings of non-p groups are relatively diffcult to calculate.This article discusses the basic theory of the problem.Furthermore, this article also treats the groups whose orders are p1q1 and discusses the calculation of the SK1 group rings of their integral group rings.%着重讨论整群环的K1群的计算,问题的关键点在于其对应的SK1群的计算,其中,P群的整群环的SK1群的结果是已知的.讨论了计算SK1群的基本理论,并证明了一类特殊的非P群(P1q1阶群)的整群环的SK1群是平凡的.
Goc, Roman
2004-09-01
in this paper calculates the second moment for solids with rotation of different groups of spins with C 3 symmetry. Method of solution: The rotation of molecules or their parts, for example CH 3 groups, is simulated as a random walk process by rotating each individual group of spins about its symmetry axis by an angle allowed by the type of symmetry. It is not a continuous rotation, but is in the form of jumps between consecutive positions allowed by the symmetry of the rotating group. Such a model of rotation fulfills assumptions on which theoretical equations used in NMR are derived. The value of Van Vleck's second moment averaged by this rotation is evaluated. The degree of averaging depends on the number of rotational jumps simulated during calculation. This number is then expressed in terms of the frequency of rotation and finally into the temperature. As a result we obtain simulated values of the NMR second moment as a function of temperature. Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: The only restriction is the number of spins for which calculations can be performed in a reasonable amount of CPU time. This restriction is therefore a combination of the number of spins in the unit cell, number of unit cells included in the calculation, and the speed of the computer used. The tested version of the program was compiled for a maximum number of 6250 spins, arranged in 125 unit cells. There are 15 axes of rotation allowed per unit cell. Any of these restrictions can be overcome by increasing the dimensions of the appropriate arrays in the program. The dimensions given in the program are sufficient for analysis of most of the NMR data which one can find in the scientific literature. This is due to the fact that the magnetic dipole-dipole interaction decreases with the third power of distance between spins, and calculations including spins up to a distance of about 2.0 nm give a final accuracy of the second moment equal to about 1%, while experimental values are
Covariances of the few-group homogenized cross-sections for diffusion calculation
Sánchez-Cervera, S.; Castro, S.; García-Herranz, N.
2015-07-01
In the context of the NEA/OECD benchmark for Uncertainty Analysis in Modelling (UAM), Exercise I-3 consists of neutronic calculations to propagate uncertainties to core parameters such as k-effective or power distribution. In core simulators, the input uncertainties arise, among others, from few-group lattice-averaged cross-section uncertainties. In this paper, an analysis of those uncertainties due to nuclear data is performed. The core analyzed in Exercise I-3 is the initial loading of the PWR TMI-1, composed by 11 different types of fuel assemblies. By statistically sampling the nuclear data input, the sequence SAMPLER from SCALE system (using its NEWT lattice code) allows to obtain the few-group homogenized cross-sections and with a statistical analysis generates the covariance matrices. The correlations among different reactions and energy groups of the covariance matrices are analyzed. The impact of burnable poisons, control rods or the environment of the assembly is also assessed. It is shown the importance of the correlation between different assembly types. The global covariance matrix will permit to compute the uncertainties in k-eff in a core simulator, once sensitivity coefficients are known. Only if the complete covariance matrix is considered, similar uncertainties to the ones provided by other methodologies are obtained. (Author)
Critical groups vs. representative person: dose calculations due to predicted releases from USEXA
Ferreira, N.L.D., E-mail: nelson.luiz@ctmsp.mar.mil.br [Centro Tecnologico da Marinha (CTM/SP), Sao Paulo, SP (Brazil); Rochedo, E.R.R., E-mail: elainerochedo@gmail.com [Instituto de Radiprotecao e Dosimetria (lRD/CNEN-RJ), Rio de Janeiro, RJ (Brazil); Mazzilli, B.P., E-mail: mazzilli@ipen.br [Instituto de Pesquisas Energeticas e Nucleares (IPEN/CNEN-SP), Sao Paulo, SP (Brazil)
2013-07-01
The critical group cf Centro Experimental Aramar (CEA) site was previously defined based 00 the effluents releases to the environment resulting from the facilities already operational at CEA. In this work, effective doses are calculated to members of the critical group considering the predicted potential uranium releases from the Uranium Hexafluoride Production Plant (USEXA). Basically, this work studies the behavior of the resulting doses related to the type of habit data used in the analysis and two distinct situations are considered: (a) the utilization of average values obtained from official institutions (IBGE, IEA-SP, CNEN, IAEA) and from the literature; and (b) the utilization of the 95{sup tb} percentile of the values derived from distributions fit to the obtained habit data. The first option corresponds to the way that data was used for the definition of the critical group of CEA done in former assessments, while the second one corresponds to the use of data in deterministic assessments, as recommended by ICRP to estimate doses to the so--called 'representative person' . (author)
Tornow, Sabine; Tong, Ning-Hua; Bulla, Ralf
2006-07-01
We present a detailed model study of exciton transfer processes in donor-bridge-acceptor (DBA) systems. Using a model which includes the intermolecular Coulomb interaction and the coupling to a dissipative environment we calculate the phase diagram, the absorption spectrum as well as dynamic equilibrium properties with the numerical renormalization group. This method is non-perturbative and therefore allows one to cover the full parameter space, especially the case when the intermolecular Coulomb interaction is of the same order as the coupling to the environment and perturbation theory cannot be applied. For DBA systems with up to six sites we found a transition to the localized phase (self-trapping) depending on the coupling to the dissipative environment. We discuss various criteria which favour delocalized exciton transfer.
Tornow, Sabine [Theoretische Physik III, Elektronische Korrelationen und Magnetismus, Universitaet Augsburg, 86135 Augsburg (Germany); Tong, Ning-Hua [Institut fuer Theorie der Kondensierten Materie, Universitaet Karlsruhe, 76128 Karlsruhe (Germany); Bulla, Ralf [Theoretische Physik III, Elektronische Korrelationen und Magnetismus, Universitaet Augsburg, 86135 Augsburg (Germany)
2006-07-05
We present a detailed model study of exciton transfer processes in donor-bridge-acceptor (DBA) systems. Using a model which includes the intermolecular Coulomb interaction and the coupling to a dissipative environment we calculate the phase diagram, the absorption spectrum as well as dynamic equilibrium properties with the numerical renormalization group. This method is non-perturbative and therefore allows one to cover the full parameter space, especially the case when the intermolecular Coulomb interaction is of the same order as the coupling to the environment and perturbation theory cannot be applied. For DBA systems with up to six sites we found a transition to the localized phase (self-trapping) depending on the coupling to the dissipative environment. We discuss various criteria which favour delocalized exciton transfer.
New real-space renormalization-group calculation for the critical properties of lattice spin systems
Hecht, Charles E.; Kikuchi, Ryoichi
1982-05-01
In evaluating the critical properties of lattice spin systems in the real-space renormalization-group theory we use the cluster variation method. A configuration in the transformed system is constrained and the probability of occurrence of this configuration is calculated both in the transformed system and in the original system. By equating the two probabilities and forming ratios of two such equalities (for two or more constrained configurations) the fixed point of the renormalization transformation is evaluated. The method can avoid the trouble due to different singularities in the original and transformed systems, and hence can obviate the possible development of spurious singularities in the transformation at low temperatures. The two-dimensional triangular Ising model is treated with numerical results comparable with those obtained by the cluster treatment of Niemeijer and van Leeuwen who used more and larger cluster types than those we introduce.
Higashikawa, Sho
2016-01-01
A symmetry broken phase of a system with internal degrees of freedom often features a complex order parameter, which generates a rich variety of topological excitations and topological influence between them, yet the very complexity of the order parameter makes it difficult to treat topological excitations and topological influence in a unified manner. To overcome this problem, we develop a general method to calculate homotopy groups and derive decomposition formulas which express homotopy groups of a quotient space $G/H$ in terms of those of the symmetry $G$ of the system and those of the remaining symmetry $H$ of the state. We apply these formulas to analyze a general monopole and a general three-dimensional skyrmion, and show that their textures are obtained through substitution of the corresponding $\\mathfrak{su}(2)$-subalgebra for the $\\mathfrak{su}(2)$-spin. We also show that a discrete symmetry of $H$ is necessary for the presence of topological influence and find the topological influence on a skyrmio...
Analytical calculation of electron group velocity surfaces in uniform strained graphene
Gómez-Arias, Wilfrido A.; Naumis, Gerardo G.
2016-12-01
Electron group velocity for graphene under uniform strain is obtained analytically by using the tight-binding (TB) approximation. Such closed analytical expressions are useful in order to calculate the electronic, thermal and optical properties of strained graphene. These results allow to understand the behavior of electrons when graphene is subjected to strong strain and nonlinear corrections, for which the usual Dirac approach is no longer valid. Some particular cases of uniaxial and shear strain were analyzed. The evolution of the electron group velocity indicates a break-up of the trigonal warping symmetry, which is replaced by a warping consistent with the symmetry of the strained reciprocal lattice. To do this, analytical expressions for the shape of the first Brillouin zone (BZ) of the honeycomb strained reciprocal lattice are provided. Finally, the Fermi velocity becomes strongly anisotropic, i.e., for a strong pure shear strain (20% of the lattice parameter), the two inequivalent Dirac cones merge and the Fermi velocity is zero in one of the principal axis of deformation. We found that nonlinear terms are essential to describe the effects of deformation for electrons near or at the Fermi energy.
Application de la methode des sous-groupes au calcul Monte-Carlo multigroupe
Martin, Nicolas
This thesis is dedicated to the development of a Monte Carlo neutron transport solver based on the subgroup (or multiband) method. In this formalism, cross sections for resonant isotopes are represented in the form of probability tables on the whole energy spectrum. This study is intended in order to test and validate this approach in lattice physics and criticality-safety applications. The probability table method seems promising since it introduces an alternative computational way between the legacy continuous-energy representation and the multigroup method. In the first case, the amount of data invoked in continuous-energy Monte Carlo calculations can be very important and tend to slow down the overall computational time. In addition, this model preserves the quality of the physical laws present in the ENDF format. Due to its cheap computational cost, the multigroup Monte Carlo way is usually at the basis of production codes in criticality-safety studies. However, the use of a multigroup representation of the cross sections implies a preliminary calculation to take into account self-shielding effects for resonant isotopes. This is generally performed by deterministic lattice codes relying on the collision probability method. Using cross-section probability tables on the whole energy range permits to directly take into account self-shielding effects and can be employed in both lattice physics and criticality-safety calculations. Several aspects have been thoroughly studied: (1) The consistent computation of probability tables with a energy grid comprising only 295 or 361 groups. The CALENDF moment approach conducted to probability tables suitable for a Monte Carlo code. (2) The combination of the probability table sampling for the energy variable with the delta-tracking rejection technique for the space variable, and its impact on the overall efficiency of the proposed Monte Carlo algorithm. (3) The derivation of a model for taking into account anisotropic
Eugene Oteng-Ntim
Full Text Available OBJECTIVES: To quantify the proportion of adverse pregnancy outcome attributable to maternal obesity. DESIGN: Cross sectional analysis of routine obstetric dataset. SETTING: Guy's and St Thomas's NHS Foundation Trust (GSTFT. POPULATION: 23,668 women who had singleton deliveries at GSTFT between 2004 and 2008. METHODS: Logistic regression was used to estimate the association between BMI and outcome in different ethnic groups. Adjusted odds ratios, and the proportions of obese women, were used to calculate population attributable risk fractions (PAFs. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: (I MATERNAL OUTCOMES: diabetes, type of delivery, post-partum haemorrhage, and preterm delivery. (ii Perinatal outcomes: macrosomia, low birth weight, admission to neonatal intensive care/special care baby unit, and perinatal death. RESULTS: The prevalence of maternal obesity was 14%. Increasing BMI was independently associated with increasing risk of adverse obstetric and neonatal outcome. At the individual level, the effect of obesity on diabetes was highest in Asian women compared to white women (p for interaction = 0.03. Calculation of population attributable risk fractions demonstrated that one third of diabetes cases and one in six Caesarean sections could be avoided in this population if all obese women were of normal BMI. At the population level, the contribution of obesity to diabetes was highest for Black women (42%, and lowest for oriental women (8%. Seven percent of neonatal macrosomia in all the population, and 13% in Black mothers, were attributable to obesity. CONCLUSIONS: Preventing obesity prior to pregnancy will substantially reduce the burden of obstetric and neonatal morbidity in this population. This reduction will be higher in Black women.
The Density Matrix Renormalization Group Method and Large-Scale Nuclear Shell-Model Calculations
Dimitrova, S S; Pittel, S; Stoitsov, M V
2002-01-01
The particle-hole Density Matrix Renormalization Group (p-h DMRG) method is discussed as a possible new approach to large-scale nuclear shell-model calculations. Following a general description of the method, we apply it to a class of problems involving many identical nucleons constrained to move in a single large j-shell and to interact via a pairing plus quadrupole interaction. A single-particle term that splits the shell into degenerate doublets is included so as to accommodate the physics of a Fermi surface in the problem. We apply the p-h DMRG method to this test problem for two $j$ values, one for which the shell model can be solved exactly and one for which the size of the hamiltonian is much too large for exact treatment. In the former case, the method is able to reproduce the exact results for the ground state energy, the energies of low-lying excited states, and other observables with extreme precision. In the latter case, the results exhibit rapid exponential convergence, suggesting the great promi...
Shieh, Minghuey; Chu, Yen-Yi; Hsu, Miao-Hsing; Ke, Wei-Ming; Lin, Chien-Nan
2011-01-17
The trichromium-lead complex [Pb{Cr(CO)5}3](2-) (1) was isolated from the reaction of PbCl2 and Cr(CO)6 in a KOH/MeOH solution, and the new mixed chromium-iron-lead complex [Pb{Cr(CO)5}{Fe(CO)4}2](2-) (3) was synthesized from the reaction of PbCl2 and Cr(CO)6 in a KOH/MeOH solution followed by the addition of Fe(CO)5. X-ray crystallography showed that 3 consisted of a central Pb atom bound in a trigonal-planar environment to two Fe(CO)4 and one Cr(CO)5 fragments. When complex 1 reacted with 1.5 equiv of Mn(CO)5Br, the Cr(CO)4-bridged dimeric lead-chromium carbonyl complex [Pb2Br2Cr4(CO)18](2-) (4) was produced. However, a similar reaction of 3 or the isostructural triiron-lead complex [Pb{Fe(CO)4}3](2-) (2) with Mn(CO)5Br in MeCN led to the formation of the Fe3Pb2-based trigonal-bipyramidal complexes [Fe3(CO)9{PbCr(CO)5}2](2-) (6) and [Fe3(CO)9{PbFe(CO)4}2](2-) (5), respectively. On the other hand, the Ru3Pb2-based trigonal-bipyramidal complex [Ru3(CO)9{PbCr(CO)5}2](2-) (7) was obtained directly from the reaction of PbCl2, Cr(CO)6, and Ru3(CO)12 in a KOH/MeOH solution. X-ray crystallography showed that 5 and 6 each had an Fe3Pb2 trigonal-bipyramidal core geometry, with three Fe(CO)3 groups occupying the equatorial positions and two PbFe(CO)4 or PbCr(CO)5 units in the axial positions, while 7 displayed a Ru3Pb2 trigonal-bipyramidal geometry with three equatorial Ru(CO)3 groups and two axial PbCr(CO)5 units. The complexes 3-7 were characterized spectroscopically, and their nature, formation, and electrochemistry were further examined by molecular orbital calculations at the B3LYP level of density functional theory.
Small groups, large profits: Calculating interest rates in community-managed microfinance
Rasmussen, Ole Dahl
2012-01-01
Savings groups are a widely used strategy for women’s economic resilience – over 80% of members worldwide are women, and in the case described here, 72.5%. In these savings groups it is common to see the interest rate on savings reported as "20-30% annually". Using panel data from 204 groups in M...
Automated Calculation of Water-equivalent Diameter (DW) Based on AAPM Task Group 220.
Anam, Choirul; Haryanto, Freddy; Widita, Rena; Arif, Idam; Dougherty, Geoff
2016-07-08
The purpose of this study is to accurately and effectively automate the calculation of the water-equivalent diameter (DW) from 3D CT images for estimating the size-specific dose. DW is the metric that characterizes the patient size and attenuation. In this study, DW was calculated for standard CTDI phantoms and patient images. Two types of phantom were used, one representing the head with a diameter of 16 cm and the other representing the body with a diameter of 32 cm. Images of 63 patients were also taken, 32 who had undergone a CT head examination and 31 who had undergone a CT thorax examination. There are three main parts to our algorithm for automated DW calculation. The first part is to read 3D images and convert the CT data into Hounsfield units (HU). The second part is to find the contour of the phantoms or patients automatically. And the third part is to automate the calculation of DW based on the automated contouring for every slice (DW,all). The results of this study show that the automated calculation of DW and the manual calculation are in good agreement for phantoms and patients. The differences between the automated calculation of DW and the manual calculation are less than 0.5%. The results of this study also show that the estimating of DW,all using DW,n=1 (central slice along longitudinal axis) produces percentage differences of -0.92% ± 3.37% and 6.75%± 1.92%, and estimating DW,all using DW,n=9 produces percentage differences of 0.23% ± 0.16% and 0.87% ± 0.36%, for thorax and head examinations, respectively. From this study, the percentage differences between normalized size-specific dose estimate for every slice (nSSDEall) and nSSDEn=1 are 0.74% ± 2.82% and -4.35% ± 1.18% for thorax and head examinations, respectively; between nSSDEall and nSSDEn=9 are 0.00% ± 0.46% and -0.60% ± 0.24% for thorax and head examinations, respectively.
A. Nouri
2012-03-01
Donc Malgré la relative simplicité de la LEC et sa faible morbidité l'indication doit être mûrement réfléchie et prenant en considération les facteurs prédictifs du succès pour le traitement d'un calcul caliciel inférieur.
Propulsion and Energetics Panel Working Group 12 on through Flow Calculations in Axial Turbomachines
1981-10-01
form: of" z•G* (2 (M1 - Micr) + 1) cr = critical where again the double prime denotes the corrected value. 3. For off-design operation a parabolic... prime importance, but frequently very difficult, to determine what simplifications are made in each method. Whether a specific through-flow method is...unsteady through-flow calculations Erdos , Alzner and McNally (1977) have developed a time- dependent, inviscid computation system with capability in
Bush, C.A.; Yan, Z.Y.; Rao, B.N.N.
1986-10-01
The H NMR spectra of a series of blood group A active oligosaccharides containing from four to ten sugar residues have been completely assigned, and quantitative nuclear Overhauser enhancements (NOE) have been measured between protons separated by known distances within the pyranoside ring. The observation of NOE between anomeric protons and those of the aglycon sugar as well as small effects between protons of distant rings suggests that the oligosaccharides have well-defined conformations. Conformational energy calculations were carried out on a trisaccharide, Fuc( -1 2)(GalNAc( -1 3))-GalUS -O-me, which models the nonreducing terminal fragments of the blood group A oligosaccharides. The results of calculations with three different potential energy functions which have been widely used in peptides and carbohydrates gave several minimum energy conformations. In NOE calculations from conformational models, the rotational correlation time was adjusted to fit T1's and intra-ring NOE. Comparison of calculated maps of NOE as a function of glycosidic dihedral angles showed that only a small region of conformational space was consistent with experimental data on a blood group A tetrasaccharide alditol. This conformation occurs at an energy minimum in all three energy calculations. Temperature dependence of the NOE implies that the oligosaccharides adopt single rigid conformations which do not change with temperature.
Huijun Xu
2016-01-01
Full Text Available Many clinics still use monitor unit (MU calculations for electron treatment planning and/or quality assurance (QA. This work (1 investigates the clinical implementation of a dosimetry system including a modified American Association of Physicists in Medicine-task group-71 (TG-71-based electron MU calculation protocol (modified TG-71 electron [mTG-71E] and an independent commercial calculation program and (2 provides the practice recommendations for clinical usage. Following the recently published TG-71 guidance, an organized mTG-71E databook was developed to facilitate data access and subsequent MU computation according to our clinical need. A recently released commercial secondary calculation program - Mobius3D (version 1.5.1 Electron Quick Calc (EQC (Mobius Medical System, LP, Houston, TX, USA, with inherent pencil beam algorithm and independent beam data, was used to corroborate the calculation results. For various setups, the calculation consistency and accuracy of mTG-71E and EQC were validated by their cross-comparison and the ion chamber measurements in a solid water phantom. Our results show good agreement between mTG-71E and EQC calculations, with average 2% difference. Both mTG-71E and EQC calculations match with measurements within 3%. In general, these differences increase with decreased cutout size, increased extended source to surface distance, and lower energy. It is feasible to use TG71 and Mobius3D clinically as primary and secondary electron MU calculations or vice versa. We recommend a practice that only requires patient-specific measurements in rare cases when mTG-71E and EQC calculations differ by 5% or more.
Extreme group index measured and calculated in 2D SOI-based photonic crystal waveguides
Lavrinenko, Andrei; Jacobsen, Rune Shim; Fage-Pedersen, Jacob;
2005-01-01
lattice of air-holes in the 216-nm thick silicon layer in an SOI material. Experimental transmission spectra show a mode cut-off around 1562.5 nm for the fundamental photonic bandgap mode. In order to measure and model the group index of modes in the PCW, a time-of-flight (ToF) method is applied....
Wada, Daichi; Igawa, Hirotaka; Murayama, Hideaki; Kasai, Tokio
2014-03-24
A signal processing method based on group delay calculations is introduced for distributed measurements of long-length fiber Bragg gratings (FBGs) based on optical frequency domain reflectometry (OFDR). Bragg wavelength shifts in interfered signals of OFDR are regarded as group delay. By calculating group delay, the distribution of Bragg wavelength shifts is obtained with high computational efficiency. We introduce weighted averaging process for noise reduction. This method required only 3.5% of signal processing time which was necessary for conventional equivalent signal processing based on short-time Fourier transform. The method also showed high sensitivity to experimental signals where non-uniform strain distributions existed in a long-length FBG.
Stern, Robin L; Heaton, Robert; Fraser, Martin W; Goddu, S Murty; Kirby, Thomas H; Lam, Kwok Leung; Molineu, Andrea; Zhu, Timothy C
2011-01-01
The requirement of an independent verification of the monitor units (MU) or time calculated to deliver the prescribed dose to a patient has been a mainstay of radiation oncology quality assurance. The need for and value of such a verification was obvious when calculations were performed by hand using look-up tables, and the verification was achieved by a second person independently repeating the calculation. However, in a modern clinic using CT/MR/PET simulation, computerized 3D treatment planning, heterogeneity corrections, and complex calculation algorithms such as convolution/superposition and Monte Carlo, the purpose of and methodology for the MU verification have come into question. In addition, since the verification is often performed using a simpler geometrical model and calculation algorithm than the primary calculation, exact or almost exact agreement between the two can no longer be expected. Guidelines are needed to help the physicist set clinically reasonable action levels for agreement. This report addresses the following charges of the task group: (1) To re-evaluate the purpose and methods of the "independent second check" for monitor unit calculations for non-IMRT radiation treatment in light of the complexities of modern-day treatment planning. (2) To present recommendations on how to perform verification of monitor unit calculations in a modern clinic. (3) To provide recommendations on establishing action levels for agreement between primary calculations and verification, and to provide guidance in addressing discrepancies outside the action levels. These recommendations are to be used as guidelines only and shall not be interpreted as requirements.
Accurate variational electronic structure calculations with the density matrix renormalization group
Wouters, Sebastian
2014-01-01
During the past 15 years, the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) has become increasingly important for ab initio quantum chemistry. The underlying matrix product state (MPS) ansatz is a low-rank decomposition of the full configuration interaction tensor. The virtual dimension of the MPS controls the size of the corner of the many-body Hilbert space that can be reached. Whereas the MPS ansatz will only yield an efficient description for noncritical one-dimensional systems, it can still be used as a variational ansatz for other finite-size systems. Rather large virtual dimensions are then required. The two most important aspects to reduce the corresponding computational cost are a proper choice and ordering of the active space orbitals, and the exploitation of the symmetry group of the Hamiltonian. By taking care of both aspects, DMRG becomes an efficient replacement for exact diagonalization in quantum chemistry. DMRG and Hartree-Fock theory have an analogous structure. The former can be interpreted a...
Gibbons, John P., E-mail: john.gibbons@marybird.com [Department of Physics, Mary Bird Perkins Cancer Center, Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70809 (United States); Antolak, John A. [Department of Radiation Oncology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota 55905 (United States); Followill, David S. [Department of Radiation Physics, UT M.D. Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, Texas 77030 (United States); Huq, M. Saiful [Department of Radiation Oncology, University of Pittsburgh Cancer Institute, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15232 (United States); Klein, Eric E. [Department of Radiation Oncology, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri 63110 (United States); Lam, Kwok L. [Department of Radiation Oncology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109 (United States); Palta, Jatinder R. [Department of Radiation Oncology, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, Virginia 23298 (United States); Roback, Donald M. [Department of Radiation Oncology, Cancer Centers of North Carolina, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 (United States); Reid, Mark [Department of Medical Physics, Fletcher-Allen Health Care, Burlington, Vermont 05401 (United States); Khan, Faiz M. [Department of Radiation Oncology, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455 (United States)
2014-03-15
A protocol is presented for the calculation of monitor units (MU) for photon and electron beams, delivered with and without beam modifiers, for constant source-surface distance (SSD) and source-axis distance (SAD) setups. This protocol was written by Task Group 71 of the Therapy Physics Committee of the American Association of Physicists in Medicine (AAPM) and has been formally approved by the AAPM for clinical use. The protocol defines the nomenclature for the dosimetric quantities used in these calculations, along with instructions for their determination and measurement. Calculations are made using the dose per MU under normalization conditions, D{sub 0}{sup ′}, that is determined for each user's photon and electron beams. For electron beams, the depth of normalization is taken to be the depth of maximum dose along the central axis for the same field incident on a water phantom at the same SSD, where D{sub 0}{sup ′} = 1 cGy/MU. For photon beams, this task group recommends that a normalization depth of 10 cm be selected, where an energy-dependent D{sub 0}{sup ′} ≤ 1 cGy/MU is required. This recommendation differs from the more common approach of a normalization depth of d{sub m}, with D{sub 0}{sup ′} = 1 cGy/MU, although both systems are acceptable within the current protocol. For photon beams, the formalism includes the use of blocked fields, physical or dynamic wedges, and (static) multileaf collimation. No formalism is provided for intensity modulated radiation therapy calculations, although some general considerations and a review of current calculation techniques are included. For electron beams, the formalism provides for calculations at the standard and extended SSDs using either an effective SSD or an air-gap correction factor. Example tables and problems are included to illustrate the basic concepts within the presented formalism.
Gibbons, John P; Antolak, John A; Followill, David S; Huq, M Saiful; Klein, Eric E; Lam, Kwok L; Palta, Jatinder R; Roback, Donald M; Reid, Mark; Khan, Faiz M
2014-03-01
A protocol is presented for the calculation of monitor units (MU) for photon and electron beams, delivered with and without beam modifiers, for constant source-surface distance (SSD) and source-axis distance (SAD) setups. This protocol was written by Task Group 71 of the Therapy Physics Committee of the American Association of Physicists in Medicine (AAPM) and has been formally approved by the AAPM for clinical use. The protocol defines the nomenclature for the dosimetric quantities used in these calculations, along with instructions for their determination and measurement. Calculations are made using the dose per MU under normalization conditions, D'0, that is determined for each user's photon and electron beams. For electron beams, the depth of normalization is taken to be the depth of maximum dose along the central axis for the same field incident on a water phantom at the same SSD, where D'0 = 1 cGy/MU. For photon beams, this task group recommends that a normalization depth of 10 cm be selected, where an energy-dependent D'0 ≤ 1 cGy/MU is required. This recommendation differs from the more common approach of a normalization depth of dm, with D'0 = 1 cGy/MU, although both systems are acceptable within the current protocol. For photon beams, the formalism includes the use of blocked fields, physical or dynamic wedges, and (static) multileaf collimation. No formalism is provided for intensity modulated radiation therapy calculations, although some general considerations and a review of current calculation techniques are included. For electron beams, the formalism provides for calculations at the standard and extended SSDs using either an effective SSD or an air-gap correction factor. Example tables and problems are included to illustrate the basic concepts within the presented formalism.
Cluster-Continuum Calculations of Hydration Free Energies of Anions and Group 12 Divalent Cations.
Riccardi, Demian; Guo, Hao-Bo; Parks, Jerry M; Gu, Baohua; Liang, Liyuan; Smith, Jeremy C
2013-01-08
Understanding aqueous phase processes involving group 12 metal cations is relevant to both environmental and biological sciences. Here, quantum chemical methods and polarizable continuum models are used to compute the hydration free energies of a series of divalent group 12 metal cations (Zn(2+), Cd(2+), and Hg(2+)) together with Cu(2+) and the anions OH(-), SH(-), Cl(-), and F(-). A cluster-continuum method is employed, in which gas-phase clusters of the ion and explicit solvent molecules are immersed in a dielectric continuum. Two approaches to define the size of the solute-water cluster are compared, in which the number of explicit waters used is either held constant or determined variationally as that of the most favorable hydration free energy. Results obtained with various polarizable continuum models are also presented. Each leg of the relevant thermodynamic cycle is analyzed in detail to determine how different terms contribute to the observed mean signed error (MSE) and the standard deviation of the error (STDEV) between theory and experiment. The use of a constant number of water molecules for each set of ions is found to lead to predicted relative trends that benefit from error cancellation. Overall, the best results are obtained with MP2 and the Solvent Model D polarizable continuum model (SMD), with eight explicit water molecules for anions and 10 for the metal cations, yielding a STDEV of 2.3 kcal mol(-1) and MSE of 0.9 kcal mol(-1) between theoretical and experimental hydration free energies, which range from -72.4 kcal mol(-1) for SH(-) to -505.9 kcal mol(-1) for Cu(2+). Using B3PW91 with DFT-D3 dispersion corrections (B3PW91-D) and SMD yields a STDEV of 3.3 kcal mol(-1) and MSE of 1.6 kcal mol(-1), to which adding MP2 corrections from smaller divalent metal cation water molecule clusters yields very good agreement with the full MP2 results. Using B3PW91-D and SMD, with two explicit water molecules for anions and six for divalent metal cations, also
Cluster-Continuum Calculations of Hydration Free Energies of Anions and Group 12 Divalent Cations
Guo, Hao-Bo [ORNL; Liang, Liyuan [ORNL; Parks, Jerry M [ORNL; Smith, Jeremy C [ORNL; Riccardi, Demian M [ORNL; Gu, Baohua [ORNL
2013-01-01
Understanding aqueous phase processes involving group 12 metal cations is relevant to both environmental and biological sciences. Here, quantum chemical methods and polarizable continuum models are used to compute the hydration free energies of a series of divalent group 12 metal cations (Zn2+, Cd2+, and Hg2+) together with Cu2+ and the anions OH , SH , Cl , and F . A cluster-continuum method is employed, in which gas-phase clusters of the ion and explicit solvent molecules are immersed in a dielectric continuum. Two approaches to define the size of the solute-water cluster are compared, in which the number of explicit waters used is either held constant or determined variationally as that of the most favorable hydration free energy. Results obtained with various polarizable continuum models are also presented. Each leg of the relevant thermodynamic cycle is analyzed in detail to determine how different contributions yield the observed mean signed error (MSE) and the standard deviation of the error (STDEV) between theory and experiment. The use of a constant number of water molecules for each set of ions is found to lead to predicted relative trends that benefit from error cancellation. Overall, the best results are obtained with MP2 and the Solvent Model D polarizable continuum model (SMD), with eight explicit water molecules for anions and ten for the metal cations, yielding a STDEV of 2.3 kcal/mol and MSE of 0.9 kcal/mol between theoretical to experimental hydration free energies, which range from -72.4 kcal/mol for SH to -505.9 kcal/mol for Cu2+. Using B3PW91 with DFT-D3 dispersion corrections (B3PW91-D) and SMD yields a STDEV of 3.3 kcal mol 1 and MSE of 1.6 kcal/mol, to which adding MP2 corrections from smaller divalent metal ion water molecule clusters yields very good agreement with the full MP2 results. Using B3PW91-D and SMD, with two explicit water molecules for anions and six for divalent metal cations also yields reasonable agreement with experiment
Comparing Tensor Renormalization Group and Monte Carlo calculations for spin and gauge models
Meurice, Yannick; Liu, Yuzhi; Xiang, Tao; Xie, Zhiyuan; Yu, Ji-Feng; Unmuth-Yockey, Judah; Zou, Haiyuan
2013-01-01
We show that the Tensor Renormalization Group (TRG) method can be applied to O(N) spin models, principal chiral models and pure gauge theories (Z2, U(1) and SU(2)) on (hyper) cubic lattices. We explain that contrarily to some common belief, it is very difficult to write compact formulas expressing the blockspinning of lattice models. We show that in contrast to other approaches, the TRG formulation allows us to write exact blocking formulas with numerically controllable truncations. The basic reason is that the TRG blocking separates neatly the degrees of freedom inside the block and which are integrated over, from those kept to communicate with the neighboring blocks. We argue that the TRG is a method that can handle large volumes, which is crucial to approach quasi-conformal systems. The method can also get rid of some sign problems. We discuss recent results regarding the critical properties of the 2D O(2) nonlinear sigma model with complex beta and chemical potential. As some of these results appeared in ...
Phonon transport properties of two-dimensional group-IV materials from ab initio calculations
Peng, Bo; Zhang, Hao; Shao, Hezhu; Xu, Yuanfeng; Ni, Gang; Zhang, Rongjun; Zhu, Heyuan
2016-12-01
It has been argued that stanene has lowest lattice thermal conductivity among two-dimensional (2D) group-IV materials because of its largest atomic mass, weakest interatomic bonding, and enhanced ZA phonon scattering due to the breaking of an out-of-plane symmetry selection rule. However, we show that, although the lattice thermal conductivity κ for graphene, silicene, and germanene decreases monotonically with decreasing Debye temperature, unexpected higher κ is observed in stanene. By enforcing all the invariance conditions in 2D materials and including Ge 3 d and Sn 4 d electrons as valence electrons for germanene and stanene, respectively, the lattice dynamics in these materials are accurately described. A large acoustic-optical gap and the bunching of the acoustic-phonon branches significantly reduce phonon scattering in stanene, leading to higher thermal conductivity than germanene. The vibrational origin of the acoustic-optical gap can be attributed to the buckled structure. Interestingly, a buckled system has two competing influences on phonon transport: the breaking of the symmetry selection rule leads to reduced thermal conductivity, and the enlarging of the acoustic-optical gap results in enhanced thermal conductivity. The size dependence of thermal conductivity is investigated as well. In nanoribbons, the κ of silicene, germanene, and stanene is much less sensitive to size effect due to their short intrinsic phonon mean-free paths. This work sheds light on the nature of phonon transport in buckled 2D materials.
Eckerman, K.F. [Oak Ridge National Lab., TN (United States)
1999-01-01
Committee 2 of the International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP) has had efforts underway to provide the radiation protection community with age-dependent dose coefficients, i.e.g, the dose per unit intake. The Task Group on Dose Calculations, chaired by the author, is responsible for the computation of these coefficients. The Task Group, formed in 1974 to produce ICRP Publication 30, is now international in its membership and its work load has been distributed among the institutions represented on the task group. This paper discusses: (1) recent advances in biokinetic modeling; (2) the recent changes in the dosimetric methodology; (3) the novel computational problems with some of the ICRP quantities; and (4) quality assurance issues which the Task Group has encountered. Potential future developments of the dosimetric framework which might strengthen the relationships with the emerging understanding of radiation risk will also be discussed.
Devan, K.; Gopalakrishnan, V.; Lee, S.M. [Nuclear Data Section Indira Ganhi Centre for Atomic Research, Tamilnadu (India)
1994-12-31
We have created a 25 group neutron cross section set (IGCJENDL) for nuclides of interest to LMFBRs from the Japanese Evaluated Nuclear Data Library - Version 2 (JENDL-2) in the format of French adjusted Cadarache Version 2 set (1969). The integral validation of IGCJENDL set was done by analyzing nine fast critical assemblies proposed by Cross Section Evaluation Working Group (CSEWG). The calculated integral parameters agreed reasonably well with the reported measured values. It is found that this set predicts the integral parameters, k-eff in particular, close to that predicted by adjusted CARNAVAL IV (French) or BNAB-78 (Russian) sets, for a 1200 MWe theoretical benchmark, representing a large power reactor.
Rustad, James R.; Dixon, David A.; Felmy, Andrew R.
2000-05-01
Density functional calculations are performed on M 3(OH) 7(H 2O) 62+ and M 3O(OH) 6(H 2O) 6+ clusters for MAl, Cr(III), and Fe(III), allowing determination of the relative acidities of the μ 3-hydroxo and aquo functional groups. Contrary to previous predictions and rationalizations, Fe 3OH and Al 3OH groups have nearly the same intrinsic acidity, while Cr 3OH groups are significantly more acidic. The gas-phase acidity of the Fe 3OH site is in good agreement with the value predicted by the molecular mechanics model previously used to estimate the relative acidities of surface sites on iron oxides. [ J. R. Rustad et al. (1996)Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 60, 1563]. Acidities of aquo functional groups were also computed for Al and Cr. The AlOH 2 site is more acidic than the Al 3OH site, whereas the Cr 3OH site is more acidic than the CrOH 2 site. These findings predict that the surface charging behavior of chromium oxides/oxyhydroxides should be distinguishable from their Fe, Al counterparts. The calculations also provide insight into why the lepidocrocite/boehmite polymorph is not observed for CrOOH.
Nakatani, Naoki; Guo, Sheng
2017-03-01
This paper describes an interface between the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) method and the complete active-space self-consistent field (CASSCF) method and its analytical gradient, as well as an extension to the second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2) method. This interfacing allows large active-space multi-reference computations to be easily performed. The interface and its extension are both implemented in terms of reduced density matrices (RDMs) which can be efficiently computed via the DMRG sweep algorithm. We also present benchmark results showing that, in practice, the DMRG-CASSCF calculations scale with active-space size in a polynomial manner in the case of quasi-1D systems. Geometry optimization of a binuclear iron-sulfur cluster using the DMRG-CASSCF analytical gradient is demonstrated, indicating that the inclusion of the valence p-orbitals of sulfur and double-shell d-orbitals of iron lead to non-negligible changes in the geometry compared to the results of small active-space calculations. With the exception of the selection of M values, many computational settings in these practical DMRG calculations have been tuned and black-boxed in our interface, and so the resulting DMRG-CASSCF and DMRG-CASPT2 calculations are now available to novice users as a common tool to compute strongly correlated electronic wavefunctions.
Kulyamina, E. Yu.; Zitserman, V. Yu.; Fokin, L. R.
2017-01-01
A technique for reconstructing thermal properties, including the melting curve, of refractory metals based on the use of experimental data on caloric properties available up to the melting point and some regularities of the Debye-Grüneisen theory has been proposed. The calculation result is the consistent system of high-temperature thermal data, including the thermal expansion coefficient, solid-phase density, and volume jump upon melting. This technique was tried-out on refractory platinum-group metals based on experimental data on the enthalpy of the metals and confirmed by consistency with a thermodynamic calculation using shock-wave experiments and results obtained by the quantum molecular dynamics method.
Sharma, Anand; Bauer, Carsten; Rueckriegel, Andreas; Kopietz, Peter
We use a nonperturbative functional renormalization group approach to calculate the renormalized quasiparticle velocity v (k) and the static dielectric function ɛ (k) of suspended graphene as function of an external momentum k. We fit our numerical result for v (k) to v (k) /vF = A + Bln (Λ0 / k) , where vF is the bare Fermi velocity, Λ0 is an ultraviolet cutoff, and A = 1 . 37 , B = 0 . 51 for the physically relevant value (e2 /vF = 2 . 2) of the coupling constant. In stark contrast to calculations based on the static random-phase approximation, we find that ɛ (k) approaches unity for k --> 0 . Our result for v (k) agrees very well with a recent measurement by Elias etal. [Nat. Phys. 7, 701 (2011)]. With in the same approximation, we also explore an alternative scheme in order to understand the true nature of the low energy (momentum) behavior in graphene.
Barra, J; Peña, M A; Bustamante, P
2000-04-01
The aim of this study is to propose, for the first time, a set of group molar constants for sodium to calculate the partial solubility parameters of sodium salts. The values were estimated using the few experimental partial solubility parameters of acid/sodium salt series available either from the literature (benzoic acid/Na, ibuprofen acid/Na, diclofenac Na) or determined in this work (salicylic acid/Na, p-aminobenzoic acid/Na, diclofenac), the group contribution method of van Krevelen to calculate the partial parameters of the acids, and three reasonable hypothesis. The experimental method used is a modification of the extended Hansen approach based on a regression analysis of the solubility mole fraction of the drug lnX(2) against models including three- or four-partial solubility parameters of a series of pure solvents ranging from non-polar (heptane) to highly polar (water). The modified method combined with the four-parameter model provided the best results for both acids and sodium derivatives. The replacement of the acidic proton by sodium increased the dipolar and basic partial solubility parameters, whereas the dispersion parameter remained unaltered, thus increasing the overall total solubility parameter of the salt. The proposed group molar constants of sodium are consistent with the experimental results as sodium has a relatively low London dispersion molar constant (identical to that of -OH), a very high Keesom dipolar molar constant (identical to that of -NO(2), two times larger than that of -OH), and a very high hydrogen bonding molar constant (identical to that of -OH). The proposed values are: F((Na)d)=270 (J cm(3))(1/2) mol(-1); F((Na)p)=1030 (J cm(3))(1/2) mol(-1); U((Na)h)=17000 J mol(-1). Like the constants for the other groups, the group molar constants proposed for sodium are certainly not the exact values. However, they are believed to be a fair approximation of the impact of sodium on the partial solubility parameters and, therefore, can
Roemelt, Michael
2015-07-01
Spin Orbit Coupling (SOC) is introduced to molecular ab initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) calculations. In the presented scheme, one first approximates the electronic ground state and a number of excited states of the Born-Oppenheimer (BO) Hamiltonian with the aid of the DMRG algorithm. Owing to the spin-adaptation of the algorithm, the total spin S is a good quantum number for these states. After the non-relativistic DMRG calculation is finished, all magnetic sublevels of the calculated states are constructed explicitly, and the SOC operator is expanded in the resulting basis. To this end, spin orbit coupled energies and wavefunctions are obtained as eigenvalues and eigenfunctions of the full Hamiltonian matrix which is composed of the SOC operator matrix and the BO Hamiltonian matrix. This treatment corresponds to a quasi-degenerate perturbation theory approach and can be regarded as the molecular equivalent to atomic Russell-Saunders coupling. For the evaluation of SOC matrix elements, the full Breit-Pauli SOC Hamiltonian is approximated by the widely used spin-orbit mean field operator. This operator allows for an efficient use of the second quantized triplet replacement operators that are readily generated during the non-relativistic DMRG algorithm, together with the Wigner-Eckart theorem. With a set of spin-orbit coupled wavefunctions at hand, the molecular g-tensors are calculated following the scheme proposed by Gerloch and McMeeking. It interprets the effective molecular g-values as the slope of the energy difference between the lowest Kramers pair with respect to the strength of the applied magnetic field. Test calculations on a chemically relevant Mo complex demonstrate the capabilities of the presented method.
Hecht, T.; Weichselbaum, A.; von Delft, J.; Bulla, R.
2008-07-01
We use the numerical renormalization group method (NRG) to investigate a single-impurity Anderson model with a coupling of the impurity to a superconducting host. Analysis of the energy flow shows that, contrary to previous belief, NRG iterations can be performed up to a large number of sites, corresponding to energy differences far below the superconducting gap Δ. This allows us to calculate the impurity spectral function A(ω) very accurately for frequencies |ω|~Δ, and to resolve, in a certain parameter regime, sharp peaks in A(ω) close to the gap edge.
Hecht, T; Weichselbaum, A; Delft, J von [Physics Department, Arnold Sommerfeld Center for Theoretical Physics and Center for NanoScience, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitaet Muenchen (Germany); Bulla, R [Theoretische Physik III, Elektronische Korrelationen und Magnetismus, Universitaet Augsburg (Germany)], E-mail: Theresa.Hecht@physik.uni-muenchen.de
2008-07-09
We use the numerical renormalization group method (NRG) to investigate a single-impurity Anderson model with a coupling of the impurity to a superconducting host. Analysis of the energy flow shows that, contrary to previous belief, NRG iterations can be performed up to a large number of sites, corresponding to energy differences far below the superconducting gap {delta}. This allows us to calculate the impurity spectral function A({omega}) very accurately for frequencies |{omega}|{approx}{delta}, and to resolve, in a certain parameter regime, sharp peaks in A({omega}) close to the gap edge.
Merker, L.; Weichselbaum, A.; Costi, T. A.
2012-08-01
Recent developments in the numerical renormalization group (NRG) allow the construction of the full density matrix (FDM) of quantum impurity models [see A. Weichselbaum and J. von Delft, Phys. Rev. Lett.PRLTAO0031-900710.1103/PhysRevLett.99.076402 99, 076402 (2007)] by using the completeness of the eliminated states introduced by F. B. Anders and A. Schiller [F. B. Anders and A. Schiller, Phys. Rev. Lett.PRLTAO0031-900710.1103/PhysRevLett.95.196801 95, 196801 (2005)]. While these developments prove particularly useful in the calculation of transient response and finite-temperature Green's functions of quantum impurity models, they may also be used to calculate thermodynamic properties. In this paper, we assess the FDM approach to thermodynamic properties by applying it to the Anderson impurity model. We compare the results for the susceptibility and specific heat to both the conventional approach within NRG and to exact Bethe ansatz results. We also point out a subtlety in the calculation of the susceptibility (in a uniform field) within the FDM approach. Finally, we show numerically that for the Anderson model, the susceptibilities in response to a local and a uniform magnetic field coincide in the wide-band limit, in accordance with the Clogston-Anderson compensation theorem.
WEBER RA
2009-01-16
a waste group B (or A) tank identifies the potential for an induced flammable gas release hazard, the hazard only exists for specific operations that can release the retained gas in the tank at a rate and quantity that results in reaching 100% of the lower flammability limit in the tank headspace. The identification and evaluation of tank farm operations that could cause an induced flammable gas release hazard in a waste group B (or A) tank are included in other documents. The third criterion is the buoyancy ratio. This criterion addresses tanks that are not waste group C double-shell tanks and have an energy ratio {ge} 3.0. For these double-shell tanks, the buoyancy ratio considers whether the saturated solids can retain sufficient gas to exceed neutral buoyancy relative to the supernatant layer and therefore have buoyant displacement gas release events. If the buoyancy ratio is {ge} 1.0, that double-shell tank is assigned to waste group A. These tanks are considered to have a potential spontaneous buoyant displacement flammable gas release hazard in addition to a potential induced flammable gas release hazard. This document categorizes each of the large waste storage tanks into one of several categories based on each tank's waste characteristics. These waste group assignments reflect a tank's propensity to retain a significant volume of flammable gases and the potential of the waste to release retained gas by a buoyant displacement event. Revision 8 is the annual update of the calculations of the flammable gas Waste Groups for DSTs and SSTs.
FOWLER KD
2007-12-27
This document categorizes each of the large waste storage tanks into one of several categories based on each tank's waste characteristics. These waste group assignments reflect a tank's propensity to retain a significant volume of flammable gases and the potential of the waste to release retained gas by a buoyant displacement event. Revision 7 is the annual update of the calculations of the flammable gas Waste Groups for DSTs and SSTs. The Hanford Site contains 177 large underground radioactive waste storage tanks (28 double-shell tanks and 149 single-shell tanks). These tanks are categorized into one of three waste groups (A, B, and C) based on their waste and tank characteristics. These waste group assignments reflect a tank's propensity to retain a significant volume of flammable gases and the potential of the waste to release retained gas by a buoyant displacement gas release event. Assignments of waste groups to the 177 double-shell tanks and single-shell tanks, as reported in this document, are based on a Monte Carlo analysis of three criteria. The first criterion is the headspace flammable gas concentration following release of retained gas. This criterion determines whether the tank contains sufficient retained gas such that the well-mixed headspace flammable gas concentration would reach 100% of the lower flammability limit if the entire tank's retained gas were released. If the volume of retained gas is not sufficient to reach 100% of the lower flammability limit, then flammable conditions cannot be reached and the tank is classified as a waste group C tank independent of the method the gas is released. The second criterion is the energy ratio and considers whether there is sufficient supernatant on top of the saturated solids such that gas-bearing solids have the potential energy required to break up the material and release gas. Tanks that are not waste group C tanks and that have an energy ratio < 3.0 do not have sufficient
Muñoz-Santiburcio, Daniel; Hernández-Laguna, Alfonso
2017-08-01
We present an improved version of the code AWESOME, capable of computing phase and group velocities, power flow angles and enhancement factors of acoustic waves in homogeneous solids. In this version, some algorithms are improved and the code provides a better estimation of the enhancement factor compared to the previous version. In addition, we include a quadruple-precision version of the code, which even though using the same numerical approach as the double-precision version, is able to calculate the exact values of the enhancement factor. The standard, double-precision version of the code has been interfaced and merged with the development version of CRYSTAL and will be available as part of its next stable release. Finally, we have improved the scripts for visualizing the results, which now are compatible with GNUPLOT 5.X.X, including new scripts for the visualization of the normal and ray surfaces.
A simplified calculation approach for settlement of pile groups%群桩沉降简化计算方法
张乾青; 张忠苗
2012-01-01
将均质土和成层土中的单桩桩顶沉降分成桩端力引起的沉降、桩身压缩和桩侧阻力引起的沉降3部分分别计算,获得单桩沉降后,运用等代墩法可获得群桩的平均沉降.单桩沉降计算方法可考虑桩端力与桩端位移的非线性关系和桩侧阻力引起沉降的非线性特性,同时计算方法可考虑桩身压缩对桩顶沉降的贡献.算例分析表明,计算值与实测值和其他方法的计算值有较好的一致性,验证了该方法的合理性.%The pile head settlement of a single pile in homogeneous soil and multilayered soils can be subdivided into three aspects, including the pile tip settlement induced by mobilized load at the pile tip, the compression of pile shaft, and the settlement caused by the skin friction. Based on the settlement of a single pile and the equivalent pier method, a simplified calculation approach for average settlement of pile groups is obtained. The nonlinear relationship between the pile tip load and the settlement at the pile tip, and the nonlinear settlement induced by the skin friction can be taken into account, as well as the pile shaft compression. The settlements of a single pile and pile groups drawn from the present method are generally in good agreement with the measured values and the calculated values estimated from other methods.
Fang, Zongtang; Both, Johan; Li, Shenggang; Yue, Shuwen; Aprà, Edoardo; Keçeli, Murat; Wagner, Albert F.; Dixon, David A.
2016-08-09
The heats of formation and the normalized clustering energies (NCEs) for the group 4 and group 6 transition metal oxide (TMO) trimers and tetramers have been calculated by the Feller-Peterson-Dixon (FPD) method. The heats of formation predicted by the FPD method do not differ much from those previously derived from the NCEs at the CCSD(T)/aT level except for the CrO3 nanoclusters. New and improved heats of formation for Cr3O9 and Cr4O12 were obtained using PW91 orbitals instead of Hartree-Fock (HF) orbitals. Diffuse functions are necessary to predict accurate heats of formation. The fluoride affinities (FAs) are calculated with the CCSD(T) method. The relative energies (REs) of different isomers, NCEs, electron affinities (EAs), and FAs of (MO2)n ( M = Ti, Zr, Hf, n = 1 – 4 ) and (MO3)n ( M = Cr, Mo, W, n = 1 – 3) clusters have been benchmarked with 55 exchange-correlation DFT functionals including both pure and hybrid types. The absolute errors of the DFT results are mostly less than ±10 kcal/mol for the NCEs and the EAs, and less than ±15 kcal/mol for the FAs. Hybrid functionals usually perform better than the pure functionals for the REs and NCEs. The performance of the two types of functionals in predicting EAs and FAs is comparable. The B1B95 and PBE1PBE functionals provide reliable energetic properties for most isomers. Long range corrected pure functionals usually give poor FAs. The standard deviation of the absolute error is always close to the mean errors and the probability distributions of the DFT errors are often not Gaussian (normal). The breadth of the distribution of errors and the maximum probability are dependent on the energy property and the isomer.
Fujiwara, Y; Kohno, M; Suzuki, Y; Baye, D; Sparenberg, J M
2004-01-01
We carry out Faddeev calculations of three-alpha (3 alpha) and two-alpha plus Lambda (alpha alpha Lambda) systems, using two-cluster resonating-group method kernels. The input includes an effective two-nucleon force for the alpha alpha resonating-group method and a new effective Lambda N force for the Lambda alpha interaction. The latter force is a simple two-range Gaussian potential for each spin-singlet and triplet state, generated from the phase-shift behavior of the quark-model hyperon-nucleon interaction, fss2, by using an inversion method based on supersymmetric quantum mechanics. Owing to the exact treatment of the Pauli-forbidden states between the clusters, the present three-cluster Faddeev formalism can describe the mutually related, alpha alpha, 3 alpha and alpha alpha Lambda systems, in terms of a unique set of the baryon-baryon interactions. For the three-range Minnesota force which describes the alpha alpha phase shifts quite accurately, the ground-state and excitation energies of 9Be Lambda are...
BARKER, S.A.
2006-07-27
Waste stored within tank farm double-shell tanks (DST) and single-shell tanks (SST) generates flammable gas (principally hydrogen) to varying degrees depending on the type, amount, geometry, and condition of the waste. The waste generates hydrogen through the radiolysis of water and organic compounds, thermolytic decomposition of organic compounds, and corrosion of a tank's carbon steel walls. Radiolysis and thermolytic decomposition also generates ammonia. Nonflammable gases, which act as dilutents (such as nitrous oxide), are also produced. Additional flammable gases (e.g., methane) are generated by chemical reactions between various degradation products of organic chemicals present in the tanks. Volatile and semi-volatile organic chemicals in tanks also produce organic vapors. The generated gases in tank waste are either released continuously to the tank headspace or are retained in the waste matrix. Retained gas may be released in a spontaneous or induced gas release event (GRE) that can significantly increase the flammable gas concentration in the tank headspace as described in RPP-7771. The document categorizes each of the large waste storage tanks into one of several categories based on each tank's waste characteristics. These waste group assignments reflect a tank's propensity to retain a significant volume of flammable gases and the potential of the waste to release retained gas by a buoyant displacement event. Revision 5 is the annual update of the methodology and calculations of the flammable gas Waste Groups for DSTs and SSTs.
Martín, C. P.; Tamarit, C.
2008-01-01
We consider noncommutative gauge theory defined by means of Seiberg-Witten maps for an arbitrary semisimple gauge group. We compute the one-loop UV divergent matter contributions to the gauge field effective action to all orders in the noncommutative parameters θ. We do this for Dirac fermions and complex scalars carrying arbitrary representations of the gauge group. We use path-integral methods in the framework of dimensional regularisation and consider arbitrary invertible Seiberg-Witten maps that are linear in the matter fields. Surprisingly, it turns out that the UV divergent parts of the matter contributions are proportional to the noncommutative Yang-Mills action where traces are taken over the representation of the matter fields; this result supports the need to include such traces in the classical action of the gauge sector of the noncommutative theory.
Martín, C P
2008-01-01
We consider noncommutative gauge theory defined by means of Seiberg-Witten maps for an arbitrary semisimple gauge group. We compute the one-loop UV divergent matter contributions to the gauge field effective action to all orders in the noncommutative parameters $\\theta$. We do this for Dirac fermions and complex scalars carrying arbitrary representations of the gauge group. We use path-integral methods in the framework of dimensional regularisation and consider arbitrary invertible Seiberg-Witten maps that are linear in the matter fields. Surprisingly, it turns out that the UV divergent parts of the matter contributions are proportional to the noncommutative Yang-Mills action where traces are taken over the representation of the matter fields; this result supports the need to include such traces in the classical action of the gauge sector of the noncommutative theory.
Automated one-loop calculations with GOSAM
Cullen, Gavin [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics and Astronomy; Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Greiner, Nicolas [Illinois Univ., Urbana-Champaign, IL (United States). Dept. of Physics; Max-Planck-Institut fuer Physik, Muenchen (Germany); Heinrich, Gudrun; Reiter, Thomas [Max-Planck-Institut fuer Physik, Muenchen (Germany); Luisoni, Gionata [Durham Univ. (United Kingdom). Inst. for Particle Physics Phenomenology; Mastrolia, Pierpaolo [Max-Planck-Institut fuer Physik, Muenchen (Germany); Padua Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; Ossola, Giovanni [New York City Univ., NY (United States). New York City College of Technology; New York City Univ., NY (United States). The Graduate School and University Center; Tramontano, Francesco [European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN), Geneva (Switzerland)
2011-11-15
We present the program package GoSam which is designed for the automated calculation of one-loop amplitudes for multi-particle processes in renormalisable quantum field theories. The amplitudes, which are generated in terms of Feynman diagrams, can be reduced using either D-dimensional integrand-level decomposition or tensor reduction. GoSam can be used to calculate one-loop QCD and/or electroweak corrections to Standard Model processes and offers the flexibility to link model files for theories Beyond the Standard Model. A standard interface to programs calculating real radiation is also implemented. We demonstrate the flexibility of the program by presenting examples of processes with up to six external legs attached to the loop. (orig.)
Avoiding the Goldstone Boson Catastrophe in general renormalisable field theories at two loops
Braathen, Johannes
2016-01-01
We show how the infra-red divergences associated to Goldstone bosons in the minimum condition of the two-loop Landau-gauge effective potential can be avoided in general field theories. This extends the resummation formalism recently developed for the Standard Model and the MSSM, and we give compact, infra-red finite expressions in closed form for the tadpole equations. We also show that the results at this loop order are equivalent to (and are most easily obtained by) imposing an "on-shell" condition for the Goldstone bosons. Moreover, we extend the approach to show how the infra-red divergences in the calculation of the masses of neutral scalars (such as the Higgs boson) can be eliminated. For the mass computation, we specialise to the gaugeless limit and extend the effective potential computation to allow the masses to be determined without needing to solve differential equations for the loop functions -- opening the door to fast, infra-red safe determinations of the Higgs mass in general theories.
Avoiding the Goldstone Boson Catastrophe in general renormalisable field theories at two loops
Braathen, Johannes; Goodsell, Mark D. [LPTHE, UPMC University Paris 06, Sorbonne Universités,4 Place Jussieu, F-75252 Paris (France); LPTHE, CNRS,4 Place Jussieu, F-75252 Paris (France)
2016-12-14
We show how the infra-red divergences associated to Goldstone bosons in the minimum condition of the two-loop Landau-gauge effective potential can be avoided in general field theories. This extends the resummation formalism recently developed for the Standard Model and the MSSM, and we give compact, infra-red finite expressions in closed form for the tadpole equations. We also show that the results at this loop order are equivalent to (and are most easily obtained by) imposing an “on-shell” condition for the Goldstone bosons. Moreover, we extend the approach to show how the infra-red divergences in the calculation of the masses of neutral scalars (such as the Higgs boson) can be eliminated. For the mass computation, we specialise to the gaugeless limit and extend the effective potential computation to allow the masses to be determined without needing to solve differential equations for the loop functions — opening the door to fast, infra-red safe determinations of the Higgs mass in general theories.
MA Dong-Ping; LIU Yan-Yun; CHEN Ju-Rong
2001-01-01
On the basis of the unified calculation of the thermal shifts of R1 line, R2 line and ground-state-splitting transition probabilities of direct and Raman processes have theoretically been calculated. The thermal broadenings of R,The theoretically predicted transition probabilities are in good agreement with the experimental ones.PACS numbers: 71.70.Ch, 78.20.Nv, 63.20.Mt, 63.20.Kr
L. V. Repin
2013-01-01
Full Text Available An article describes radiation risk factors for several gender-age population groups according to Russian statistical and medical-demographic data, evaluates the lethality rate for separate nosologic forms of malignant neoplasms based on Russian cancer registries according to the method of the International Agency for Cancer Research. Relative damage factors are calculated for the gender-age groups under consideration. The tissue weighting factors recommended by ICRP to calculate effective doses are compared with relative damage factors calculated by ICRP for the nominal population and with similar factors calculated in this work for separate population cohorts in theRussian Federation. The significance of differences and the feasibility of using tissue weighting factors adapted for the Russian population in assessing population risks in cohorts of different gender-age compositions have been assessed.
Cliff´s Delta Calculator: A non-parametric effect size program for two groups of observations
Guillermo Macbeth
2011-05-01
Full Text Available The Cliff´s Delta statistic is an effect size measure that quantifies the amount of difference between two non-parametric variables beyond p-values interpretation. This measure can be understood as a useful complementary analysis for the corresponding hypothesis testing. During the last two decades the use of effect size measures has been strongly encouraged by methodologists and leading institutions of behavioral sciences. The aim of this contribution is to introduce the Cliff´s Delta Calculator software that performs such analysis and offers some interpretation tips. Differences and similarities with the parametric case are analysed and illustrated. The implementation of this free program is fully described and compared with other calculators. Alternative algorithmic approaches are mathematically analysed and a basic linear algebra proof of its equivalence is formally presented. Two worked examples in cognitive psychology are commented. A visual interpretation of Cliff´s Delta is suggested. Availability, installation and applications of the program are presented and discussed.
A spin-adapted Density Matrix Renormalization Group algorithm for quantum chemistry
Sharma, Sandeep
2014-01-01
We extend the spin-adapted density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm of McCulloch and Gulacsi [Europhys. Lett.57, 852 (2002)] to quantum chemical Hamiltonians. This involves two key modifications to the non-spin-adapted DMRG algorithm: the use of a quasi-density matrix to ensure that the renormalised DMRG states are eigenvalues of $S^2$ , and the use of the Wigner-Eckart theorem to greatly reduce the overall storage and computational cost. We argue that the advantages of the spin-adapted DMRG algorithm are greatest for low spin states. Consequently, we also implement the singlet-embedding strategy of Nishino et al [Phys. Rev. E61, 3199 (2000)] which allows us to target high spin states as a component of a mixed system which is overall held in a singlet state. We evaluate our algorithm on benchmark calculations on the Fe$_2$S$_2$ and Cr$_2$ transition metal systems. By calculating the full spin ladder of Fe$_2$S$_2$ , we show that the spin-adapted DMRG algorithm can target very closely spaced spin ...
J. M. Dick
2005-10-01
Full Text Available Thermodynamic calculation of the chemical speciation of proteins and the limits of protein metastability affords a quantitative understanding of the biogeochemical constraints on the distribution of proteins within and among different organisms and chemical environments. These calculations depend on accurate determination of the ionization states and standard molal Gibbs free energies of proteins as a function of temperature and pressure, which are not generally available. Hence, to aid predictions of the standard molal thermodynamic properties of ionized proteins as a function of temperature and pressure, calculated values are given below of the standard molal thermodynamic properties at 25°C and 1 bar and the revised Helgeson-Kirkham-Flowers equations of state parameters of the structural groups comprising amino acids, polypeptides and unfolded proteins. Group additivity and correlation algorithms were used to calculate contributions by ionized and neutral sidechain and backbone groups to the standard molal Gibbs free energy (Δ G°, enthalpy (Δ H°, entropy (S°, isobaric heat capacity (C°_{P}, volume (V° and isothermal compressibility (κ°_{T} of multiple reference model compounds. Experimental values of C°_{P}, V° and κ°_{T} at high temperature were taken from the recent literature, which ensures an internally consistent revision of the thermodynamic properties and equations of state parameters of the sidechain and backbone groups of proteins, as well as organic groups. As a result, Δ G°, Δ H°, S° C°_{P}, V° and κ°_{T} of unfolded proteins in any ionization state can be calculated up to T~-300°C and P~-5000 bars. In addition, the ionization states of unfolded proteins as a function of not only pH, but also temperature and pressure can be calculated by taking account of the degree of ionization of the sidechain and backbone groups present in the sequence. Calculations of this
Dick, J. M.; Larowe, D. E.; Helgeson, H. C.
2005-10-01
Thermodynamic calculation of the chemical speciation of proteins and the limits of protein metastability affords a quantitative understanding of the biogeochemical constraints on the distribution of proteins within and among different organisms and chemical environments. These calculations depend on accurate determination of the ionization states and standard molal Gibbs free energies of proteins as a function of temperature and pressure, which are not generally available. Hence, to aid predictions of the standard molal thermodynamic properties of ionized proteins as a function of temperature and pressure, calculated values are given below of the standard molal thermodynamic properties at 25°C and 1 bar and the revised Helgeson-Kirkham-Flowers equations of state parameters of the structural groups comprising amino acids, polypeptides and unfolded proteins. Group additivity and correlation algorithms were used to calculate contributions by ionized and neutral sidechain and backbone groups to the standard molal Gibbs free energy (Δ G°), enthalpy (Δ H°), entropy (S°), isobaric heat capacity (C°P), volume (V°) and isothermal compressibility (κ°T) of multiple reference model compounds. Experimental values of C°P, V° and κ°T at high temperature were taken from the recent literature, which ensures an internally consistent revision of the thermodynamic properties and equations of state parameters of the sidechain and backbone groups of proteins, as well as organic groups. As a result, Δ G°, Δ H°, S° C°P, V° and κ°T of unfolded proteins in any ionization state can be calculated up to T~-300°C and P~-5000 bars. In addition, the ionization states of unfolded proteins as a function of not only pH, but also temperature and pressure can be calculated by taking account of the degree of ionization of the sidechain and backbone groups present in the sequence. Calculations of this kind represent a first step in the prediction of chemical affinities of many
J. M. Dick
2006-01-01
Full Text Available Thermodynamic calculations can be used to quantify environmental constraints on the speciation of proteins, such as the pH and temperature dependence of ionization state, and the relative chemical stabilities of proteins in different biogeochemical settings. These calculations depend in part on values of the standard molal Gibbs energies of proteins and their ionization reactions as a function of temperature and pressure. Because these values are not generally available, we calculated values of the standard molal thermodynamic properties at 25°C and 1 bar as well as the revised Helgeson-Kirkham-Flowers equations of state parameters of neutral and charged zwitterionic reference model compounds including aqueous amino acids, polypeptides, and unfolded proteins. The experimental calorimetric and volumetric data for these species taken from the literature were combined with group additivity algorithms to calculate the properties and parameters of neutral and ionized sidechain and backbone groups in unfolded proteins. The resulting set of group contributions enables the calculation of the standard molal Gibbs energy, enthalpy, entropy, isobaric heat capacity, volume, and isothermal compressibility of unfolded proteins in a range of proton ionization states to temperatures and pressures exceeding 100°C and 1000 bar. This approach provides a useful frame of reference for thermodynamic studies of protein folding and complexation reactions. It can also be used to assign provisional values of the net charge and Gibbs energy of ionized proteins as a function of temperature and pH. Using these values, an Eh-pH diagram for a reaction representing the speciation of extracellular proteins from Pyrococcus furiosus and Bacillus subtilis was generated. The predicted predominance limits of these proteins correspond with the different electrochemical conditions of hydrothermal vents and soils. More comprehensive calculations of this kind may reveal pervasive
Dick, J. M.; Larowe, D. E.; Helgeson, H. C.
2006-07-01
Thermodynamic calculations can be used to quantify environmental constraints on the speciation of proteins, such as the pH and temperature dependence of ionization state, and the relative chemical stabilities of proteins in different biogeochemical settings. These calculations depend in part on values of the standard molal Gibbs energies of proteins and their ionization reactions as a function of temperature and pressure. Because these values are not generally available, we calculated values of the standard molal thermodynamic properties at 25°C and 1 bar as well as the revised Helgeson-Kirkham-Flowers equations of state parameters of neutral and charged zwitterionic reference model compounds including aqueous amino acids, polypeptides, and unfolded proteins. The experimental calorimetric and volumetric data for these species taken from the literature were combined with group additivity algorithms to calculate the properties and parameters of neutral and ionized sidechain and backbone groups in unfolded proteins. The resulting set of group contributions enables the calculation of the standard molal Gibbs energy, enthalpy, entropy, isobaric heat capacity, volume, and isothermal compressibility of unfolded proteins in a range of proton ionization states to temperatures and pressures exceeding 100°C and 1000 bar. This approach provides a useful frame of reference for thermodynamic studies of protein folding and complexation reactions. It can also be used to assign provisional values of the net charge and Gibbs energy of ionized proteins as a function of temperature and pH. Using these values, an Eh-pH diagram for a reaction representing the speciation of extracellular proteins from Pyrococcus furiosus and Bacillus subtilis was generated. The predicted predominance limits of these proteins correspond with the different electrochemical conditions of hydrothermal vents and soils. More comprehensive calculations of this kind may reveal pervasive chemical potential
Rodriguez Rivada, A.; Tore, C.
2013-07-01
The study was conducted for the use of the sections effective in 44 groups, based on the libraries of effective sections ENDF/b-v, for the calculation of the isotopy of the spent fuel. These effective sections have been developed to be used in the system codes SCALE for the analysis the fresh nuclear fuel as the spent and their radioactive waste.
Muñoz-Santiburcio, Daniel; Hernández-Laguna, Alfonso; Soto, Juan I.
2015-07-01
We present AWESoMe, an implementation of a method for the evaluation of acoustic wave velocities in homogeneous solid media. The code computes the phase and group velocities for all the possible propagation directions, as well as some related parameters such as the polarization vectors, the power flow angle and the enhancement factor. The code is conveniently interfaced with GNUPLOT, thus offering immediate visualization of the results. AWESoMe is open-source software, available under the GNU General Public License v3.
Chiu-Tsao, Sou-Tung; Schaart, Dennis R; Soares, Christopher G; Nath, Ravinder
2007-11-01
Since the publication of AAPM Task Group 60 report in 1999, a considerable amount of dosimetry data for the three coronary brachytherapy systems in use in the United States has been reported. A subgroup, Task Group 149, of the AAPM working group on Special Brachytherapy Modalities (Bruce Thomadsen, Chair) was charged to develop recommendations for dose calculation formalisms and the related consensus dosimetry parameters. The recommendations of this group are presented here. For the Cordis 192Ir and Novoste 90Sr/90Y systems, the original TG-43 formalism in spherical coordinates should be used along with the consensus values of the dose rate constant, geometry function, radial dose function, and anisotropy function for the single seeds. Contributions from the single seeds should be added linearly for the calculation of dose distributions from a source train. For the Guidant 32P wire system, the modified TG-43 formalism in cylindrical coordinates along with the recommended data for the 20 and 27 mm wires should be used. Data tables for the 6, 10, 14, 18, and 22 seed trains of the Cordis system, 30, 40, and 60 mm seed trains of the Novoste system, and the 20 and 27 mm wires of the Guidant system are presented along with our rationale and methodology for selecting the consensus data. Briefly, all available datasets were compared with each other and the consensus dataset was either an average of available data or the one obtained from the most densely populated study; in most cases this was a Monte Carlo calculation.
Orsi R.
2013-03-01
Full Text Available This paper presents a synthesis of the ENEA-Bologna Nuclear Data Group programme dedicated to generate and validate group-wise cross section libraries for shielding and radiation damage deterministic calculations in nuclear fission reactors, following the data processing methodology recommended in the ANSI/ANS-6.1.2-1999 (R2009 American Standard. The VITJEFF311.BOLIB and VITENDF70.BOLIB finegroup coupled n-γ (199 n + 42 γ – VITAMIN-B6 structure multi-purpose cross section libraries, based on the Bondarenko method for neutron resonance self-shielding and respectively on JEFF-3.1.1 and ENDF/B-VII.0 evaluated nuclear data, were produced in AMPX format using the NJOY-99.259 and the ENEA-Bologna 2007 Revision of the SCAMPI nuclear data processing systems. Two derived broad-group coupled n-γ (47 n + 20 γ – BUGLE-96 structure working cross section libraries in FIDO-ANISN format for LWR shielding and pressure vessel dosimetry calculations, named BUGJEFF311.BOLIB and BUGENDF70.BOLIB, were generated by the revised version of SCAMPI, through problem-dependent cross section collapsing and self-shielding from the cited fine-group libraries. The validation results on the criticality safety benchmark experiments for the fine-group libraries and the preliminary validation results for the broad-group working libraries on the PCA-Replica and VENUS-3 engineering neutron shielding benchmark experiments are reported in synthesis.
Joshipura, K N; Gangopadhyay, Sumona; Kothari, Harshit N [Department of Physics, Sardar Patel University, Vallabh Vidyanagar - 388 120 (India); Shelat, Foram A, E-mail: knjoshipura@yahoo.co, E-mail: sumona_013@yahoo.co.i [GCET Engineering college, Sardar Patel University, Vallabh Vidyanagar - 388 120 (India)
2009-11-01
In this paper we have calculated various total cross-sections of Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Arsenic, Antimony and Bismuth (Group VA-atoms) in the energy range of 15 to 2000 eV. Spherical Complex potential formalism is used to derive total as well as inelastic cross-sections. We have developed CSP-ic method by which we can extract ionization cress-section from the inelastic cross-section. Our results are compared with available theoretical and experimental data.
Wang, Xianlong, E-mail: WangXianlong@uestc.edu.cn, E-mail: pbeckman@brynmawr.edu [Key Laboratory for NeuroInformation of Ministry of Education, School of Life Science and Technology, University of Electronic Science and Technology of China, 4 North Jianshe Rd., 2nd Section, Chengdu 610054 (China); Mallory, Frank B. [Department of Chemistry, Bryn Mawr College, 101 North Merion Ave., Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania 19010-2899 (United States); Mallory, Clelia W. [Department of Chemistry, Bryn Mawr College, 101 North Merion Ave., Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania 19010-2899 (United States); Department of Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104-6323 (United States); Odhner, Hosanna R.; Beckmann, Peter A., E-mail: WangXianlong@uestc.edu.cn, E-mail: pbeckman@brynmawr.edu [Department of Physics, Bryn Mawr College, 101 North Merion Ave., Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania 19010-2899 (United States)
2014-05-21
We report ab initio density functional theory electronic structure calculations of rotational barriers for t-butyl groups and their constituent methyl groups both in the isolated molecules and in central molecules in clusters built from the X-ray structure in four t-butyl aromatic compounds. The X-ray structures have been reported previously. We also report and interpret the temperature dependence of the solid state {sup 1}H nuclear magnetic resonance spin-lattice relaxation rate at 8.50, 22.5, and 53.0 MHz in one of the four compounds. Such experiments for the other three have been reported previously. We compare the computed barriers for methyl group and t-butyl group rotation in a central target molecule in the cluster with the activation energies determined from fitting the {sup 1}H NMR spin-lattice relaxation data. We formulate a dynamical model for the superposition of t-butyl group rotation and the rotation of the t-butyl group's constituent methyl groups. The four compounds are 2,7-di-t-butylpyrene, 1,4-di-t-butylbenzene, 2,6-di-t-butylnaphthalene, and 3-t-butylchrysene. We comment on the unusual ground state orientation of the t-butyl groups in the crystal of the pyrene and we comment on the unusually high rotational barrier of these t-butyl groups.
Abdul Jameel, Abdul Gani
2016-04-22
Heavy fuel oil (HFO) is primarily used as fuel in marine engines and in boilers to generate electricity. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) is a powerful analytical tool for structure elucidation and in this study, 1H NMR and 13C NMR spectroscopy were used for the structural characterization of 2 HFO samples. The NMR data was combined with elemental analysis and average molecular weight to quantify average molecular parameters (AMPs), such as the number of paraffinic carbons, naphthenic carbons, aromatic hydrogens, olefinic hydrogens, etc. in the HFO samples. Recent formulae published in the literature were used for calculating various derived AMPs like aromaticity factor 〖(f〗_a), C/H ratio, average paraffinic chain length (¯n), naphthenic ring number 〖(R〗_N), aromatic ring number〖 (R〗_A), total ring number〖 (R〗_T), aromatic condensation index (φ) and aromatic condensation degree (Ω). These derived AMPs help in understanding the overall structure of the fuel. A total of 19 functional groups were defined to represent the HFO samples, and their respective concentrations were calculated by formulating balance equations that equate the concentration of the functional groups with the concentration of the AMPs. Heteroatoms like sulfur, nitrogen, and oxygen were also included in the functional groups. Surrogate molecules were finally constructed to represent the average structure of the molecules present in the HFO samples. This surrogate molecule can be used for property estimation of the HFO samples and also serve as a surrogate to represent the molecular structure for use in kinetic studies.
Beaulieu, Luc [Departement de Radio-Oncologie et Centre de Recherche en Cancerologie de l' Universite Laval, Centre hospitalier universitaire de Quebec, Quebec, Quebec G1R 2J6 (Canada) and Departement de Physique, de Genie Physique et d' Optique, Universite Laval, Quebec, Quebec G1R 2J6 (Canada); Carlsson Tedgren, Asa [Department of Medical and Health Sciences (IMH), Radiation Physics, Faculty of Health Sciences, Linkoeping University, SE-581 85 Linkoeping (Sweden) and Swedish Radiation Safety Authority, SE-171 16 Stockholm (Sweden); Carrier, Jean-Francois [Departement de radio-oncologie, CRCHUM, Centre hospitalier de l' Universite de Montreal, Montreal, Quebec H2L 4M1 (Canada) and Departement de physique, Universite de Montreal, Montreal, Quebec H3C 3J7 (Canada); and others
2012-10-15
The charge of Task Group 186 (TG-186) is to provide guidance for early adopters of model-based dose calculation algorithms (MBDCAs) for brachytherapy (BT) dose calculations to ensure practice uniformity. Contrary to external beam radiotherapy, heterogeneity correction algorithms have only recently been made available to the BT community. Yet, BT dose calculation accuracy is highly dependent on scatter conditions and photoelectric effect cross-sections relative to water. In specific situations, differences between the current water-based BT dose calculation formalism (TG-43) and MBDCAs can lead to differences in calculated doses exceeding a factor of 10. MBDCAs raise three major issues that are not addressed by current guidance documents: (1) MBDCA calculated doses are sensitive to the dose specification medium, resulting in energy-dependent differences between dose calculated to water in a homogeneous water geometry (TG-43), dose calculated to the local medium in the heterogeneous medium, and the intermediate scenario of dose calculated to a small volume of water in the heterogeneous medium. (2) MBDCA doses are sensitive to voxel-by-voxel interaction cross sections. Neither conventional single-energy CT nor ICRU/ICRP tissue composition compilations provide useful guidance for the task of assigning interaction cross sections to each voxel. (3) Since each patient-source-applicator combination is unique, having reference data for each possible combination to benchmark MBDCAs is an impractical strategy. Hence, a new commissioning process is required. TG-186 addresses in detail the above issues through the literature review and provides explicit recommendations based on the current state of knowledge. TG-43-based dose prescription and dose calculation remain in effect, with MBDCA dose reporting performed in parallel when available. In using MBDCAs, it is recommended that the radiation transport should be performed in the heterogeneous medium and, at minimum, the dose to
Amend, Jan P.; Helgeson, Harold C.
1997-01-01
Group additivity equations of state for aqueous organic molecules have been generated by combining the revised Helgeson-Kirkham-Flowers (HKF) equations of state ( Shock and Helgeson, 1988, 1990; Tanger and Helgeson, 1988; Shock et al., 1989, 1992) with experimental values of the standard molal properties of aqueous alkanes, alkanols, alkylbenzenes, car☐ylic acids, amides, and amines. Equations of state parameters for the groups represented by -CH 2-, -CH 3, -CHCH 3-, -C 6H 5, -CH 2OH, -COOH, -CONH 2, and -CH 2NH 2 were determined by regression of the experimental data. This procedure permits calculation of the standard molal thermodynamic properties of these groups at elevated temperatures and pressures. Although curves representing the apparent standard molal Gibbs free energies (Δ G°) and enthalpies (Δ H°) of formation, and the standard molal entropies ( S°) of the groups as a function of temperature and pressure are respectively similar for each of them, the temperature dependence of the standard molal heat capacities ( Cp°) and volumes ( V°) of a number of the groups are quite different from one another. For example, the standard molal heat capacities of the hydrocarbon groups minimize with increasing temperature, but those of -CH 2OH and -CH 2NH 2 maximize. Computed values of Δ G°, Δ H°, S°, Cp°, V°, and the equations of state parameters for the various groups were used together with group additivity relations to generate corresponding values of these properties for aqueous n-alkanes, 2-methylalkanes, n-alkylbenzenes, n-alkanols, n-car☐ylic acids, n-amides, and n-amines at temperatures ≤ 250°C and pressures ≤ 1 kbar. The validity and generality of the equations of state are supported by the fact that predicted equilibrium constants for liquid n-alkane solubility reactions in water compare favorably with experimental values reported in the literature for temperatures as high as 200°C. Furthermore, equilibrium constants for aqueous ethane
Kalagov, G. A.; Kompaniets, M. V.; Nalimov, M. Yu.
2014-11-01
We use quantum-field renormalization group methods to study the phase transition in an equilibrium system of nonrelativistic Fermi particles with the "density-density" interaction in the formalism of temperature Green's functions. We especially attend to the case of particles with spins greater than 1/2 or fermionic fields with additional indices for some reason. In the vicinity of the phase transition point, we reduce this model to a ϕ 4 -type theory with a matrix complex skew-symmetric field. We define a family of instantons of this model and investigate the asymptotic behavior of quantum field expansions in this model. We calculate the β-functions of the renormalization group equation through the third order in the ( 4 ∈)-scheme. In the physical space dimensions D = 2, 3, we resum solutions of the renormalization group equation on trajectories of invariant charges. Our results confirm the previously proposed suggestion that in the system under consideration, there is a first-order phase transition into a superconducting state that occurs at a higher temperature than the classical theory predicts.
Pereira, Luísa; Alshamali, Farida; Andreassen, Rune; Ballard, Ruth; Chantratita, Wasun; Cho, Nam Soo; Coudray, Clotilde; Dugoujon, Jean-Michel; Espinoza, Marta; González-Andrade, Fabricio; Hadi, Sibte; Immel, Uta-Dorothee; Marian, Catalin; Gonzalez-Martin, Antonio; Mertens, Gerhard; Parson, Walther; Perone, Carlos; Prieto, Lourdes; Takeshita, Haruo; Rangel Villalobos, Héctor; Zeng, Zhaoshu; Zhivotovsky, Lev; Camacho, Rui; Fonseca, Nuno A
2011-09-01
Because of their sensitivity and high level of discrimination, short tandem repeat (STR) maker systems are currently the method of choice in routine forensic casework and data banking, usually in multiplexes up to 15-17 loci. Constraints related to sample amount and quality, frequently encountered in forensic casework, will not allow to change this picture in the near future, notwithstanding the technological developments. In this study, we present a free online calculator named PopAffiliator ( http://cracs.fc.up.pt/popaffiliator ) for individual population affiliation in the three main population groups, Eurasian, East Asian and sub-Saharan African, based on genotype profiles for the common set of STRs used in forensics. This calculator performs affiliation based on a model constructed using machine learning techniques. The model was constructed using a data set of approximately fifteen thousand individuals collected for this work. The accuracy of individual population affiliation is approximately 86%, showing that the common set of STRs routinely used in forensics provide a considerable amount of information for population assignment, in addition to being excellent for individual identification.
An efficient code for calculation of the 6C, 9C and 12C symbols for C3v, T, and O point groups
Nikitin, A. V.
2012-03-01
A new code designed to calculate the 6 C, 9 C, and 12 C symbols for C3v, T, and O point groups is presented. The program is based on an algorithm that uses the symmetry property between pair and impair representations. This algorithm allows one to speed up the C-symbols calculation and increase the efficiency of spectroscopic programs based on the irreducible tensorial formalism. Program summaryProgram title: 6912C Catalogue identifier: AEKZ_v1_0 Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/AEKZ_v1_0.html Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen's University, Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions: Standard CPC licence, http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/licence/licence.html No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 1214 No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 22 097 Distribution format: tar.gz Programming language: C++ Computer: Any computer with C, C++ compiler Operating system: Linux SUSE, Windows XP64 RAM: 400 Kb Classification: 4.2, 16.2, 16.3 Nature of problem: Spectroscopy of symmetric atmospheric molecules. Solution method: The program is based on an algorithm that uses the symmetry property between pair and impair representations. Running time: The test program provided takes a few seconds for C3v, a few minutes for T and a few days for O.
Helena Espirito Santo
2015-02-01
Since p-values from the results of the statistical tests do not indicate the magnitude or importance of a difference, then effect sizes (ES should reported. In fact, ES give meaning to statistical tests; emphasize the power of statistical tests; reduce the risk of interpret mere sampling variation as real relationship; can increase the reporting of “non-significant"results, and allow the accumulation of knowledge from several studies using meta-analysis. Thus, the objectives of this paper are to present the limits of the significance level; describe the foundations of presentation of ES of statistical tests to analyze differences between two groups; present the formulas to calculate directly ES, providing examples of our own previous studies; show how to calculate confidence intervals; provide the conversion formulas for the review of the literature; indicate how to interpret the ES; and show that, although interpretable, the meaning (small, medium or large effect for an arbitrary metric could be inaccurate, requiring that interpretation should be made in the context of the research area and in the context of real world variables.
Graton, Jérôme; Besseau, François; Brossard, Anne-Marie; Charpentier, Eloïse; Deroche, Arnaud; Le Questel, Jean-Yves
2013-12-12
The hydrogen-bond (H-bond) donating strengths of a series of 36 hydroxylic H-bond donors (HBDs) with N-methylpyrrolidinone have been measured in CCl4 solution by FTIR spectrometry. These data allow the definition of a H-bond acidity scale named pKAHY covering almost three pK units, corresponding to 16 kJ mol(-1). These results are supplemented by equilibrium constants determined in CH2Cl2 for one-third of the data set to study compounds showing a poor solubility in CCl4. A systematic comparison of these experimental results with theoretical data computed in the gas phase using DFT (density functional theory) calculations has also been carried out. Quantum electrostatic parameters appear to accurately describe the H-bond acidity of the hydroxyl group, whereas partial atomic charges according to the Merz-Singh-Kollman and CHelpG schemes are not suitable for this purpose. A substantial decrease of the H-bond acidity of the OH group is pointed out when the hydroxyl moiety is involved in intramolecular H-bond interactions. In such situations, the interactions are further characterized through AIM and NBO analyses, which respectively allow localizing the corresponding bond critical point and the quantification of a significant charge transfer from the available lone pair to the σ*OH antibonding orbital. Eventually, the H-bond ability of the hydroxyl groups of steroid derivatives and of lateral chains of amino acids are evaluated on the basis of experimental and/or theoretical data.
A novel treatment of the proton-proton Coulomb force in proton-deuteron Faddeev calculations
Glöckle W.
2010-04-01
Full Text Available We present resently introduced novel approach to include th e proton-proton (pp Coulomb force into the momentum space three-nucleon (3N Faddeev calculations. It is based on a standard formulation for short range forces and relies on a screening of the long-range Coul omb interaction. In order to avoid all uncertainties connected with an application of the partial wave expansion, unsuitable when working with long-range forces, we apply directly the 3-dimensional pp screened Coulomb t-matrix. That main new ingredient, the 3-dimensional screened pp Coulomb t-matrix, is obtained by a numerical sol ution of the 3-dimensional Lippmann-Schwinger (LS equation. Using a simple dynamical model for the nuclear part of the interaction we demonstrate the feasibility of that approach. The physical elastic pd scattering amplitude has a well deﬁned screening limit and does not require renormalisation. Well converged elastic pd cro ss sections are obtained at ﬁnite screening radii. Also the proton-deuteron (pd breakup observables can be determ ined from the resulting on-shell 3N amplitudes increasing the screening radius. However, contrary to the pd e lastic scattering, the screening limit exists only after renormalisation of the pp t-matrices.
Akiyama, Toru; Komoda, Takato; Nakamura, Kohji; Ito, Tomonori
2017-08-01
The effects of polytypism on thermoelectric properties of Si and Ge nanowires (NWs) are systematically investigated by using a combination of density functional theory and Boltzmann transport calculations. The calculations for NWs with various polytypes demonstrate that the thermoelectric figure of merit Z T of Si and Ge NWs can be tuned by changing different stacking sequences along the growth direction. In particular, the Z T values of n -type Si and Ge NWs with hexagonal (2 H ) structure at 300 K are significantly larger than Z T of Si and Ge NWs with a cubic (3 C ) structure. The underlying mechanism for the enhanced Z T value in Si NWs with a 2 H structure compared with a 3 C structure is attributed by the different Seebeck coefficient depending on the structure, while that in Ge NWs is due to the difference in both the Seebeck coefficient and electrical conductivity. The calculated results offer a way to design high-performance thermoelectric materials by controlling the polytype of NWs.
Hollensen, Svend; Wilson, Jonathan
2013-01-01
Customer Lifetime Value (CLV) is an established relationship marketing-centric approach to evaluating performance based upon the significance of a customer, and what resources should be allocated towards maintaining relations – beyond short-term transactional views. The conceptual argument...... presented in this paper contributes one very simple, yet significant argument, which is both transactional and relational. Namely, a large portion of humanity believes in a life beyond current existence – the Afterlife. Therefore, death in the psyche of such a person does not terminate benefit seeking......, and there is value in the afterlife. The aim here is to refine value-based calculations, drawing from varying religious perspectives: reincarnation, heaven, and enlightenment, amongst others. A particular focus has been given to Islamic schools of thought and practices, as a test case and in response to market...
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of Commerce — Declination is calculated using the current International Geomagnetic Reference Field (IGRF) model. Declination is calculated using the current World Magnetic Model...
杨伟焱; 汤春桃; 毕光文; 杨波
2016-01-01
少群截面模型为堆芯三维扩散计算提供实时的节块均匀少群截面,是堆芯计算程序的关键模型之一.CYCAS程序是上海核工程研究设计院最新开发的堆芯三维核设计程序.本文在详细解析影响节块截面的各种因素的基础上,提出应用于CYCAS程序的少群截面的模型.该模型采用能谱修正方法处理由于能谱变化所引入的二次效应,采用微观燃耗修正方法处理燃耗历史效应.单组件和A P1000核电厂的数值验证计算表明,该模型具有很高的计算精度.%The few group cross section calculation model generates node homogeneous few group cross section for core 3D diffusion calculation ,w hich is one of the key models of core calculation code .CYCAS is the new core 3D nuclear design code developed by Shanghai Nuclear Engineering Research & Design Institute (SNERDI) .A new model based on detail analysis of the factors affecting node cross section was developed for CYCAS .In the model ,the energy spectrum correction method was used to process the second order effect introduced by energy spectrum change , and the micro-depletion correction method was utilized to treat depletion history effect .The numerical results of unit assembly and AP1000 core validate the high accuracy of the new model within CYCAS .
A. Zuend
2011-09-01
Full Text Available We present a new and considerably extended parameterization of the thermodynamic activity coefficient model AIOMFAC (Aerosol Inorganic-Organic Mixtures Functional groups Activity Coefficients at room temperature. AIOMFAC combines a Pitzer-like electrolyte solution model with a UNIFAC-based group-contribution approach and explicitly accounts for interactions between organic functional groups and inorganic ions. Such interactions constitute the salt-effect, may cause liquid-liquid phase separation, and affect the gas-particle partitioning of aerosols. The previous AIOMFAC version was parameterized for alkyl and hydroxyl functional groups of alcohols and polyols. With the goal to describe a wide variety of organic compounds found in atmospheric aerosols, we extend here the parameterization of AIOMFAC to include the functional groups carboxyl, hydroxyl, ketone, aldehyde, ether, ester, alkenyl, alkyl, aromatic carbon-alcohol, and aromatic hydrocarbon. Thermodynamic equilibrium data of organic-inorganic systems from the literature are critically assessed and complemented with new measurements to establish a comprehensive database. The database is used to determine simultaneously the AIOMFAC parameters describing interactions of organic functional groups with the ions H^{+}, Li^{+}, Na^{+}, K^{+}, NH_{4}^{+}, Mg^{2+}, Ca^{2+}, Cl^{−}, Br^{−}, NO_{3}^{−}, HSO_{4}^{−}, and SO_{4}^{2−}. Detailed descriptions of different types of thermodynamic data, such as vapor-liquid, solid-liquid, and liquid-liquid equilibria, and their use for the model parameterization are provided. Issues regarding deficiencies of the database, types and uncertainties of experimental data, and limitations of the model, are discussed. The challenging parameter optimization problem is solved with a novel combination of powerful global minimization
A. Zuend
2011-05-01
Full Text Available We present a new and considerably extended parameterization of the thermodynamic activity coefficient model AIOMFAC (Aerosol Inorganic-Organic Mixtures Functional groups Activity Coefficients at room temperature. AIOMFAC combines a Pitzer-like electrolyte solution model with a UNIFAC-based group-contribution approach and explicitly accounts for interactions between organic functional groups and inorganic ions. Such interactions constitute the salt-effect, may cause liquid-liquid phase separation, and affect the gas-particle partitioning of aerosols. The previous AIOMFAC version was parameterized for alkyl and hydroxyl functional groups of alcohols and polyols. With the goal to describe a wide variety of organic compounds found in atmospheric aerosols, we extend here the parameterization of AIOMFAC to include the functional groups carboxyl, hydroxyl, ketone, aldehyde, ether, ester, alkenyl, alkyl, aromatic carbon-alcohol, and aromatic hydrocarbon. Thermodynamic equilibrium data of organic-inorganic systems from the literature are critically assessed and complemented with new measurements to establish a comprehensive database. The database is used to determine simultaneously the AIOMFAC parameters describing interactions of organic functional groups with the ions H^{+}, Li^{+}, Na^{+}, K^{+}, NH_{4}^{+}, Mg^{2+}, Ca^{2+}, Cl^{−}, Br^{−}, NO_{3}^{−}, HSO_{4}^{−}, and SO_{4}^{2−}. Detailed descriptions of different types of thermodynamic data, such as vapor-liquid, solid-liquid, and liquid-liquid equilibria, and their use for the model parameterization are provided. Issues regarding deficiencies of the database, types and uncertainties of experimental data, and limitations of the model, are discussed. The challenging parameter optimization problem is solved with a novel combination of powerful global minimization
McCarty, George
1982-01-01
How THIS BOOK DIFFERS This book is about the calculus. What distinguishes it, however, from other books is that it uses the pocket calculator to illustrate the theory. A computation that requires hours of labor when done by hand with tables is quite inappropriate as an example or exercise in a beginning calculus course. But that same computation can become a delicate illustration of the theory when the student does it in seconds on his calculator. t Furthermore, the student's own personal involvement and easy accomplishment give hi~ reassurance and en couragement. The machine is like a microscope, and its magnification is a hundred millionfold. We shall be interested in limits, and no stage of numerical approximation proves anything about the limit. However, the derivative of fex) = 67.SgX, for instance, acquires real meaning when a student first appreciates its values as numbers, as limits of 10 100 1000 t A quick example is 1.1 , 1.01 , 1.001 , •••• Another example is t = 0.1, 0.01, in the functio...
Beckert, C.
2007-12-19
Conventionally the data preparation of the neutron cross sections for reactor-core calculations pursues with 2D cell codes. Aim of this thesis was, to develop a 3D cell code, to study with this code 3D effects, and to evaluate the necessarity of a 3D data preparation of the neutron cross sections. For the calculation of the neutron transport the method of the first-collision probabilities, which are calculated with the ray-tracing method, was chosen. The mathematical algorithms were implemented in the 2D/3D cell code TransRay. For the geometry part of the program the geometry module of a Monte Carlo code was used.The ray tracing in 3D was parallelized because of the high computational time. The program TransRay was verified on 2D test problems. For a reference pressured-water reactor following 3D problems were studied: A partly immersed control rod and void (vacuum or steam) around a fuel rod as model of a steam void. All problems were for comparison calculated also with the programs HELIOS(2D) and MCNP(3D). The dependence of the multiplication factor and the averaged two-group cross section on the immersion depth of the control rod respectively of the height of the steam void were studied. The 3D-calculated two-group cross sections were compared with three conventional approximations: Linear interpolation, interpolation with flux weighting, and homogenization, At the 3D problem of the control rod it was shown that the interpolation with flux weighting is a good approximation. Therefore here a 3D data preparation is not necessary. At the test case of the single control rod, which is surrounded by the void, the three approximation for the two-group cross sections were proved as unsufficient. Therefore a 3D data preparation is necessary. The single fuel-rod cell with void can be considered as the limiting case of a reactor, in which a phase interface has been formed. [German] Standardmaessig erfolgt die Datenaufbereitung der Neutronenwirkungsquerschnitte fuer
Dumur, Frédéric; Mayer, Cédric R; Hoang-Thi, Khuyen; Ledoux-Rak, Isabelle; Miomandre, Fabien; Clavier, Gilles; Dumas, Eddy; Méallet-Renault, Rachel; Frigoli, Michel; Zyss, Joseph; Sécheresse, Francis
2009-09-07
The synthesis, linear optical and nonlinear optical properties, as well as the electrochemical behavior of a series of pro-ligands containing the 4-(4-N,N-dimethylaminostyryl)-1-methyl pyridinium (DASP(+)) group as a push-pull moiety covalently linked to terpyridine or bipyridine as chelating ligands are reported in this full paper. The corresponding multifunctional Ru(II) and Zn(II) complexes were prepared and investigated. The structural, electronic, and optical properties of the pro-ligands and the ruthenium complexes were investigated using density functional theory (DFT) and time-dependent (TD) DFT calculations. A fairly good agreement was observed between the experimental and the calculated electronic spectra of the pro-ligands and their corresponding ruthenium complexes. A quenching of luminescence was evidenced in all ruthenium complexes compared with the free pro-ligands but even the terpyridine-functionalized metal complexes exhibited detectable luminescence at room temperature. Second order nonlinear optical (NLO) measurements were performed by Harmonic Light Scattering and the contribution of the DASP(+) moieties (and their relative ordering) and the metal-polypyridyl core need to be considered to explain the nonlinear optical properties of the metal complexes.
林智勇; 戴自航
2014-01-01
The reinforcing and restraining effect of piles embedded in soils is objective existence. However, the correlative research work on pile groups settlement methods is not deep enough and needs to be continued. Based on the shear displacement method, considering the reinforcing and restraining effect, the settlements of the analyzing pile caused by loads on the pile top were calculated, including the reduction effect caused by the existence of the other adjacent piles. And the additional settlements of the adjacent piles arising from the settlement of the loaded pile were obtained as well. Thus a simplified formula of interaction coefficients between any two piles was presented. Meanwhile, the equivalent shear stiffness coefficients of soil around each pile were developed; and an equation of displacements caused by load on top of the analyzing pile imbedded in multi-layered soils was built; so recurrence relations of settlement and axial force of pile shaft between upper and lower of each pile sections were respectively deduced; in the process of deduction, Boussinesq solution was modified to include the effect of different embedded depths, and then used to derive the equivalent stiffness coefficients of the soil under the pile tips. Lastly, the formula was extended to the settlements calculation of high and low cap pile groups. Different methods were compared with two engineering cases. The results show that the load-settlement curve computed by present method agreed well with those measured from real engineering cases; and the calculating interaction coefficients are much less than ones calculated by the elastic theory method.%群桩中各基桩在地基土中的加筋与遮帘效应是客观存在的，然而，在目前的桩基沉降理论与实践中，相关的研究仍显不足。基于剪切变形法理论，考虑桩的加筋与遮帘效应，求得各基桩在自身桩顶荷载作用下产生的沉降以及其引起相邻桩的附加沉降量，由此提
1995-01-01
Câbles électriques - Calcul du courant admissible - Partie 2: Résistance thermique - Section 2: Méthode de calcul des coefficients de réduction de l'intensité de courant admissible pour des groupes de câbles posés à l'air libre et protégés du rayonnement solaire direct
Group cohomology of the Poincare group and invariant quantum states
Moffat, James; Wang, Charles H -T
2016-01-01
Recently there has been an increasing emphasis on completing Dirac's agenda for Quantum Field Theory through the development of completely finite theories, removing the need for renormalisation processes. A key reason for this is the difficulty of applying such processes to gravity which is inherently self -interacting and non-renormalisable. Additional problems include the current need for high-levels of fine tuning to avoid quadratic divergences in Higgs mass corrections. If Supersymmetry applies, the mass-energies of the superpartners (if they exist) are possibly much larger than initially thought and limit their ability to control loop divergence. This leaves open the possibility of other approaches such as Noncommutative Geometry, incorporating fibre bundle theory. The aim of this paper is to consider these existing `low energy' theories incorporating gravity beyond the Standard Model and to develop a coherent mathematical framework based on modern quantum field theory. A number of new ideas have emerged...
李满仓; 王侃; 姚栋
2012-01-01
两步法反应堆物理计算流程中,组件均匀化群常数显著影响堆芯计算精度.相比确定论方法,连续能量蒙特卡罗方法均匀化精确描述各种几何构型栅格,避免繁琐共振自屏计算,保留更多连续能量信息,不仅产生的群常数更精确,而且普适性也更强.作为实现连续能量蒙特卡罗组件均匀化的第一步,本文应用径迹长度方法统计计算一般群截面和群常数,提出并使用散射事件方法获得不能直接应用确定论方法计算群间散射截面和高阶勒让德系数,应用P1截面计算扩散系数.为还原两步法计算流程中组件在堆芯的临界状态,本文应用BN理论对均匀化群常数进行泄漏修正.在4种类型组件和简化压水堆堆芯上数值验证蒙特卡罗均匀化群常数.验证结果表明:连续能量蒙特卡罗方法组件均匀化群常数具有良好几何适应性,显著提高堆芯计算精度.%The efficiency of the standard two-step reactor physics calculation relies on the accuracy of multi-group constants from the assembly-level homogenization process. In contrast to the traditional deterministic methods, generating the homogenization cross sections via Monte Carlo method overcomes the difficulties in geometry and treats energy in continuum, thus provides more accuracy parameters. Besides, the same code and data bank can be used for a wide range of applications, resulting in the versatility using Monte Carlo codes for homogenization. As the first stage to realize Monte Carlo based lattice homogenization, the track length scheme is used as the foundation of cross section generation, which is straight forward. The scattering matrix and Legendre components, however, require special techniques. The Scattering Event method was proposed to solve the problem. There are no continuous energy counterparts in the Monte Carlo calculation for neutron diffusion coefficients. P1 cross sections were used to calculate the diffusion
Carvalho, Vanuildo S de [Instituto de Física, Universidade Federal de Goiás, 74.001-970, Goiânia-GO (Brazil); Freire, Hermann, E-mail: hfreire@mit.edu [Instituto de Física, Universidade Federal de Goiás, 74.001-970, Goiânia-GO (Brazil); Department of Physics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA 2139 (United States)
2014-09-15
The two-loop renormalization group (RG) calculation is considerably extended here for the two-dimensional (2D) fermionic effective field theory model, which includes only the so-called “hot spots” that are connected by the spin-density-wave (SDW) ordering wavevector on a Fermi surface generated by the 2D t−t{sup ′} Hubbard model at low hole doping. We compute the Callan–Symanzik RG equation up to two loops describing the flow of the single-particle Green’s function, the corresponding spectral function, the Fermi velocity, and some of the most important order-parameter susceptibilities in the model at lower energies. As a result, we establish that–in addition to clearly dominant SDW correlations–an approximate (pseudospin) symmetry relating a short-range incommensurated-wave charge order to the d-wave superconducting order indeed emerges at lower energy scales, which is in agreement with recent works available in the literature addressing the 2D spin-fermion model. We derive implications of this possible electronic phase in the ongoing attempt to describe the phenomenology of the pseudogap regime in underdoped cuprates.
张永亮; 陈兴冲; 孙建飞
2013-01-01
Horizontal bearing characteristics of bridge pile foundations can be analyzed by using linear elastic subgrade reaction method(m-method) when displacement of pile foundation is generally smaller. However, displacement of pile foundations is often larger under the effect of strong earthquakes. In order to understand the horizontal bearing capacity and deformation characteristics of pile foundations considering nonlinear behaviors of pile shaft and subsoil,a model of pile foundations is constructed. Failure mechanism,bearing capacity, deformation characteristics and hysteresis characteristics of pile foundations are studied by using pseudo-static test. A nonlinear static calculation model of pile group foundations is put forward under horizontal load. The elastoplasticity of pile shafts in variable axial loads is simulated by distributed PMM plastic hinge;and nonlinearity of subsoil is simulated by the curves of p-y,t-z and q-z,respectively,which have been given in the code of American API;where p is horizontal soil resistance at lateral of pile shaft;y is horizontal displacement;t is vertical frictional resistance around piles shaft;q is vertical bearing resistance at pile tip;z is vertical relative displacement of interface between pile and soil. The results show that:(1) The numerical results are in good agreement with those obtained from experiments. (2) Hysteretic characteristics of pile foundations can be simulated using Clough degradation bilinear model. (3) Weak positions of pile shaft are 0-4 times around the radius of pile below pile top. The results can provide references for evaluating seismic performance of bridge pile foundation using capacity spectrum method.%线弹性地基反力法(m 法)仅适用于正常使用时桥梁桩基础变位较小的情况，但在强震作用下基础的变位较大。为了研究桩基础在地基土及桩身进入非线性状态下的水平承载能力及变形特性，通过群桩基础缩尺比例模型，采用拟
Carli, Tancredi; Cooper-Sarkar, Amanda; Gwenlan, Claire; Salam, Gavin P; Siegert, Frank; Starovoitov, Pavel; Sutton, Mark
2010-01-01
A method to facilitate the consistent inclusion of cross-section measurements based on complex final-states from HERA, TEVATRON and the LHC in proton parton density function (PDF) fits has been developed. This can be used to increase the sensitivity of LHC data to deviations from Standard Model predictions. The method stores perturbative coefficients of NLO QCD calculations of final-state observables measured in hadron colliders in look-up tables. This allows the posteriori inclusion of parton density functions (PDFs), and of the strong coupling, as well as the a posteriori variation of the renormalisation and factorisation scales in cross-section calculations. The main novelties in comparison to original work on the subject are the use of higher-order interpolation, which substantially improves the trade-off between accuracy and memory use, and a CPU and computer memory optimised way to construct and store the look-up table using modern software tools. It is demonstrated that a sufficient accuracy on the cro...
Global aspects of the renormalization group and the hierarchy problem
Patrascu, Andrei T.
2017-10-01
The discovery of the Higgs boson by the ATLAS and CMS collaborations allowed us to precisely determine its mass being 125.09 ± 0.24 GeV. This value is intriguing as it lies at the frontier between the regions of stability and meta-stability of the standard model vacuum. It is known that the hierarchy problem can be interpreted in terms of the near criticality between the two phases. The coefficient of the Higgs bilinear in the scalar potential, m2, is pushed by quantum corrections away from zero, towards the extremes of the interval [ - MPl2, MPl2] where MPl is the Planck mass. In this article, I show that demanding topological invariance for the renormalisation group allows us to extend the beta functions such that the particular value of the Higgs mass parameter observed in our universe regains naturalness. In holographic terms, invariance to changes of topology in the bulk is dual to a natural large hierarchy in the boundary quantum field theory. The demand of invariance to topology changes in the bulk appears to be strongly tied to the invariance of string theory to T-duality in the presence of H-fluxes.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of Commerce — The Magnetic Field Calculator will calculate the total magnetic field, including components (declination, inclination, horizontal intensity, northerly intensity,...
Staub, Florian
2016-01-01
I give in this brief tutorial a short practical introduction to the Mathematica package SARAH. First, it is shown how an existing model file can be changed to implement a new model in SARAH. In the second part, masses, vertices and renormalisation group equations are calculated with SARAH. Finally, the main commands to generate model files and output for other tools are summarised.
SIMULATE-4 pin power calculations
Bahadir, T. [Studsvik Scandpower, Inc., 1087 Beacon St., Newton, MA 02459 (United States); Lindahl, S. Oe [Studsvik Scandpower AB, Hantverkargatan 2A, SE-722 12 Vasteraas (Sweden)
2006-07-01
A new pin power reconstruction module has been implemented in Studsvik Scandpower's next generation nodal code, SIMULATE-4. Heterogeneous pin powers are calculated by modulating multi-group pin powers from the sub-mesh solver of SIMULATE-4 with pin form factors from single-assembly CASMO-5 lattice calculations. The multi-group pin power model captures instantaneous spectral effects, and actinide tracking on the assembly sub-mesh describes exposure-induced pin power variations. Model details and verification tests against high order multi-assembly transport methods are presented. The accuracy of the new methods is also demonstrated by comparing SIMULATE-4 calculations with measured critical experiment pin powers. (authors)
Bélanger, G; Fujimoto, J; Ishikawa, T; Kaneko, T; Kato, K; Shimizu, Y
2003-01-01
A general non-linear gauge condition is implemented into GRACE, an automated system for the calculation of physical processes in high-energy physics. These new gauge-fixing conditions are used as a very efficient means to check the results of large scale automated computation in the standard model. We describe in detail the implementation of the general gauge condition and the renormalisation procedure at one-loop in the standard model. Explicit formulae for all two-point functions in a generalised non-linear gauge are given, together with the complete set of counterterms. We also show how infrared divergences are dealt with in the system. A new technique for the reduction of the tensor integrals is described. We give a comprehensive presentation of some systematic test-runs which have been performed at the one-loop level for a wide variety of two-to-two processes to show the validity of the gauge check. These cover fermion-fermion scattering, gauge boson scattering into fermions, gauge bosons and Higgs boson...
2013-01-01
企业会计准则规定，企业资产组计提的减值准备应在组合所包含的单项资产中按规定顺序予以分摊，资产组内各项固定资产的减值损失的计算，其计算过程极其繁琐，给实务操作带来困难。文章利用Excel的财务建模建立其计算模型，实现减值分摊计算的自动化，简化资产组减值损失的计算工作。%The accounting standards for enterprises provides that depreciation preparation of withdrawing in enterprise asset group should be allocated in single assets included in combination,according to the stated order.The calculation formula of impairment loss in fixed assets of assets group is too complicated,bringing difficulties to practical operation.This paper build a calculation model with the financial modeling, thus to realize the automatic calculation of impairment allocation and simplify the calculation.
Nguyen Lan, Tran; Kurashige, Yuki; Yanai, Takeshi
2015-01-13
We have developed a new computational scheme for high-accuracy prediction of the isotropic hyperfine coupling constant (HFCC) of heavy molecules, accounting for the high-level electron correlation effects, as well as the scalar-relativistic effects. For electron correlation, we employed the ab initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) method in conjunction with a complete active space model. The orbital-optimization procedure was employed to obtain the optimized orbitals required for accurately determining the isotropic HFCC. For the scalar-relativistic effects, we initially derived and implemented the Douglas-Kroll-Hess (DKH) hyperfine coupling operators up to the third order (DKH3) by using the direct transformation scheme. A set of 4d transition-metal radicals consisting of Ag atom, PdH, and RhH2 were chosen as test cases. Good agreement between the isotropic HFCC values obtained from DMRG/DKH3 and experiment was archived. Because there are no available gas-phase values for PdH and RhH2 radicals in the literature, the results from the present high-level theory may serve as benchmark data.
2013-01-01
Based on field conditions of coal roadway groups in the panjiayao coal mine and different positions of proposed road -way,six working models were established.Stress distribution on the corresponding conditions was obtained through analysis under excavate simulation on displacement , stress of anchor and anchor cable , plastic zone distribution, etc, which provide the theory reference and technical reference for similar conditions.% 基于潘家窑矿煤巷群的现场实际和拟建巷道的不同设计位置，建立了六种工况模型。分别采用FLAC 3D数值模拟软件进行开挖模拟，并从位移、锚杆、锚索受力、塑性区分布等方面进行了分析，获取了对应工况下受力分布规律，为类似条件下的煤巷群围岩变形控制提供理论参考和技术借鉴。
Threlfall, John
2002-01-01
Suggests that strategy choice is a misleading characterization of efficient mental calculation and that teaching mental calculation methods as a whole is not conducive to flexibility. Proposes an alternative in which calculation is thought of as an interaction between noticing and knowledge. Presents an associated teaching approach to promote…
Geochemical Calculations Using Spreadsheets.
Dutch, Steven Ian
1991-01-01
Spreadsheets are well suited to many geochemical calculations, especially those that are highly repetitive. Some of the kinds of problems that can be conveniently solved with spreadsheets include elemental abundance calculations, equilibrium abundances in nuclear decay chains, and isochron calculations. (Author/PR)
Autistic Savant Calendar Calculators.
Patti, Paul J.
This study identified 10 savants with developmental disabilities and an exceptional ability to calculate calendar dates. These "calendar calculators" were asked to demonstrate their abilities, and their strategies were analyzed. The study found that the ability to calculate dates into the past or future varied widely among these…
How Do Calculators Calculate Trigonometric Functions?
Underwood, Jeremy M.; Edwards, Bruce H.
How does your calculator quickly produce values of trigonometric functions? You might be surprised to learn that it does not use series or polynomial approximations, but rather the so-called CORDIC method. This paper will focus on the geometry of the CORDIC method, as originally developed by Volder in 1959. This algorithm is a wonderful…
Nagao, Yoshiharu [Japan Atomic Energy Research Inst., Oarai, Ibaraki (Japan). Oarai Research Establishment
1998-03-01
In material testing reactors like the JMTR (Japan Material Testing Reactor) of 50 MW in Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute, the neutron flux and neutron energy spectra of irradiated samples show complex distributions. It is necessary to assess the neutron flux and neutron energy spectra of an irradiation field by carrying out the nuclear calculation of the core for every operation cycle. In order to advance core calculation, in the JMTR, the application of MCNP to the assessment of core reactivity and neutron flux and spectra has been investigated. In this study, in order to reduce the time for calculation and variance, the comparison of the results of the calculations by the use of K code and fixed source and the use of Weight Window were investigated. As to the calculation method, the modeling of the total JMTR core, the conditions for calculation and the adopted variance reduction technique are explained. The results of calculation are shown. Significant difference was not observed in the results of neutron flux calculations according to the difference of the modeling of fuel region in the calculations by K code and fixed source. The method of assessing the results of neutron flux calculation is described. (K.I.)
Bahr, Patrick; Hutton, Graham
2015-01-01
In this article, we present a new approach to the problem of calculating compilers. In particular, we develop a simple but general technique that allows us to derive correct compilers from high-level semantics by systematic calculation, with all details of the implementation of the compilers...... falling naturally out of the calculation process. Our approach is based upon the use of standard equational reasoning techniques, and has been applied to calculate compilers for a wide range of language features and their combination, including arithmetic expressions, exceptions, state, various forms...
Radar Signature Calculation Facility
Federal Laboratory Consortium — FUNCTION: The calculation, analysis, and visualization of the spatially extended radar signatures of complex objects such as ships in a sea multipath environment and...
Electrical installation calculations basic
Kitcher, Christopher
2013-01-01
All the essential calculations required for basic electrical installation workThe Electrical Installation Calculations series has proved an invaluable reference for over forty years, for both apprentices and professional electrical installation engineers alike. The book provides a step-by-step guide to the successful application of electrical installation calculations required in day-to-day electrical engineering practice. A step-by-step guide to everyday calculations used on the job An essential aid to the City & Guilds certificates at Levels 2 and 3Fo
Electrical installation calculations advanced
Kitcher, Christopher
2013-01-01
All the essential calculations required for advanced electrical installation workThe Electrical Installation Calculations series has proved an invaluable reference for over forty years, for both apprentices and professional electrical installation engineers alike. The book provides a step-by-step guide to the successful application of electrical installation calculations required in day-to-day electrical engineering practiceA step-by-step guide to everyday calculations used on the job An essential aid to the City & Guilds certificates at Levels 2 and 3For apprentices and electrical installatio
Electronics Environmental Benefits Calculator
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency — The Electronics Environmental Benefits Calculator (EEBC) was developed to assist organizations in estimating the environmental benefits of greening their purchase,...
Detailed Performance Calculations: Georgia Institute of Technology Group, Appendix E
1984-01-01
Conditions for system intercomparison; signal strength evaluation; background total source strength; signal-to-noise ratio; performance of present Georgia Tech system; and special comments on current Georgia Tech system are discussed.
Calculators and Polynomial Evaluation.
Weaver, J. F.
The intent of this paper is to suggest and illustrate how electronic hand-held calculators, especially non-programmable ones with limited data-storage capacity, can be used to advantage by students in one particular aspect of work with polynomial functions. The basic mathematical background upon which calculator application is built is summarized.…
Naef, Rudolf; Acree, William E
2017-06-25
The calculation of the standard enthalpies of vaporization, sublimation and solvation of organic molecules is presented using a common computer algorithm on the basis of a group-additivity method. The same algorithm is also shown to enable the calculation of their entropy of fusion as well as the total phase-change entropy of liquid crystals. The present method is based on the complete breakdown of the molecules into their constituting atoms and their immediate neighbourhood; the respective calculations of the contribution of the atomic groups by means of the Gauss-Seidel fitting method is based on experimental data collected from literature. The feasibility of the calculations for each of the mentioned descriptors was verified by means of a 10-fold cross-validation procedure proving the good to high quality of the predicted values for the three mentioned enthalpies and for the entropy of fusion, whereas the predictive quality for the total phase-change entropy of liquid crystals was poor. The goodness of fit (Q²) and the standard deviation (σ) of the cross-validation calculations for the five descriptors was as follows: 0.9641 and 4.56 kJ/mol (N = 3386 test molecules) for the enthalpy of vaporization, 0.8657 and 11.39 kJ/mol (N = 1791) for the enthalpy of sublimation, 0.9546 and 4.34 kJ/mol (N = 373) for the enthalpy of solvation, 0.8727 and 17.93 J/mol/K (N = 2637) for the entropy of fusion and 0.5804 and 32.79 J/mol/K (N = 2643) for the total phase-change entropy of liquid crystals. The large discrepancy between the results of the two closely related entropies is discussed in detail. Molecules for which both the standard enthalpies of vaporization and sublimation were calculable, enabled the estimation of their standard enthalpy of fusion by simple subtraction of the former from the latter enthalpy. For 990 of them the experimental enthalpy-of-fusion values are also known, allowing their comparison with predictions, yielding a correlation coefficient R² of 0.6066.
Fields, Susannah
2007-08-16
This project is currently under contract for research through the Department of Homeland Security until 2011. The group I was responsible for studying has to remain confidential so as not to affect the current project. All dates, reference links and authors, and other distinguishing characteristics of the original group have been removed from this report. All references to the name of this group or the individual splinter groups has been changed to 'Group X'. I have been collecting texts from a variety of sources intended for the use of recruiting and radicalizing members for Group X splinter groups for the purpose of researching the motivation and intent of leaders of those groups and their influence over the likelihood of group radicalization. This work included visiting many Group X websites to find information on splinter group leaders and finding their statements to new and old members. This proved difficult because the splinter groups of Group X are united in beliefs, but differ in public opinion. They are eager to tear each other down, prove their superiority, and yet remain anonymous. After a few weeks of intense searching, a list of eight recruiting texts and eight radicalizing texts from a variety of Group X leaders were compiled.
Cavalcanti, Rafaelly L.; Oliveira, Jackson A. [Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Norte (UFRN), Natal, RN (Brazil). Dept. de Engenharia Quimica; Rojas, Leopoldo O.A. [Centro de Tecnologias do Gas (CTGAS), Natal, RN (Brazil)
2008-07-01
This work has the main objective of evaluating the mathematical model developed by Jaubert e Mutelet (2004) in terms of the prediction capacity for the calculation of the vapor-liquid equilibrium (VLE). This model is based on Peng-Robinson equation of state (EOS) and it considers the binary interaction parameters (Kij(T)) estimated by a contribution group method and dependent of the temperature. The model proposed by Jaubert e Mutelet (2004), named PPR78 (Predictive Peng-Robinson), was implemented in this work by using the Fortran language. An optimization approach based on the stochastic algorithm of Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) was used in order to calculate the vapor-liquid equilibrium. Simulations were accomplished for several binary systems and the results were concordant with some experimental data of the investigated systems. However, for some systems different from those presented by Jaubert and Mutelet (2004), the model presented low prediction capacity. In spite of the great demand of computational performance, the algorithm PSO demonstrated robustness during the calculation of VLE and it assured convergence in most of the cases. (author)
Interval arithmetic in calculations
Bairbekova, Gaziza; Mazakov, Talgat; Djomartova, Sholpan; Nugmanova, Salima
2016-10-01
Interval arithmetic is the mathematical structure, which for real intervals defines operations analogous to ordinary arithmetic ones. This field of mathematics is also called interval analysis or interval calculations. The given math model is convenient for investigating various applied objects: the quantities, the approximate values of which are known; the quantities obtained during calculations, the values of which are not exact because of rounding errors; random quantities. As a whole, the idea of interval calculations is the use of intervals as basic data objects. In this paper, we considered the definition of interval mathematics, investigated its properties, proved a theorem, and showed the efficiency of the new interval arithmetic. Besides, we briefly reviewed the works devoted to interval analysis and observed basic tendencies of development of integral analysis and interval calculations.
Unit Cost Compendium Calculations
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency — The Unit Cost Compendium (UCC) Calculations raw data set was designed to provide for greater accuracy and consistency in the use of unit costs across the USEPA...
EFFECTIVE DISCHARGE CALCULATION GUIDE
D.S.BIEDENHARN; C.R.THORNE; P.J.SOAR; R.D.HEY; C.C.WATSON
2001-01-01
This paper presents a procedure for calculating the effective discharge for rivers with alluvial channels.An alluvial river adjusts the bankfull shape and dimensions of its channel to the wide range of flows that mobilize the boundary sediments. It has been shown that time-averaged river morphology is adjusted to the flow that, over a prolonged period, transports most sediment. This is termed the effective discharge.The effective discharge may be calculated provided that the necessary data are available or can be synthesized. The procedure for effective discharge calculation presented here is designed to have general applicability, have the capability to be applied consistently, and represent the effects of physical processes responsible for determining the channel, dimensions. An example of the calculations necessary and applications of the effective discharge concept are presented.
Frederiksen, Morten
2014-01-01
Williamson’s characterisation of calculativeness as inimical to trust contradicts most sociological trust research. However, a similar argument is found within trust phenomenology. This paper re-investigates Williamson’s argument from the perspective of Løgstrup’s phenomenological theory of trust....... Contrary to Williamson, however, Løgstrup’s contention is that trust, not calculativeness, is the default attitude and only when suspicion is awoken does trust falter. The paper argues that while Williamson’s distinction between calculativeness and trust is supported by phenomenology, the analysis needs...... to take actual subjective experience into consideration. It points out that, first, Løgstrup places trust alongside calculativeness as a different mode of engaging in social interaction, rather conceiving of trust as a state or the outcome of a decision-making process. Secondly, the analysis must take...
Magnetic Field Grid Calculator
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of Commerce — The Magnetic Field Properties Calculator will computes the estimated values of Earth's magnetic field(declination, inclination, vertical component, northerly...
Scientific calculating peripheral
Ethridge, C.D.; Nickell, J.D. Jr.; Hanna, W.H.
1979-09-01
A scientific calculating peripheral for small intelligent data acquisition and instrumentation systems and for distributed-task processing systems is established with a number-oriented microprocessor controlled by a single component universal peripheral interface microcontroller. A MOS/LSI number-oriented microprocessor provides the scientific calculating capability with Reverse Polish Notation data format. Master processor task definition storage, input data sequencing, computation processing, result reporting, and interface protocol is managed by a single component universal peripheral interface microcontroller.
Current interruption transients calculation
Peelo, David F
2014-01-01
Provides an original, detailed and practical description of current interruption transients, origins, and the circuits involved, and how they can be calculated Current Interruption Transients Calculationis a comprehensive resource for the understanding, calculation and analysis of the transient recovery voltages (TRVs) and related re-ignition or re-striking transients associated with fault current interruption and the switching of inductive and capacitive load currents in circuits. This book provides an original, detailed and practical description of current interruption transients, origins,
Shielding calculations for SSC
Van Ginneken, A.
1990-03-01
Monte Carlo calculations of hadron and muon shielding for SSC are reviewed with emphasis on their application to radiation safety and environmental protection. Models and algorithms for simulation of hadronic and electromagnetic showers, and for production and transport of muons in the TeV regime are briefly discussed. Capabilities and limitations of these calculations are described and illustrated with a few examples. 12 refs., 3 figs.
Geometric unsharpness calculations
Anderson, D.J. [International Training and Education Group (INTEG), Oakville, Ontario (Canada)
2008-07-15
The majority of radiographers' geometric unsharpness calculations are normally performed with a mathematical formula. However, a majority of codes and standards refer to the use of a nomograph for this calculation. Upon first review, the use of a nomograph appears more complicated but with a few minutes of study and practice it can be just as effective. A review of this article should provide enlightenment. (author)
Source and replica calculations
Whalen, P.P.
1994-02-01
The starting point of the Hiroshima-Nagasaki Dose Reevaluation Program is the energy and directional distributions of the prompt neutron and gamma-ray radiation emitted from the exploding bombs. A brief introduction to the neutron source calculations is presented. The development of our current understanding of the source problem is outlined. It is recommended that adjoint calculations be used to modify source spectra to resolve the neutron discrepancy problem.
INVAP's Nuclear Calculation System
Ignacio Mochi
2011-01-01
Since its origins in 1976, INVAP has been on continuous development of the calculation system used for design and optimization of nuclear reactors. The calculation codes have been polished and enhanced with new capabilities as they were needed or useful for the new challenges that the market imposed. The actual state of the code packages enables INVAP to design nuclear installations with complex geometries using a set of easy-to-use input files that minimize user errors due to confusion or mi...
Naef, Rudolf
2015-10-07
A generally applicable computer algorithm for the calculation of the seven molecular descriptors heat of combustion, logPoctanol/water, logS (water solubility), molar refractivity, molecular polarizability, aqueous toxicity (protozoan growth inhibition) and logBB (log (cblood/cbrain)) is presented. The method, an extendable form of the group-additivity method, is based on the complete break-down of the molecules into their constituting atoms and their immediate neighbourhood. The contribution of the resulting atom groups to the descriptor values is calculated using the Gauss-Seidel fitting method, based on experimental data gathered from literature. The plausibility of the method was tested for each descriptor by means of a k-fold cross-validation procedure demonstrating good to excellent predictive power for the former six descriptors and low reliability of logBB predictions. The goodness of fit (Q²) and the standard deviation of the 10-fold cross-validation calculation was >0.9999 and 25.2 kJ/mol, respectively, (based on N = 1965 test compounds) for the heat of combustion, 0.9451 and 0.51 (N = 2640) for logP, 0.8838 and 0.74 (N = 1419) for logS, 0.9987 and 0.74 (N = 4045) for the molar refractivity, 0.9897 and 0.77 (N = 308) for the molecular polarizability, 0.8404 and 0.42 (N = 810) for the toxicity and 0.4709 and 0.53 (N = 383) for logBB. The latter descriptor revealing a very low Q² for the test molecules (R² was 0.7068 and standard deviation 0.38 for N = 413 training molecules) is included as an example to show the limits of the group-additivity method. An eighth molecular descriptor, the heat of formation, was indirectly calculated from the heat of combustion data and correlated with published experimental heat of formation data with a correlation coefficient R² of 0.9974 (N = 2031).
Roerdink, Jos B.T.M.
2000-01-01
In its original form, mathematical morphology is a theory of binary image transformations which are invariant under the group of Euclidean translations. This paper surveys and extends constructions of morphological operators which are invariant under a more general group TT, such as the motion group
Neyrinck, Marleen M; Vrielink, Hans
2015-02-01
It's important to work smoothly with your apheresis equipment when you are an apheresis nurse. Attention should be paid to your donor/patient and the product you're collecting. It gives additional value to your work when you are able to calculate the efficiency of your procedures. You must be capable to obtain an optimal product without putting your donor/patient at risk. Not only the total blood volume (TBV) of the donor/patient plays an important role, but also specific blood values influence the apheresis procedure. Therefore, not all donors/patients should be addressed in the same way. Calculation of TBV, extracorporeal volume, and total plasma volume is needed. Many issues determine your procedure time. By knowing the collection efficiency (CE) of your apheresis machine, you can calculate the number of blood volumes to be processed to obtain specific results. You can calculate whether you need one procedure to obtain specific results or more. It's not always needed to process 3× the TBV. In this way, it can be avoided that the donor/patient is needless long connected to the apheresis device. By calculating the CE of each device, you can also compare the various devices for quality control reasons, but also nurses/operators.
OFTIFEL PERSONALIZED NUTRITIONAL CALCULATOR
Malte BETHKE
2016-11-01
Full Text Available A food calculator for elderly people was elaborated by Centiv GmbH, an active partner in the European FP7 OPTIFEL Project, based on the functional requirement specifications and the existing recommendations for daily allowances across Europe, data which were synthetized and used to give aims in amounts per portion. The OPTIFEL Personalised Nutritional Calculator is the only available online tool which allows to determine on a personalised level the required nutrients for elderly people (65+. It has been developed mainly to support nursing homes providing best possible (personalised nutrient enriched food to their patients. The European FP7 OPTIFEL project “Optimised Food Products for Elderly Populations” aims to develop innovative products based on vegetables and fruits for elderly populations to increase length of independence. The OPTIFEL Personalised Nutritional Calculator is recommended to be used by nursing homes.
INVAP's Nuclear Calculation System
Ignacio Mochi
2011-01-01
Full Text Available Since its origins in 1976, INVAP has been on continuous development of the calculation system used for design and optimization of nuclear reactors. The calculation codes have been polished and enhanced with new capabilities as they were needed or useful for the new challenges that the market imposed. The actual state of the code packages enables INVAP to design nuclear installations with complex geometries using a set of easy-to-use input files that minimize user errors due to confusion or misinterpretation. A set of intuitive graphic postprocessors have also been developed providing a fast and complete visualization tool for the parameters obtained in the calculations. The capabilities and general characteristics of this deterministic software package are presented throughout the paper including several examples of its recent application.
Salgado, C A; Salgado, Carlos A.; Wiedemann, Urs Achim
2003-01-01
We calculate the probability (``quenching weight'') that a hard parton radiates an additional energy fraction due to scattering in spatially extended QCD matter. This study is based on an exact treatment of finite in-medium path length, it includes the case of a dynamically expanding medium, and it extends to the angular dependence of the medium-induced gluon radiation pattern. All calculations are done in the multiple soft scattering approximation (Baier-Dokshitzer-Mueller-Peign\\'e-Schiff--Zakharov ``BDMPS-Z''-formalism) and in the single hard scattering approximation (N=1 opacity approximation). By comparison, we establish a simple relation between transport coefficient, Debye screening mass and opacity, for which both approximations lead to comparable results. Together with this paper, a CPU-inexpensive numerical subroutine for calculating quenching weights is provided electronically. To illustrate its applications, we discuss the suppression of hadronic transverse momentum spectra in nucleus-nucleus colli...
Group devaluation and group identification
Leach, C.W.; Rodriguez Mosquera, P.M.; Vliek, M.L.W.; Hirt, E.
2010-01-01
In three studies, we showed that increased in-group identification after (perceived or actual) group devaluation is an assertion of a (preexisting) positive social identity that counters the negative social identity implied in societal devaluation. Two studies with real-world groups used order manip
Spin Resonance Strength Calculations
Courant, E. D.
2009-08-01
In calculating the strengths of depolarizing resonances it may be convenient to reformulate the equations of spin motion in a coordinate system based on the actual trajectory of the particle, as introduced by Kondratenko, rather than the conventional one based on a reference orbit. It is shown that resonance strengths calculated by the conventional and the revised formalisms are identical. Resonances induced by radiofrequency dipoles or solenoids are also treated; with rf dipoles it is essential to consider not only the direct effect of the dipole but also the contribution from oscillations induced by it.
Spin resonance strength calculations
Courant,E.D.
2008-10-06
In calculating the strengths of depolarizing resonances it may be convenient to reformulate the equations of spin motion in a coordinate system based on the actual trajectory of the particle, as introduced by Kondratenko, rather than the conventional one based on a reference orbit. It is shown that resonance strengths calculated by the conventional and the revised formalisms are identical. Resonances induced by radiofrequency dipoles or solenoids are also treated; with rf dipoles it is essential to consider not only the direct effect of the dipole but also the contribution from oscillations induced by it.
无
2011-01-01
Compared with ellipse cavity, the spoke cavity has many advantages, especially for the low and medium beam energy. It will be used in the superconductor accelerator popular in the future. Based on the spoke cavity, we design and calculate an accelerator
Haida Numbers and Calculation.
Cogo, Robert
Experienced traders in furs, blankets, and other goods, the Haidas of the 1700's had a well-developed decimal system for counting and calculating. Their units of linear measure included the foot, yard, and fathom, or six feet. This booklet lists the numbers from 1 to 20 in English and Haida; explains the Haida use of ten, hundred, and thousand…
Curvature calculations with GEOCALC
Moussiaux, A.; Tombal, P.
1987-04-01
A new method for calculating the curvature tensor has been recently proposed by D. Hestenes. This method is a particular application of geometric calculus, which has been implemented in an algebraic programming language on the form of a package called GEOCALC. They show how to apply this package to the Schwarzchild case and they discuss the different results.
Daylight calculations in practice
Iversen, Anne; Roy, Nicolas; Hvass, Mette;
programs can give different results. This can be due to restrictions in the program itself and/or be due to the skills of the persons setting up the models. This is crucial as daylight calculations are used to document that the demands and recommendations to daylight levels outlined by building authorities...
Radioprotection calculations for MEGAPIE.
Zanini, L
2005-01-01
The MEGAwatt PIlot Experiment (MEGAPIE) liquid lead-bismuth spallation neutron source will commence operation in 2006 at the SINQ facility of the Paul Scherrer Institut. Such an innovative system presents radioprotection concerns peculiar to a liquid spallation target. Several radioprotection issues have been addressed and studied by means of the Monte Carlo transport code, FLUKA. The dose rates in the room above the target, where personnel access may be needed at times, from the activated lead-bismuth and from the volatile species produced were calculated. Results indicate that the dose rate level is of the order of 40 mSv h(-1) 2 h after shutdown, but it can be reduced below the mSv h(-1) level with slight modifications to the shielding. Neutron spectra and dose rates from neutron transport, of interest for possible damage to radiation sensitive components, have also been calculated.
2007-01-01
The workshop continued a series of Oberwolfach meetings on algebraic groups, started in 1971 by Tonny Springer and Jacques Tits who both attended the present conference. This time, the organizers were Michel Brion, Jens Carsten Jantzen, and Raphaël Rouquier. During the last years, the subject...... of algebraic groups (in a broad sense) has seen important developments in several directions, also related to representation theory and algebraic geometry. The workshop aimed at presenting some of these developments in order to make them accessible to a "general audience" of algebraic group......-theorists, and to stimulate contacts between participants. Each of the first four days was dedicated to one area of research that has recently seen decisive progress: \\begin{itemize} \\item structure and classification of wonderful varieties, \\item finite reductive groups and character sheaves, \\item quantum cohomology...
Adams, Karen
2015-01-01
In this article Karen Adams demonstrates how to incorporate group grammar techniques into a classroom activity. In the activity, students practice using the target grammar to do something they naturally enjoy: learning about each other.
PIC: Protein Interactions Calculator.
Tina, K G; Bhadra, R; Srinivasan, N
2007-07-01
Interactions within a protein structure and interactions between proteins in an assembly are essential considerations in understanding molecular basis of stability and functions of proteins and their complexes. There are several weak and strong interactions that render stability to a protein structure or an assembly. Protein Interactions Calculator (PIC) is a server which, given the coordinate set of 3D structure of a protein or an assembly, computes various interactions such as disulphide bonds, interactions between hydrophobic residues, ionic interactions, hydrogen bonds, aromatic-aromatic interactions, aromatic-sulphur interactions and cation-pi interactions within a protein or between proteins in a complex. Interactions are calculated on the basis of standard, published criteria. The identified interactions between residues can be visualized using a RasMol and Jmol interface. The advantage with PIC server is the easy availability of inter-residue interaction calculations in a single site. It also determines the accessible surface area and residue-depth, which is the distance of a residue from the surface of the protein. User can also recognize specific kind of interactions, such as apolar-apolar residue interactions or ionic interactions, that are formed between buried or exposed residues or near the surface or deep inside.
无
2008-01-01
@@ With its headquarters in the historic city of Yangzhou,Jiangsu Muyang Group Co.,Ltd has since its founding in 1967 grown into a well-known group corporation whose activities cover research&development.project design,manufacturing,installation and services in a multitude of industries including feed machinery and engineering,storage engineering,grain machinery and engineering,environmental protection,conveying equipment and automatic control systems.
Fuchs, László
2015-01-01
Written by one of the subject’s foremost experts, this book focuses on the central developments and modern methods of the advanced theory of abelian groups, while remaining accessible, as an introduction and reference, to the non-specialist. It provides a coherent source for results scattered throughout the research literature with lots of new proofs. The presentation highlights major trends that have radically changed the modern character of the subject, in particular, the use of homological methods in the structure theory of various classes of abelian groups, and the use of advanced set-theoretical methods in the study of undecidability problems. The treatment of the latter trend includes Shelah’s seminal work on the undecidability in ZFC of Whitehead’s Problem; while the treatment of the former trend includes an extensive (but non-exhaustive) study of p-groups, torsion-free groups, mixed groups, and important classes of groups arising from ring theory. To prepare the reader to tackle these topics, th...
Zero Temperature Hope Calculations
Rozsnyai, B F
2002-07-26
The primary purpose of the HOPE code is to calculate opacities over a wide temperature and density range. It can also produce equation of state (EOS) data. Since the experimental data at the high temperature region are scarce, comparisons of predictions with the ample zero temperature data provide a valuable physics check of the code. In this report we show a selected few examples across the periodic table. Below we give a brief general information about the physics of the HOPE code. The HOPE code is an ''average atom'' (AA) Dirac-Slater self-consistent code. The AA label in the case of finite temperature means that the one-electron levels are populated according to the Fermi statistics, at zero temperature it means that the ''aufbau'' principle works, i.e. no a priory electronic configuration is set, although it can be done. As such, it is a one-particle model (any Hartree-Fock model is a one particle model). The code is an ''ion-sphere'' model, meaning that the atom under investigation is neutral within the ion-sphere radius. Furthermore, the boundary conditions for the bound states are also set at the ion-sphere radius, which distinguishes the code from the INFERNO, OPAL and STA codes. Once the self-consistent AA state is obtained, the code proceeds to generate many-electron configurations and proceeds to calculate photoabsorption in the ''detailed configuration accounting'' (DCA) scheme. However, this last feature is meaningless at zero temperature. There is one important feature in the HOPE code which should be noted; any self-consistent model is self-consistent in the space of the occupied orbitals. The unoccupied orbitals, where electrons are lifted via photoexcitation, are unphysical. The rigorous way to deal with that problem is to carry out complete self-consistent calculations both in the initial and final states connecting photoexcitations, an enormous computational task
Linewidth calculations and simulations
Strandberg, Ingrid
2016-01-01
We are currently developing a new technique to further enhance the sensitivity of collinear laser spectroscopy in order to study the most exotic nuclides available at radioactive ion beam facilities, such as ISOLDE at CERN. The overall goal is to evaluate the feasibility of the new method. This report will focus on the determination of the expected linewidth (hence resolution) of this approach. Different effects which could lead to a broadening of the linewidth, e.g. the ions' energy spread and their trajectories inside the trap, are studied with theoretical calculations as well as simulations.
Angarita, Fernando A.; University Health Network; Acuña, Sergio A.; Mount Sinai Hospital; Jimenez, Carolina; University of Toronto; Garay, Javier; Pontificia Universidad Javeriana; Gömez, David; University of Toronto; Domínguez, Luis Carlos; Pontificia Universidad Javeriana
2010-01-01
Acute calculous cholecystitis is the most important cause of cholecystectomies worldwide. We review the physiopathology of the inflammatory process in this organ secondary to biliary tract obstruction, as well as its clinical manifestations, workup, and the treatment it requires. La colecistitis calculosa aguda es la causa más importante de colecistectomías en el mundo. En esta revisión de tema se resume la fisiopatología del proceso inflamatorio de la vesículabiliar secundaria a la obstru...
Calculations in furnace technology
Davies, Clive; Hopkins, DW; Owen, WS
2013-01-01
Calculations in Furnace Technology presents the theoretical and practical aspects of furnace technology. This book provides information pertinent to the development, application, and efficiency of furnace technology. Organized into eight chapters, this book begins with an overview of the exothermic reactions that occur when carbon, hydrogen, and sulfur are burned to release the energy available in the fuel. This text then evaluates the efficiencies to measure the quantity of fuel used, of flue gases leaving the plant, of air entering, and the heat lost to the surroundings. Other chapters consi
张扬; 代伟明; 钱稼茹; 陶学康
2013-01-01
The quasi-static test of two slab-column connections,which punching shear failure of slab occurred outside the stud group,were introduced.An outline of punching shear-critical section outside the stud group was proposed.Based on the test results and related references,a formula,which took into consideration of punching-shear span factor and had the same form with the punching shear strength formula of concrete slab specified in Code for design of concrete structures(GB 50010-2010),was recommended to calculate punching shear strength outside the stud group of slab.The punching shear strength obtained by using the formula is well consistent with that obtained by the test.%针对板柱结构中采用栓钉抗剪问题,进行了两个钢筋混凝土板柱节点发生栓钉群外破坏的拟静力试验.提出了板栓钉群外圆角冲切破坏轮廓线；并根据现有的试验结果,采用《混凝土结构设计规范》(GB50010-2010)的非预应力混凝土板受冲切承载力计算公式的形式,引入冲跨系数,提出了非预应力混凝土板栓钉群外受冲切承载力计算公式.利用该公式计算得到受冲切承载力与发生冲切破坏板柱节点的试验结果吻合较好.
Chertov, Oleg; 10.1007/978-3-642-14058-7_61
2010-01-01
In recent years the amount of digital data in the world has risen immensely. But, the more information exists, the greater is the possibility of its unwanted disclosure. Thus, the data privacy protection has become a pressing problem of the present time. The task of individual privacy-preserving is being thoroughly studied nowadays. At the same time, the problem of statistical disclosure control for collective (or group) data is still open. In this paper we propose an effective and relatively simple (wavelet-based) way to provide group anonymity in collective data. We also provide a real-life example to illustrate the method.
OECD Maximum Residue Limit Calculator
With the goal of harmonizing the calculation of maximum residue limits (MRLs) across the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, the OECD has developed an MRL Calculator. View the calculator.
Bhatnagar, Shalabh
2017-01-01
Sound is an emerging source of renewable energy but it has some limitations. The main limitation is, the amount of energy that can be extracted from sound is very less and that is because of the velocity of the sound. The velocity of sound changes as per medium. If we could increase the velocity of the sound in a medium we would be probably able to extract more amount of energy from sound and will be able to transfer it at a higher rate. To increase the velocity of sound we should know the speed of sound. If we go by the theory of classic mechanics speed is the distance travelled by a particle divided by time whereas velocity is the displacement of particle divided by time. The speed of sound in dry air at 20 °C (68 °F) is considered to be 343.2 meters per second and it won't be wrong in saying that 342.2 meters is the velocity of sound not the speed as it's the displacement of the sound not the total distance sound wave covered. Sound travels in the form of mechanical wave, so while calculating the speed of sound the whole path of wave should be considered not just the distance traveled by sound. In this paper I would like to focus on calculating the actual speed of sound wave which can help us to extract more energy and make sound travel with faster velocity.
Multilayer optical calculations
Byrnes, Steven J
2016-01-01
When light hits a multilayer planar stack, it is reflected, refracted, and absorbed in a way that can be derived from the Fresnel equations. The analysis is treated in many textbooks, and implemented in many software programs, but certain aspects of it are difficult to find explicitly and consistently worked out in the literature. Here, we derive the formulas underlying the transfer-matrix method of calculating the optical properties of these stacks, including oblique-angle incidence, absorption-vs-position profiles, and ellipsometry parameters. We discuss and explain some strange consequences of the formulas in the situation where the incident and/or final (semi-infinite) medium are absorptive, such as calculating $T>1$ in the absence of gain. We also discuss some implementation details like complex-plane branch cuts. Finally, we derive modified formulas for including one or more "incoherent" layers, i.e. very thick layers in which interference can be neglected. This document was written in conjunction with ...
E. van den Berg; P. van Houwelingen; J. de Hart
2011-01-01
Original title: Informele groepen Going out running with a group of friends, rather than joining an official sports club. Individuals who decide to take action themselves rather than giving money to good causes. Maintaining contact with others not as a member of an association, but through an Inter
Enveloping algebra Noncommutative SM: Renormalisability and High Energy Physics Phenomenology
Trampetic, Josip
2009-01-01
In this talk we discuss enveloping algebra based noncommutative gauge field theory, constructed at the first order in noncommutative parameter theta, as an effective, anomaly free theory, with one-loop renormalizable gauge sector. Limits on the scale of noncommutativity parameter Lambda_NC, via related phenomenology and associated experiments, are analyzed and a firm bound to the scale of the noncommutativity is set around few TeV's.
Bishop, David M
1993-01-01
Group theoretical principles are an integral part of modern chemistry. Not only do they help account for a wide variety of chemical phenomena, they simplify quantum chemical calculations. Indeed, knowledge of their application to chemical problems is essential for students of chemistry. This complete, self-contained study, written for advanced undergraduate-level and graduate-level chemistry students, clearly and concisely introduces the subject of group theory and demonstrates its application to chemical problems.To assist chemistry students with the mathematics involved, Professor Bishop ha
Molecular Dynamics Calculations
1996-01-01
The development of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics is very important in the history of physics, and it underlines the difficulty in dealing with systems involving many bodies, even if those bodies are identical. Macroscopic systems of atoms typically contain so many particles that it would be virtually impossible to follow the behavior of all of the particles involved. Therefore, the behavior of a complete system can only be described or predicted in statistical ways. Under a grant to the NASA Lewis Research Center, scientists at the Case Western Reserve University have been examining the use of modern computing techniques that may be able to investigate and find the behavior of complete systems that have a large number of particles by tracking each particle individually. This is the study of molecular dynamics. In contrast to Monte Carlo techniques, which incorporate uncertainty from the outset, molecular dynamics calculations are fully deterministic. Although it is still impossible to track, even on high-speed computers, each particle in a system of a trillion trillion particles, it has been found that such systems can be well simulated by calculating the trajectories of a few thousand particles. Modern computers and efficient computing strategies have been used to calculate the behavior of a few physical systems and are now being employed to study important problems such as supersonic flows in the laboratory and in space. In particular, an animated video (available in mpeg format--4.4 MB) was produced by Dr. M.J. Woo, now a National Research Council fellow at Lewis, and the G-VIS laboratory at Lewis. This video shows the behavior of supersonic shocks produced by pistons in enclosed cylinders by following exactly the behavior of thousands of particles. The major assumptions made were that the particles involved were hard spheres and that all collisions with the walls and with other particles were fully elastic. The animated video was voted one of two
L. Taylor
2011-01-01
The CMS Communications Group, established at the start of 2010, has been busy in all three areas of its responsibility: (1) Communications Infrastructure, (2) Information Systems, and (3) Outreach and Education. Communications Infrastructure There are now 55 CMS Centres worldwide that are well used by physicists working on remote CMS shifts, Computing operations, data quality monitoring, data analysis and outreach. The CMS Centre@CERN in Meyrin, is the centre of the CMS offline and computing operations, hosting dedicated analysis efforts such as during the CMS Heavy Ion lead-lead running. With a majority of CMS sub-detectors now operating in a “shifterless” mode, many monitoring operations are now routinely performed from there, rather than in the main Control Room at P5. The CMS Communications Group, CERN IT and the EVO team are providing excellent videoconferencing support for the rapidly-increasing number of CMS meetings. In parallel, CERN IT and ...
Møller Larsen, Marcus; Pedersen, Torben; Slepniov, Dmitrij
2010-01-01
The last years’ rather adventurous journey from 2004 to 2009 had taught the fifth-largest toy-maker in the world - the LEGO Group - the importance of managing the global supply chain effectively. In order to survive the largest internal financial crisis in its roughly 70 years of existence......, the management had, among many initiatives, decided to offshore and outsource a major chunk of its production to Flextronics. In this pursuit of rapid cost-cutting sourcing advantages, the LEGO Group planned to license out as much as 80 per cent of its production besides closing down major parts...... of the production in high cost countries. Confident with the prospects of the new partnership, the company signed a long-term contract with Flextronics. This decision eventually proved itself to have been too hasty, however. Merely three years after the contracts were signed, LEGO management announced that it would...
Tychsen, Anders; Hitchens, Michael; Brolund, Thea
2008-01-01
of group dynamics, the influence of the fictional game characters and the comparative play experience between the two formats. The results indicate that group dynamics and the relationship between the players and their digital characters, are integral to the quality of the gaming experience in multiplayer......Role-playing games (RPGs) are a well-known game form, existing in a number of formats, including tabletop, live action, and various digital forms. Despite their popularity, empirical studies of these games are relatively rare. In particular there have been few examinations of the effects...... of the various formats used by RPGs on the gaming experience. This article presents the results of an empirical study, examining how multi-player tabletop RPGs are affected as they are ported to the digital medium. Issues examined include the use of disposition assessments to predict play experience, the effect...
Ahrens, Thomas J.; Okeefe, J. D.; Smither, C.; Takata, T.
1991-01-01
In the course of carrying out finite difference calculations, it was discovered that for large craters, a previously unrecognized type of crater (diameter) growth occurred which was called lip wave propagation. This type of growth is illustrated for an impact of a 1000 km (2a) silicate bolide at 12 km/sec (U) onto a silicate half-space at earth gravity (1 g). The von Misses crustal strength is 2.4 kbar. The motion at the crater lip associated with this wave type phenomena is up, outward, and then down, similar to the particle motion of a surface wave. It is shown that the crater diameter has grown d/a of approximately 25 to d/a of approximately 4 via lip propagation from Ut/a = 5.56 to 17.0 during the time when rebound occurs. A new code is being used to study partitioning of energy and momentum and cratering efficiency with self gravity for finite-sized objects rather than the previously discussed planetary half-space problems. These are important and fundamental subjects which can be addressed with smoothed particle hydrodynamic (SPH) codes. The SPH method was used to model various problems in astrophysics and planetary physics. The initial work demonstrates that the energy budget for normal and oblique impacts are distinctly different than earlier calculations for silicate projectile impact on a silicate half space. Motivated by the first striking radar images of Venus obtained by Magellan, the effect of the atmosphere on impact cratering was studied. In order the further quantify the processes of meteor break-up and trajectory scattering upon break-up, the reentry physics of meteors striking Venus' atmosphere versus that of the Earth were studied.
Group Connections: Whole Group Teaching.
Griffiths, Dorothy
2002-01-01
A learner-centered approach to adult group instruction involved learners in investigating 20th-century events. The approach allowed learners to concentrate on different activities according to their abilities and gave them opportunities to develop basic skills and practice teamwork. (SK)
Quantum Kaluza-Klein Compactification
Sochichiu, C.
1999-01-01
Kaluza--Klein compactification in quantum field theory is analysed from the perturbation theory viewpoint. Renormalisation group analysis for compactification size dependence of the coupling constant is proposed.
L. Taylor
2011-01-01
The CMS Communications Group has been busy in all three areas of its responsibility: (1) Communications Infrastructure, (2) Information Systems, and (3) Outreach and Education. Communications Infrastructure The 55 CMS Centres worldwide are well used by physicists working on remote CMS shifts, Computing operations, data quality monitoring, data analysis and outreach. The CMS Centre@CERN in Meyrin, is the centre of the CMS Offline and Computing operations, and a number of subdetector shifts can now take place there, rather than in the main Control Room at P5. A new CMS meeting room has been equipped for videoconferencing in building 42, next to building 40. Our building 28 meeting room and the facilities at P5 will be refurbished soon and plans are underway to steadily upgrade the ageing equipment in all 15 CMS meeting rooms at CERN. The CMS evaluation of the Vidyo tool indicates that it is not yet ready to be considered as a potential replacement for EVO. The Communications Group provides the CMS-TV (web) cha...
L. Taylor
2010-01-01
The CMS Communications Group, established at the start of 2010, has been strengthening the activities in all three areas of its responsibility: (1) Communications Infrastructure, (2) Information Systems, and (3) Outreach and Education. Communications Infrastructure The Communications Group has invested a lot of effort to support the operations needs of CMS. Hence, the CMS Centres where physicists work on remote CMS shifts, Data Quality Monitoring, and Data Analysis are running very smoothly. There are now 55 CMS Centres worldwide, up from just 16 at the start of CMS data-taking. The latest to join are Imperial College London, the University of Iowa, and the Università di Napoli. The CMS Centre@CERN in Meyrin, which is now full repaired after the major flooding at the beginning of the year, has been at the centre of CMS offline and computing operations, most recently hosting a large fraction of the CMS Heavy Ion community during the lead-lead run. A number of sub-detector shifts can now take pla...
Giantomassi, Matteo; Huhs, Georg; Waroquiers, David; Gonze, Xavier
2014-03-01
Many-Body Perturbation Theory (MBPT) defines a rigorous framework for the description of excited-state properties based on the Green's function formalism. Within MBPT, one can calculate charged excitations using e.g. Hedin's GW approximation for the electron self-energy. In the same framework, neutral excitations are also well described through the solution of the Bethe-Salpeter equation (BSE). In this talk, we report on the recent developments concerning the parallelization of the MBPT algorithms available in the ABINIT code (www.abinit.org). In particular, we discuss how to improve the parallel efficiency thanks to a hybrid version that employs MPI for the coarse-grained parallelization and OpenMP (a de facto standard for parallel programming on shared memory architectures) for the fine-grained parallelization of the most CPU-intensive parts. Benchmark results obtained with the new implementation are discussed. Finally, we present results for the GW corrections of amorphous SiO2 in the presence of defects and the BSE absorption spectrum. This work has been supported by the Prace project (PaRtnership for Advanced Computing in Europe, http://www.prace-ri.eu).
Calculations of dietary exposure to acrylamide
Boon, P.E.; Mul, de A.; Voet, van der H.; Donkersgoed, van G.; Brette, M.; Klaveren, van J.D.
2005-01-01
In this paper we calculated the usual and acute exposure to acrylamide (AA) in the Dutch population and young children (1-6 years). For this AA levels of different food groups were used as collected by the Institute for Reference Materials and Measurements (IRMM) of the European Commission's Directo
Calculations of dietary exposure to acrylamide
Boon, P.E.; Mul, de A.; Voet, van der H.; Donkersgoed, van G.; Brette, M.; Klaveren, van J.D.
2005-01-01
In this paper we calculated the usual and acute exposure to acrylamide (AA) in the Dutch population and young children (1-6 years). For this AA levels of different food groups were used as collected by the Institute for Reference Materials and Measurements (IRMM) of the European Commission's
The rating reliability calculator
Solomon David J
2004-04-01
Full Text Available Abstract Background Rating scales form an important means of gathering evaluation data. Since important decisions are often based on these evaluations, determining the reliability of rating data can be critical. Most commonly used methods of estimating reliability require a complete set of ratings i.e. every subject being rated must be rated by each judge. Over fifty years ago Ebel described an algorithm for estimating the reliability of ratings based on incomplete data. While his article has been widely cited over the years, software based on the algorithm is not readily available. This paper describes an easy-to-use Web-based utility for estimating the reliability of ratings based on incomplete data using Ebel's algorithm. Methods The program is available public use on our server and the source code is freely available under GNU General Public License. The utility is written in PHP, a common open source imbedded scripting language. The rating data can be entered in a convenient format on the user's personal computer that the program will upload to the server for calculating the reliability and other statistics describing the ratings. Results When the program is run it displays the reliability, number of subject rated, harmonic mean number of judges rating each subject, the mean and standard deviation of the averaged ratings per subject. The program also displays the mean, standard deviation and number of ratings for each subject rated. Additionally the program will estimate the reliability of an average of a number of ratings for each subject via the Spearman-Brown prophecy formula. Conclusion This simple web-based program provides a convenient means of estimating the reliability of rating data without the need to conduct special studies in order to provide complete rating data. I would welcome other researchers revising and enhancing the program.
The Automorphism Groups of the Groups of Order 32p
Becker, Elaine W
2009-01-01
The results of computer computations determining the automorphism groups of the groups of order 32$p$ for $p \\geq 3$ are given in several tables. Presentations for the automorphism groups of the groups of order 32, which in many cases appear as direct product factors in the automorphism groups of order $32p$, are also presented for completeness. Many of the groups of order 32$p$ with a normal sylow $p$-subgroup have automorphism groups of the form: Hol($C_p$)$ \\times $Invariant Factor. A suggestion is made as to how one might determine this invariant factor using only information on the automorphism group of the 2-group associated with the group of order 32$p$, and the normal subgroup of the 2-group associated with the extension of the group of order $32p$. Some general comments on the groups of order $32p^2$ and their automorphism groups are made. A few explicit calculations for the groups of order $32p^2$ are reported here. Knowing the automorphism groups for the groups of order $32p$ enables us to explicit...
L. Taylor
2011-01-01
Communications Infrastructure The 55 CMS Centres worldwide are well used by physicists working on remote CMS shifts, Computing operations, data quality monitoring, data analysis and outreach. The CMS Centre@CERN in Meyrin is particularly busy at the moment, hosting about 50 physicists taking part in the heavy-ion data-taking and analysis. Three new CMS meeting room will be equipped for videoconferencing in early 2012: 40/5B-08, 42/R-031, and 28/S-029. The CMS-TV service showing LHC Page 1, CMS Page 1, etc. (http://cmsdoc.cern.ch/cmscc/projector/index.jsp) is now also available for mobile devices: http://cern.ch/mcmstv. Figure 12: Screenshots of CMS-TV for mobile devices Information Systems CMS has a new web site: (http://cern.ch/cms) using a modern web Content Management System to ensure content and links are managed and updated easily and coherently. It covers all CMS sub-projects and groups, replacing the iCMS internal pages. It also incorporates the existing CMS public web site (http:/...
L. Taylor
2012-01-01
Outreach and Education We are fortunate that our research has captured the public imagination, even though this inevitably puts us under the global media spotlight, as we saw with the Higgs seminar at CERN in December, which had 110,000 distinct webcast viewers. The media interest was huge with 71 media organisations registering to come to CERN to cover the Higgs seminar, which was followed by a press briefing with the DG and Spokespersons. This event resulted in about 2,000 generally positive stories in the global media. For this seminar, the CMS Communications Group prepared up-to-date news and public material, including links to the CMS results, animations and event displays [http://cern.ch/go/Ch8thttp://cern.ch/go/Ch8t]. There were 44,000 page-views on the CMS public website, with the Higgs news article being by far the most popular item. CMS event displays from iSpy are fast becoming the iconic media images, featuring on numerous major news outlets (BBC, CNN, MSN...) as well as in the sci...
L. Taylor
2010-01-01
The recently established CMS Communications Group, led by Lucas Taylor, has been busy in all three of its main are areas of responsibility: Communications Infrastructure, Information Systems, and Outreach and Education Communications Infrastructure The damage caused by the flooding of the CMS Centre@CERN on 21st December has been completely repaired and all systems are back in operation. Major repairs were made to the roofs, ceilings and one third of the floor had to be completely replaced. Throughout these works, the CMS Centre was kept operating and even hosted a major press event for first 7 TeV collisions, as described below. Incremental work behind the scenes is steadily improving the quality of the CMS communications infrastructure, particularly Webcasting, video conferencing, and meeting rooms at CERN. CERN/IT is also deploying a pilot service of a new videoconference tool called Vidyo, to assess whether it might provide an enhanced service at a lower cost, compared to the EVO tool currently in w...
Reflection and transmission of conformal perturbation defects
Brunner, Ilka
2015-01-01
We consider reflection and transmission of interfaces which implement renormalisation group flows between conformal fixed points in two dimensions. Such an RG interface is constructed from the identity defect in the ultraviolet CFT by perturbing the theory on one side of the defect line. We compute reflection and transmission coefficients in perturbation theory to third order in the coupling constant and check our calculations against exact constructions of RG interfaces between coset models.
E6Tensors: A Mathematica Package for E6 Tensors
Deppisch, Thomas
2016-01-01
We present the Mathematica package E6Tensors, a tool for explicit tensor calculations in E6 gauge theories. In addition to matrix expressions for the group generators of E6, it provides structure constants, various higher rank tensors and expressions for the representations 27, 78, 351 and 351'. This paper comes along with a short manual including physically relevant examples. I further give a complete list of gauge invariant, renormalisable terms for superpotentials and Lagrangians.
New Arsenic Cross Section Calculations
Kawano, Toshihiko [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)
2015-03-04
This report presents calculations for the new arsenic cross section. Cross sections for ^{73,74,75} As above the resonance range were calculated with a newly developed Hauser-Feshbach code, CoH3.
Cosmological Calculations on the GPU
Bard, Deborah; Allen, Mark T; Yepremyan, Hasmik; Kratochvil, Jan M
2012-01-01
Cosmological measurements require the calculation of nontrivial quantities over large datasets. The next generation of survey telescopes (such as DES, PanSTARRS, and LSST) will yield measurements of billions of galaxies. The scale of these datasets, and the nature of the calculations involved, make cosmological calculations ideal models for implementation on graphics processing units (GPUs). We consider two cosmological calculations, the two-point angular correlation function and the aperture mass statistic, and aim to improve the calculation time by constructing code for calculating them on the GPU. Using CUDA, we implement the two algorithms on the GPU and compare the calculation speeds to comparable code run on the CPU. We obtain a code speed-up of between 10 - 180x faster, compared to performing the same calculation on the CPU. The code has been made publicly available.
Gutzwiller renormalization group
Lanatà, Nicola; Yao, Yong-Xin; Deng, Xiaoyu; Wang, Cai-Zhuang; Ho, Kai-Ming; Kotliar, Gabriel
2016-01-01
We develop a variational scheme called the "Gutzwiller renormalization group" (GRG), which enables us to calculate the ground state of Anderson impurity models (AIM) with arbitrary numerical precision. Our method exploits the low-entanglement property of the ground state of local Hamiltonians in combination with the framework of the Gutzwiller wave function and indicates that the ground state of the AIM has a very simple structure, which can be represented very accurately in terms of a surprisingly small number of variational parameters. We perform benchmark calculations of the single-band AIM that validate our theory and suggest that the GRG might enable us to study complex systems beyond the reach of the other methods presently available and pave the way to interesting generalizations, e.g., to nonequilibrium transport in nanostructures.
DFT calculations with the exact functional
Burke, Kieron
2014-03-01
I will discuss several works in which we calculate the exact exchange-correlation functional of density functional theory, mostly using the density-matrix renormalization group method invented by Steve White, our collaborator. We demonstrate that a Mott-Hubard insulator is a band metal. We also perform Kohn-Sham DFT calculations with the exact functional and prove that a simple algoritm always converges. But we find convergence becomes harder as correlations get stronger. An example from transport through molecular wires may also be discussed. Work supported by DOE grant DE-SC008696.
From mapping class groups to automorphism groups of free groups
Wahl, Nathalie
2005-01-01
We show that the natural map from the mapping class groups of surfaces to the automorphism groups of free groups, induces an infinite loop map on the classifying spaces of the stable groups after plus construction. The proof uses automorphisms of free groups with boundaries which play the role...... of mapping class groups of surfaces with several boundary components....
Equilibrium calculations of firework mixtures
Hobbs, M.L. [Sandia National Labs., Albuquerque, NM (United States); Tanaka, Katsumi; Iida, Mitsuaki; Matsunaga, Takehiro [National Inst. of Materials and Chemical Research, Tsukuba, Ibaraki (Japan)
1994-12-31
Thermochemical equilibrium calculations have been used to calculate detonation conditions for typical firework components including three report charges, two display charges, and black powder which is used as a fuse or launch charge. Calculations were performed with a modified version of the TIGER code which allows calculations with 900 gaseous and 600 condensed product species at high pressure. The detonation calculations presented in this paper are thought to be the first report on the theoretical study of firework detonation. Measured velocities for two report charges are available and compare favorably to predicted detonation velocities. However, the measured velocities may not be true detonation velocities. Fast deflagration rather than an ideal detonation occurs when reactants contain significant amounts of slow reacting constituents such as aluminum or titanium. Despite such uncertainties in reacting pyrotechnics, the detonation calculations do show the complex nature of condensed phase formation at elevated pressures and give an upper bound for measured velocities.
Global nuclear-structure calculations
Moeller, P.; Nix, J.R.
1990-04-20
The revival of interest in nuclear ground-state octupole deformations that occurred in the 1980's was stimulated by observations in 1980 of particularly large deviations between calculated and experimental masses in the Ra region, in a global calculation of nuclear ground-state masses. By minimizing the total potential energy with respect to octupole shape degrees of freedom in addition to {epsilon}{sub 2} and {epsilon}{sub 4} used originally, a vastly improved agreement between calculated and experimental masses was obtained. To study the global behavior and interrelationships between other nuclear properties, we calculate nuclear ground-state masses, spins, pairing gaps and {Beta}-decay and half-lives and compare the results to experimental qualities. The calculations are based on the macroscopic-microscopic approach, with the microscopic contributions calculated in a folded-Yukawa single-particle potential.
Ising and Gross-Neveu model in next-to-leading order
Knorr, Benjamin
2016-01-01
We study scalar and chiral fermionic models in next-to-leading order with the help of the functional renormalisation group. Their critical behaviour is of special interest in condensed matter systems, in particular graphene. To derive the beta functions, we make extensive use of computer algebra. The resulting flow equations were solved with pseudo-spectral methods to guarantee high accuracy. New estimates on critical quantities for both the Ising and the Gross-Neveu model are provided. For the Ising model, the estimates agree with earlier renormalisation group studies of the same level of approximation. By contrast, the approximation for the Gross-Neveu model retains many more operators than all earlier studies. For two Dirac fermions, the results agree with both lattice and large-$N_f$ calculations, but for a single flavour, different methods disagree quantitatively, and further studies are necessary.
CALCULATION OF LASER CUTTING COSTS
Bogdan Nedic
2016-09-01
Full Text Available The paper presents description methods of metal cutting and calculation of treatment costs based on model that is developed on Faculty of mechanical engineering in Kragujevac. Based on systematization and analysis of large number of calculation models of cutting with unconventional methods, mathematical model is derived, which is used for creating a software for calculation costs of metal cutting. Software solution enables resolving the problem of calculating the cost of laser cutting, comparison' of costs made by other unconventional methods and provides documentation that consists of reports on estimated costs.
Mkrtchyan, H G
2003-01-01
Little groups for preon branes (i.e. configurations of branes with maximal (n-1)/n fraction of survived supersymmetry) for dimensions d=2,3,...,11 are calculated for all massless, and partially for massive orbits. For massless orbits little groups are semidirect product of d-2 translational group $T_{d-2}$ on a subgroup of (SO(d-2) $\\times$ R-invariance) group. E.g. at d=9 the subgroup is exceptional $G_2$ group. It is also argued, that 11d Majorana spinor invariants, which distinguish orbits, are actually invariant under d=2+10 Lorentz group. Possible applications of these results include construction of field theories in generalized space-times with brane charges coordinates, different problems of group's representations decompositions, spin-statistics issues.
MKRTCHYAN, H.; MKRTCHYAN, R.
Little groups for preon branes (i.e. configurations of branes with maximal (n-1)/n fraction of survived supersymmetry) for dimensions d=2,3,…,11 are calculated for all massless, and partially for massive orbits. For massless orbits little groups are semidirect product of d-2 translational group Td-2 on a subgroup of (SO(d-2) × R-invariance) group. E.g. at d=9 the subgroup is exceptional G2 group. It is also argued, that 11D Majorana spinor invariants, which distinguish orbits, are actually invariant under d=2+10 Lorentz group. Possible applications of these results include construction of field theories in generalized spacetimes with brane charges coordinates, different problems of group's representations decompositions, spin-statistics issues.
Calculation of Spectra of Solids:
Lindgård, Per-Anker
1975-01-01
The Gilat-Raubenheimer method simplified to tetrahedron division is used to calculate the real and imaginary part of the dynamical response function for electrons. A frequency expansion for the real part is discussed. The Lindhard function is calculated as a test for numerical accuracy. The condu...
Calculator. Owning a Small Business.
Parma City School District, OH.
Seven activities are presented in this student workbook designed for an exploration of small business ownership and the use of the calculator in this career. Included are simulated situations in which students must use a calculator to compute property taxes; estimate payroll taxes and franchise taxes; compute pricing, approximate salaries,…
Calculating charged defects using CRYSTAL
Bailey, Christine L.; Liborio, Leandro; Mallia, Giuseppe; Tomić, Stanko; Harrison, Nicholas M.
2010-07-01
The methodology for the calculation of charged defects using the CRYSTAL program is discussed. Two example calculations are used to illustrate the methodology: He+ ions in a vacuum and two intrinsic charged defects, Cu vacancies and Ga substitution for Cu, in the chalcopyrite CuGaS2.
Economic calculation in socialist countries
Ellman, M.; Durlauf, S.N.; Blume, L.E.
2008-01-01
In the 1930s, when the classical socialist system emerged, economic decisions were based not on detailed and precise economic methods of calculation but on rough and ready political methods. An important method of economic calculation - particularly in the post-Stalin period - was that of
Closure and Sealing Design Calculation
T. Lahnalampi; J. Case
2005-08-26
The purpose of the ''Closure and Sealing Design Calculation'' is to illustrate closure and sealing methods for sealing shafts, ramps, and identify boreholes that require sealing in order to limit the potential of water infiltration. In addition, this calculation will provide a description of the magma that can reduce the consequences of an igneous event intersecting the repository. This calculation will also include a listing of the project requirements related to closure and sealing. The scope of this calculation is to: summarize applicable project requirements and codes relating to backfilling nonemplacement openings, removal of uncommitted materials from the subsurface, installation of drip shields, and erecting monuments; compile an inventory of boreholes that are found in the area of the subsurface repository; describe the magma bulkhead feature and location; and include figures for the proposed shaft and ramp seals. The objective of this calculation is to: categorize the boreholes for sealing by depth and proximity to the subsurface repository; develop drawing figures which show the location and geometry for the magma bulkhead; include the shaft seal figures and a proposed construction sequence; and include the ramp seal figure and a proposed construction sequence. The intent of this closure and sealing calculation is to support the License Application by providing a description of the closure and sealing methods for the Safety Analysis Report. The closure and sealing calculation will also provide input for Post Closure Activities by describing the location of the magma bulkhead. This calculation is limited to describing the final configuration of the sealing and backfill systems for the underground area. The methods and procedures used to place the backfill and remove uncommitted materials (such as concrete) from the repository and detailed design of the magma bulkhead will be the subject of separate analyses or calculations. Post
Fuel depletion calculation in MTR-LEU NUR reactor
Zeggar Foudil
2008-01-01
Full Text Available In this article, we present the results of a few energy groups calculations for the NUR reactor fuel depletion analysis up to 45 000 MWd/tU taken as the maximum fuel burn up. The WIMSD-4 cell code has been employed as a calculation tool. In this study, we are interested in actinides such as the uranium and plutonium isotopes, as well as fission products Xe-135, Sm-149, Sm-151, Eu-155, and Gd-157. Calculation results regarding the five energy groups are in a good agreement with those obtained with only two energy groups which can, therefore, be used in all subsequent calculations. Calculation results presented in this article can be used as a microscopic data base for estimating the amount of radioactive sources randomly dispersed in the environment. They can also be used to monitor the fuel assemblies inventory at the core level.
Methodological studies on the VVER-440 control assembly calculations
Hordosy, G.; Kereszturi, A.; Maraczy, C. [KFKI Atomic Energy Research Institute, Budapest (Hungary)
1995-12-31
The control assembly regions of VVER-440 reactors are represented by 2-group albedo matrices in the global calculations of the KARATE code system. Some methodological aspects of calculating albedo matrices with the COLA transport code are presented. Illustrations are given how these matrices depend on the relevant parameters describing the boron steel and steel regions of the control assemblies. The calculation of the response matrix for a node consisting of two parts filled with different materials is discussed.
Practical astronomy with your calculator
Duffett-Smith, Peter
1989-01-01
Practical Astronomy with your Calculator, first published in 1979, has enjoyed immense success. The author's clear and easy to follow routines enable you to solve a variety of practical and recreational problems in astronomy using a scientific calculator. Mathematical complexity is kept firmly in the background, leaving just the elements necessary for swiftly making calculations. The major topics are: time, coordinate systems, the Sun, the planetary system, binary stars, the Moon, and eclipses. In the third edition there are entirely new sections on generalised coordinate transformations, nutr
The Collective Practice of Calculation
Schrøder, Ida
on the idea that professions are hybrids by introducing the notion of qualculation as an entry point to investigate decision-making in child protection work as an extreme case of calculating on the basis of other elements than quantitative numbers. The analysis reveals that it takes both calculation...... and judgement to reach decisions to invest in social services. The line is not drawn between the two, but between the material arrangements that make decisions possible. This implies that the insisting on qualitatively based decisions gives the professionals agency to collectively engage in practical...... arrangements that affords calculations of both qualitative measures of the individual case and distant accounting numbers....
Explosion Calculations of SN1087
Wooden, Diane H.; Morrison, David (Technical Monitor)
1994-01-01
Explosion calculations of SNT1987A generate pictures of Rayleigh-Taylor fingers of radioactive Ni-56 which are boosted to velocities of several thousand km/s. From the KAO observations of the mid-IR iron lines, a picture of the iron in the ejecta emerges which is consistent with the "frothy iron fingers" having expanded to fill about 50% of the metal-rich volume of the ejecta. The ratio of the nickel line intensities yields a high ionization fraction of greater than or equal to 0.9 in the volume associated with the iron-group elements at day 415, before dust condenses in the ejecta. From the KAO observations of the dust's thermal emission, it is deduced that when the grains condense their infrared radiation is trapped, their apparent opacity is gray, and they have a surface area filling factor of about 50%. The dust emission from SN1987A is featureless: no 9.7 micrometer silicate feature, nor PAH features, nor dust emission features of any kind are seen at any time. The total dust opacity increases with time even though the surface area filling factor and the dust/gas ratio remain constant. This suggests that the dust forms along coherent structures which can maintain their radial line-of-sight opacities, i.e., along fat fingers. The coincidence of the filling factor of the dust and the filling factor of the iron strongly suggests that the dust condenses within the iron, and therefore the dust is iron-rich. It only takes approximately 4 x 10(exp -4) solar mass of dust for the ejecta to be optically thick out to approximately 100 micrometers; a lower limit of 4 x 10(exp -4) solar mass of condensed grains exists in the metal-rich volume, but much more dust could be present. The episode of dust formation started at about 530 days and proceeded rapidly, so that by 600 days 45% of the bolometric luminosity was being emitted in the IR; by 775 days, 86% of the bolometric luminosity was being reradiated by the dust. Measurements of the bolometric luminosity of SN1987A from
Transfer Area Mechanical Handling Calculation
B. Dianda
2004-06-23
This calculation is intended to support the License Application (LA) submittal of December 2004, in accordance with the directive given by DOE correspondence received on the 27th of January 2004 entitled: ''Authorization for Bechtel SAX Company L.L. C. to Include a Bare Fuel Handling Facility and Increased Aging Capacity in the License Application, Contract Number DE-AC28-01R W12101'' (Arthur, W.J., I11 2004). This correspondence was appended by further Correspondence received on the 19th of February 2004 entitled: ''Technical Direction to Bechtel SAIC Company L.L. C. for Surface Facility Improvements, Contract Number DE-AC28-OIRW12101; TDL No. 04-024'' (BSC 2004a). These documents give the authorization for a Fuel Handling Facility to be included in the baseline. The purpose of this calculation is to establish preliminary bounding equipment envelopes and weights for the Fuel Handling Facility (FHF) transfer areas equipment. This calculation provides preliminary information only to support development of facility layouts and preliminary load calculations. The limitations of this preliminary calculation lie within the assumptions of section 5 , as this calculation is part of an evolutionary design process. It is intended that this calculation is superseded as the design advances to reflect information necessary to support License Application. The design choices outlined within this calculation represent a demonstration of feasibility and may or may not be included in the completed design. This calculation provides preliminary weight, dimensional envelope, and equipment position in building for the purposes of defining interface variables. This calculation identifies and sizes major equipment and assemblies that dictate overall equipment dimensions and facility interfaces. Sizing of components is based on the selection of commercially available products, where applicable. This is not a specific recommendation for the future use
Vibrational Spectra and Quantum Calculations of Ethylbenzene
Jian Wang; Xue-jun Qiu; Yan-mei Wang; Song Zhang; Bing Zhang
2012-01-01
Normal vibrations of ethylbenzene in the first excited state have been studied using resonant two-photon ionization spectroscopy.The band origin of ethylbenzene of S1←S0 transition appeared at 37586 cm-1.A vibrational spectrum of 2000 cm-1 above the band origin in the first excited state has been obtained.Several chain torsions and normal vibrations are obtained in the spectrum.The energies of the first excited state are calculated by the time-dependent density function theory and configuration interaction singles (CIS) methods with various basis sets.The optimized structures and vibrational frequencies of the S0 and S1 states are calculated using Hartree-Fock and CIS methods with 6-311++G(2d,2p) basis set.The calculated geometric structures in the S0 and S1 states are gauche conformations that the symmetric plane of ethyl group is perpendicular to the ring plane.All the observed spectral bands have been successfully assigned with the help of our calculations.
IOL Power Calculation after Corneal Refractive Surgery
Maddalena De Bernardo
2014-01-01
Full Text Available Purpose. To describe the different formulas that try to overcome the problem of calculating the intraocular lens (IOL power in patients that underwent corneal refractive surgery (CRS. Methods. A Pubmed literature search review of all published articles, on keyword associated with IOL power calculation and corneal refractive surgery, as well as the reference lists of retrieved articles, was performed. Results. A total of 33 peer reviewed articles dealing with methods that try to overcome the problem of calculating the IOL power in patients that underwent CRS were found. According to the information needed to try to overcome this problem, the methods were divided in two main categories: 18 methods were based on the knowledge of the patient clinical history and 15 methods that do not require such knowledge. The first group was further divided into five subgroups based on the parameters needed to make such calculation. Conclusion. In the light of our findings, to avoid postoperative nasty surprises, we suggest using only those methods that have shown good results in a large number of patients, possibly by averaging the results obtained with these methods.
Calculation of Rydberg interaction potentials
Weber, Sebastian; Tresp, Christoph; Menke, Henri; Urvoy, Alban; Firstenberg, Ofer; Büchler, Hans Peter; Hofferberth, Sebastian
2017-07-01
The strong interaction between individual Rydberg atoms provides a powerful tool exploited in an ever-growing range of applications in quantum information science, quantum simulation and ultracold chemistry. One hallmark of the Rydberg interaction is that both its strength and angular dependence can be fine-tuned with great flexibility by choosing appropriate Rydberg states and applying external electric and magnetic fields. More and more experiments are probing this interaction at short atomic distances or with such high precision that perturbative calculations as well as restrictions to the leading dipole-dipole interaction term are no longer sufficient. In this tutorial, we review all relevant aspects of the full calculation of Rydberg interaction potentials. We discuss the derivation of the interaction Hamiltonian from the electrostatic multipole expansion, numerical and analytical methods for calculating the required electric multipole moments and the inclusion of electromagnetic fields with arbitrary direction. We focus specifically on symmetry arguments and selection rules, which greatly reduce the size of the Hamiltonian matrix, enabling the direct diagonalization of the Hamiltonian up to higher multipole orders on a desktop computer. Finally, we present example calculations showing the relevance of the full interaction calculation to current experiments. Our software for calculating Rydberg potentials including all features discussed in this tutorial is available as open source.
A Romberg Integral Spreadsheet Calculator
Kim Gaik Tay
2015-04-01
Full Text Available Motivated by the work of Richardson’s extrapolation spreadsheet calculator up to level 4 to approximate definite differentiation, we have developed a Romberg integral spreadsheet calculator to approximate definite integral. The main feature of this version of spreadsheet calculator is a friendly graphical user interface developed to capture the needed information to solve the integral by Romberg method. Users simply need to enter the variable in the integral, function to be integrated, lower and upper limits of the integral, select the desired accuracy of computation, select the exact function if it exists and lastly click the Compute button which is associated with VBA programming written to compute Romberg integral table. The full solution of the Romberg integral table up to any level can be obtained quickly and easily using this method. The attached spreadsheet calculator together with this paper helps educators to prepare their marking scheme easily and assist students in checking their answers instead of reconstructing the answers from scratch. A summative evaluation of this Romberg Spreadsheet Calculator has been conducted by involving 36 students as sample. The data was collected using questionnaire. The findings showed that the majority of the students agreed that the Romberg Spreadsheet Calculator provides a structured learning environment that allows learners to be guided through a step-by-step solution.
Veech groups of flat structures on Riemann surfaces
Shinomiya, Yoshihiko
2011-01-01
In this paper, we construct new examples of Veech groups by extending Schmithusen's method for calculating Veech groups of origamis to Veech groups of unramified finite coverings of regular 2n-gons. We show that in our case, the calculations of Veech groups of Abelian coverings always stop.
Integrated Groups and Smooth Distribution Groups
Pedro J. MIANA
2007-01-01
In this paper, we prove directly that α-times integrated groups define algebra homo-morphisms. We also give a theorem of equivalence between smooth distribution groups and α-times integrated groups.
Petsalakis, I D; Georgiadou, D G; Vasilopoulou, M; Pistolis, G; Dimotikali, D; Argitis, P; Theodorakopoulos, G
2010-05-06
A theoretical investigation on the electronic structure of 4-dimethylamino-4'-nitrostilbene (DANS), 4-(dicyanomethylene)-2-methyl-6-p-(dimethylamino) styryl-4H-pyran (DCM), and their protonated forms is presented in an effort to rationalize recent experimental results on the tuning of the emitted color of organic light-emitting diodes through photochemically induced protonation. Density functional theory (DFT) and time-dependent density functional theory (TDDFT) calculations have been carried out on the neutral and protonated forms of DANS and DCM, employing both the B3LYP and the CAM-B3LYP functionals. It was found that the CAM-B3LYP functional leads to better agreement than the B3LYP of the calculated with the experimental absorption lambda(max) for DANS, whereas B3LYP is more appropriate than CAM-B3LYP for DCM. The results of the calculations aid in a rationalization of the observed differences of the spectra of DANS and DCM upon protonation, and in particular those differences that make DANS a more attractive system for absorbance and emission tuning.
Normal mode calculations of trigonal selenium
Hansen, Flemming Yssing; McMurry, H. L.
1980-01-01
symmetry. The intrachain force field is projected from a valence type field including a bond stretch, angle bend, and dihedral torsion. With these coordinates we obtain the strong dispersion of the upper optic modes as observed by neutron scattering, where other models have failed and give flat bands......The phonon dispersion relations for trigonal selenium have been calculated on the basis of a short range potential field model. Electrostatic long range forces have not been included. The force field is defined in terms of symmetrized coordinates which reflect partly the symmetry of the space group....... In this way we have eliminated the ambiguity in the choice of valence coordinates, which has been a problem in previous models which used valence type interactions. Calculated sound velocities and elastic moduli are also given. The Journal of Chemical Physics is copyrighted by The American Institute...
Group typicality, group loyalty and cognitive development.
Patterson, Meagan M
2014-09-01
Over the course of childhood, children's thinking about social groups changes in a variety of ways. Developmental Subjective Group Dynamics (DSGD) theory emphasizes children's understanding of the importance of conforming to group norms. Abrams et al.'s study, which uses DSGD theory as a framework, demonstrates the social cognitive skills underlying young elementary school children's thinking about group norms. Future research on children's thinking about groups and group norms should explore additional elements of this topic, including aspects of typicality beyond loyalty.
Which finite simple groups are unit groups?
Davis, Christopher James; Occhipinti, Tommy
2014-01-01
We prove that if G is a finite simple group which is the unit group of a ring, then G is isomorphic to either (a) a cyclic group of order 2; (b) a cyclic group of prime order 2^k −1 for some k; or (c) a projective special linear group PSLn(F2) for some n ≥ 3. Moreover, these groups do all occur...
Detailed Burnup Calculations for Research Reactors
Leszczynski, F. [Centro Atomico Bariloche (CNEA), 8400 S. C. de Bariloche (Argentina)
2011-07-01
tasks for each burn up step: 1) Monte Carlo criticality calculation of the full system tallying spatial power distribution for each spatial region of interest. 2) Preparation of depletion code input and cross- section libraries from Monte Carlo calculation output and other auxiliary code, including normalized power density of each spatial zone with an auxiliary program. The 1 group cross section library needed for depletion calculations can be obtained with a cell code such as DRAGON4 vs. burn up. 3) Depletion calculations of isotope concentrations on the input burn up time-step. 4) Preparation of Monte Carlo calculation input with the new isotope concentrations output of depletion calculation with other auxiliary program. This sequence is implemented in an automatic way. On the first stages of RRMCQ development, a simplified version has been tested with a set of dependent numerical and experimental benchmarks using standard nuclear data libraries at lattice cell level. Then a full core model has been developed and it is to day used on RA6 reactor of Bariloche Atomic Centre. (author)
2013-01-01
The CERN Administration would like to remind you that staff members and fellows have the possibility to take out a life insurance contract on favourable terms through a Group Life Insurance. This insurance is provided by the company Helvetia and is available to you on a voluntary basis. The premium, which varies depending on the age and gender of the person insured, is calculated on the basis of the amount of the death benefit chosen by the staff member/fellow and can be purchased in slices of 10,000 CHF. The contract normally ends at the retirement age (65/67 years) or when the staff member/fellow leaves the Organization. The premium is deducted monthly from the payroll. Upon retirement, the staff member can opt to maintain his membership under certain conditions. More information about Group Life Insurance can be found at: Regulations (in French) Table of premiums The Pension Fund Benefit Service &...
K1 Group of Finite Dimensional Path Algebra
Xue Jun GUO; Li Bin LI
2001-01-01
In this paper, by calculating the commutator subgroup of the unit group of finite pathalgebra κ/△ and the unit group abelianized, we explicitly characterize the K1 group of finite dimensionalpath algebra over an arbitrary field.
Insertion device calculations with mathematica
Carr, R. [Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Lab., CA (United States); Lidia, S. [Univ. of California, Davis, CA (United States)
1995-02-01
The design of accelerator insertion devices such as wigglers and undulators has usually been aided by numerical modeling on digital computers, using code in high level languages like Fortran. In the present era, there are higher level programming environments like IDL{reg_sign}, MatLab{reg_sign}, and Mathematica{reg_sign} in which these calculations may be performed by writing much less code, and in which standard mathematical techniques are very easily used. The authors present a suite of standard insertion device modeling routines in Mathematica to illustrate the new techniques. These routines include a simple way to generate magnetic fields using blocks of CSEM materials, trajectory solutions from the Lorentz force equations for given magnetic fields, Bessel function calculations of radiation for wigglers and undulators and general radiation calculations for undulators.
MFTF-B performance calculations
Thomassen, K.I.; Jong, R.A.
1982-12-06
In this report we document the operating scenario models and calculations as they exist and comment on those aspects of the models where performance is sensitive to the assumptions that are made. We also focus on areas where improvements need to be made in the mathematical descriptions of phenomena, work which is in progress. To illustrate the process of calculating performance, and to be very specific in our documentation, part 2 of this report contains the complete equations and sequence of calculations used to determine parameters for the MARS mode of operation in MFTF-B. Values for all variables for a particular set of input parameters are also given there. The point design so described is typical, but should be viewed as a snapshot in time of our ongoing estimations and predictions of performance.
Group Cohesion in Experiential Growth Groups
Steen, Sam; Vasserman-Stokes, Elaina; Vannatta, Rachel
2014-01-01
This article explores the effect of web-based journaling on changes in group cohesion within experiential growth groups. Master's students were divided into 2 groups. Both used a web-based platform to journal after each session; however, only 1 of the groups was able to read each other's journals. Quantitative data collected before and…
Molecular calculations with B functions
Steinborn, E O; Ema, I; López, R; Ramírez, G
1998-01-01
A program for molecular calculations with B functions is reported and its performance is analyzed. All the one- and two-center integrals, and the three-center nuclear attraction integrals are computed by direct procedures, using previously developed algorithms. The three- and four-center electron repulsion integrals are computed by means of Gaussian expansions of the B functions. A new procedure for obtaining these expansions is also reported. Some results on full molecular calculations are included to show the capabilities of the program and the quality of the B functions to represent the electronic functions in molecules.
Friction and wear calculation methods
Kragelsky, I V; Kombalov, V S
1981-01-01
Friction and Wear: Calculation Methods provides an introduction to the main theories of a new branch of mechanics known as """"contact interaction of solids in relative motion."""" This branch is closely bound up with other sciences, especially physics and chemistry. The book analyzes the nature of friction and wear, and some theoretical relationships that link the characteristics of the processes and the properties of the contacting bodies essential for practical application of the theories in calculating friction forces and wear values. The effect of the environment on friction and wear is a
Multifragmentation calculated with relativistic forces
Feldmeier, H; Papp, G
1995-01-01
A saturating hamiltonian is presented in a relativistically covariant formalism. The interaction is described by scalar and vector mesons, with coupling strengths adjusted to the nuclear matter. No explicit density depe ndence is assumed. The hamiltonian is applied in a QMD calculation to determine the fragment distribution in O + Br collision at different energies (50 -- 200 MeV/u) to test the applicability of the model at low energies. The results are compared with experiment and with previous non-relativistic calculations. PACS: 25.70Mn, 25.75.+r
Methods for Melting Temperature Calculation
Hong, Qi-Jun
Melting temperature calculation has important applications in the theoretical study of phase diagrams and computational materials screenings. In this thesis, we present two new methods, i.e., the improved Widom's particle insertion method and the small-cell coexistence method, which we developed in order to capture melting temperatures both accurately and quickly. We propose a scheme that drastically improves the efficiency of Widom's particle insertion method by efficiently sampling cavities while calculating the integrals providing the chemical potentials of a physical system. This idea enables us to calculate chemical potentials of liquids directly from first-principles without the help of any reference system, which is necessary in the commonly used thermodynamic integration method. As an example, we apply our scheme, combined with the density functional formalism, to the calculation of the chemical potential of liquid copper. The calculated chemical potential is further used to locate the melting temperature. The calculated results closely agree with experiments. We propose the small-cell coexistence method based on the statistical analysis of small-size coexistence MD simulations. It eliminates the risk of a metastable superheated solid in the fast-heating method, while also significantly reducing the computer cost relative to the traditional large-scale coexistence method. Using empirical potentials, we validate the method and systematically study the finite-size effect on the calculated melting points. The method converges to the exact result in the limit of a large system size. An accuracy within 100 K in melting temperature is usually achieved when the simulation contains more than 100 atoms. DFT examples of Tantalum, high-pressure Sodium, and ionic material NaCl are shown to demonstrate the accuracy and flexibility of the method in its practical applications. The method serves as a promising approach for large-scale automated material screening in which
Zimpfer, David G.
1992-01-01
Lists 21 new publications in group work, of which 9 are reviewed. Those discussed include publications on group counseling and psychotherapy, structured groups, support groups, psychodrama, and social group work. (Author/NB)
Vibrational Density Matrix Renormalization Group.
Baiardi, Alberto; Stein, Christopher J; Barone, Vincenzo; Reiher, Markus
2017-08-08
Variational approaches for the calculation of vibrational wave functions and energies are a natural route to obtain highly accurate results with controllable errors. Here, we demonstrate how the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) can be exploited to optimize vibrational wave functions (vDMRG) expressed as matrix product states. We study the convergence of these calculations with respect to the size of the local basis of each mode, the number of renormalized block states, and the number of DMRG sweeps required. We demonstrate the high accuracy achieved by vDMRG for small molecules that were intensively studied in the literature. We then proceed to show that the complete fingerprint region of the sarcosyn-glycin dipeptide can be calculated with vDMRG.
Theoretical Calculation of MMF's Bandwidth
LI Xiao-fu; JIANG De-sheng; YU Hai-hu
2004-01-01
The difference between over-filled launch bandwidth (OFL BW) and restricted mode launch bandwidth (RML BW) is described. A theoretical model is founded to calculate the OFL BW of grade index multimode fiber (GI-MMF),and the result is useful to guide the modification of the manufacturing method.
Data Acquisition and Flux Calculations
Rebmann, C.; Kolle, O; Heinesch, B;
2012-01-01
In this chapter, the basic theory and the procedures used to obtain turbulent fluxes of energy, mass, and momentum with the eddy covariance technique will be detailed. This includes a description of data acquisition, pretreatment of high-frequency data and flux calculation....
Calculations for cosmic axion detection
Krauss, L.; Moody, J.; Wilczek, F.; Morris, D. E.
1985-01-01
Calculations are presented, using properly nomalized couplings and masses for Dine-Fischler-Srednicki axions, of power rates and signal temperatures for axion-photon conversion in microwave cavities. The importance of the galactic-halo axion line shape is emphasized. Spin-coupled detection as an alternative to magnetic-field-coupled detection is mentioned.
ITER Port Interspace Pressure Calculations
Carbajo, Juan J [ORNL; Van Hove, Walter A [ORNL
2016-01-01
The ITER Vacuum Vessel (VV) is equipped with 54 access ports. Each of these ports has an opening in the bioshield that communicates with a dedicated port cell. During Tokamak operation, the bioshield opening must be closed with a concrete plug to shield the radiation coming from the plasma. This port plug separates the port cell into a Port Interspace (between VV closure lid and Port Plug) on the inner side and the Port Cell on the outer side. This paper presents calculations of pressures and temperatures in the ITER (Ref. 1) Port Interspace after a double-ended guillotine break (DEGB) of a pipe of the Tokamak Cooling Water System (TCWS) with high temperature water. It is assumed that this DEGB occurs during the worst possible conditions, which are during water baking operation, with water at a temperature of 523 K (250 C) and at a pressure of 4.4 MPa. These conditions are more severe than during normal Tokamak operation, with the water at 398 K (125 C) and 2 MPa. Two computer codes are employed in these calculations: RELAP5-3D Version 4.2.1 (Ref. 2) to calculate the blowdown releases from the pipe break, and MELCOR, Version 1.8.6 (Ref. 3) to calculate the pressures and temperatures in the Port Interspace. A sensitivity study has been performed to optimize some flow areas.
Affect and Graphing Calculator Use
McCulloch, Allison W.
2011-01-01
This article reports on a qualitative study of six high school calculus students designed to build an understanding about the affect associated with graphing calculator use in independent situations. DeBellis and Goldin's (2006) framework for affect as a representational system was used as a lens through which to understand the ways in which…
Ab Initio Calculations of Oxosulfatovanadates
Frøberg, Torben; Johansen, Helge
1996-01-01
Restricted Hartree-Fock and multi-configurational self-consistent-field calculations together with secondorder perturbation theory have been used to study the geometry, the electron density, and the electronicspectrum of (VO2SO4)-. A bidentate sulphate attachment to vanadium was found to be stable...
Dead reckoning calculating without instruments
Doerfler, Ronald W
1993-01-01
No author has gone as far as Doerfler in covering methods of mental calculation beyond simple arithmetic. Even if you have no interest in competing with computers you'll learn a great deal about number theory and the art of efficient computer programming. -Martin Gardner
A group theoretic approach to quantum information
Hayashi, Masahito
2017-01-01
This textbook is the first one addressing quantum information from the viewpoint of group symmetry. Quantum systems have a group symmetrical structure. This structure enables to handle systematically quantum information processing. However, there is no other textbook focusing on group symmetry for quantum information although there exist many textbooks for group representation. After the mathematical preparation of quantum information, this book discusses quantum entanglement and its quantification by using group symmetry. Group symmetry drastically simplifies the calculation of several entanglement measures although their calculations are usually very difficult to handle. This book treats optimal information processes including quantum state estimation, quantum state cloning, estimation of group action and quantum channel etc. Usually it is very difficult to derive the optimal quantum information processes without asymptotic setting of these topics. However, group symmetry allows to derive these optimal solu...
Group theories: relevance to group safety studies.
Benevento, A L
1998-01-01
Promoting safety in the workplace has been attempted in a variety of ways. Increasingly, industries are using groups such as safety teams and quality circles to promote worker safety. Group influences on individual behavior and attitudes have long been studied in the social psychology literature, but the theories have not been commonly found outside the psychology arena. This paper describes the group theories of group polarization, risky shift, social loafing, groupthink and team think and attempts to apply these theories to existing studies that examine work group influences on safety. Interesting parallels were found but only one study examined group influences as their primary focus of research. Since groups are increasingly used for safety promotion, future research on safety that studies group influences with respect to current group theories is recommended.
Kloosterman sheaves for reductive groups
Heinloth, Jochen; Yun, Zhiwei
2010-01-01
Deligne constructed a remarkable local system on $\\bP^1-\\{0,\\infty\\}$ attached to a family of Kloosterman sums. Katz calculated its monodromy and asked whether there are Kloosterman sheaves for general reductive groups and which automorphic forms should be attached to these local systems under the Langlands correspondence. Motivated by work of Gross and Frenkel-Gross we find an explicit family of such automorphic forms and even a simple family of automorphic sheaves in the framework of the geometric Langlands program. We use these automorphic sheaves to construct l-adic Kloosterman sheaves for any reductive group in a uniform way, and describe the local and global monodromy of these Kloosterman sheaves. In particular, they give motivic Galois representations with exceptional monodromy groups G_2,F_4,E_7 and E_8. This also gives an example of the geometric Langlands correspondence with wild ramifications for any reductive group.
Reactivity of Tourmaline by Quantum Chemical Calculations
无
2007-01-01
ZnAb initio calculations on reactivity of tourmaline were performed using both Gaussian and density function theory discrete variation method (DFT-DVM). The HF, B3LYP methods and basis sets STO-3G(3d,3p),6-31G(3d,3p) and 6-311++G(3df,3pd) were used in the calculations. The experimental results show energy value obtained from B3LYP and 6-31++1G(3df,3pd) basis sets is more accurate than those from other methods. The highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of the tourmaline cluster mainly consists of O atom of hydroxyl group with relative higher energy level, suggesting that chemical bond between those of electron acceptor and this site may readily form, indicating the higher reactivity of hydroxyl group. The lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO) of the tourmaline cluster are dominantly composed of Si, O of tetrahedron and Na with relative lower energy level, suggesting that these atoms may tend to form chemical bond with those of electron donor. The results also prove that the O atoms of the tourmaline cluster have stronger reactivity than other atoms.
Magnetic translation groups as group extension
Florek, Wojciech
1998-01-01
Extensions of a direct product T of two cyclic groups Z_n1 and Z_n2 by an Abelian (gauge) group G with the trivial action of T on G are considered. All possible (nonequivalent) factor systems are determined using the Mac Lane method. Some of resulting groups describe magnetic translation groups. As examples extensions with G=U(1) and G=Z_n are considered and discussed.
The Dental Trauma Internet Calculator
Gerds, Thomas Alexander; Lauridsen, Eva Fejerskov; Christensen, Søren Steno Ahrensburg
2012-01-01
Background/Aim Prediction tools are increasingly used to inform patients about the future dental health outcome. Advanced statistical methods are required to arrive at unbiased predictions based on follow-up studies. Material and Methods The Internet risk calculator at the Dental Trauma Guide pro...... were based on the tooth’s root development stage and other risk factors at the time of the injury. Conclusions This article explains the data base, the functionality and the statistical approach of the Internet risk calculator....... injuries: concussion, sub-luxation, extrusion, lateral luxation, intrusion, avulsion, crown fractures without luxation, root fractures and avulsion. The prognoses for pulp necrosis, pulp canal obliteration, infection related root resorption, ankylosis, surface resorption, marginal bone loss and tooth loss...
CONTRIBUTION FOR MINING ATMOSPHERE CALCULATION
Franica Trojanović
1989-12-01
Full Text Available Humid air is an unavoidable feature of mining atmosphere, which plays a significant role in defining the climate conditions as well as permitted circumstances for normal mining work. Saturated humid air prevents heat conduction from the human body by means of evaporation. Consequently, it is of primary interest in the mining practice to establish the relative air humidity either by means of direct or indirect methods. Percentage of water in the surrounding air may be determined in various procedures including tables, diagrams or particular calculations, where each technique has its specific advantages and disadvantages. Classical calculation is done according to Sprung's formula, in which case partial steam pressure should also be taken from the steam table. The new method without the use of diagram or tables, established on the functional relation of pressure and temperature on saturated line, is presented here for the first time (the paper is published in Croatian.
Group Dynamic Processes in Email Groups
Alpay, Esat
2005-01-01
Discussion is given on the relevance of group dynamic processes in promoting decision-making in email discussion groups. General theories on social facilitation and social loafing are considered in the context of email groups, as well as the applicability of psychodynamic and interaction-based models. It is argued that such theories may indeed…
Interagency mechanical operations group numerical systems group
NONE
1997-09-01
This report consists of the minutes of the May 20-21, 1971 meeting of the Interagency Mechanical Operations Group (IMOG) Numerical Systems Group. This group looks at issues related to numerical control in the machining industry. Items discussed related to the use of CAD and CAM, EIA standards, data links, and numerical control.
AREVA group overview; Presentation du groupe AREVA
NONE
2002-02-08
This document presents the Group Areva, a world nuclear industry leader, from a financial holding company to an industrial group, operating in two businesses: the nuclear energy and the components. The structure and the market of the group are discussed, as the financial assets. (A.L.B.)
Archimedes' calculations of square roots
Davies, E B
2011-01-01
We reconsider Archimedes' evaluations of several square roots in 'Measurement of a Circle'. We show that several methods proposed over the last century or so for his evaluations fail one or more criteria of plausibility. We also provide internal evidence that he probably used an interpolation technique. The conclusions are relevant to the precise calculations by which he obtained upper and lower bounds on pi.
Parallel plasma fluid turbulence calculations
Leboeuf, J.N.; Carreras, B.A.; Charlton, L.A.; Drake, J.B.; Lynch, V.E.; Newman, D.E.; Sidikman, K.L.; Spong, D.A.
1994-12-31
The study of plasma turbulence and transport is a complex problem of critical importance for fusion-relevant plasmas. To this day, the fluid treatment of plasma dynamics is the best approach to realistic physics at the high resolution required for certain experimentally relevant calculations. Core and edge turbulence in a magnetic fusion device have been modeled using state-of-the-art, nonlinear, three-dimensional, initial-value fluid and gyrofluid codes. Parallel implementation of these models on diverse platforms--vector parallel (National Energy Research Supercomputer Center`s CRAY Y-MP C90), massively parallel (Intel Paragon XP/S 35), and serial parallel (clusters of high-performance workstations using the Parallel Virtual Machine protocol)--offers a variety of paths to high resolution and significant improvements in real-time efficiency, each with its own advantages. The largest and most efficient calculations have been performed at the 200 Mword memory limit on the C90 in dedicated mode, where an overlap of 12 to 13 out of a maximum of 16 processors has been achieved with a gyrofluid model of core fluctuations. The richness of the physics captured by these calculations is commensurate with the increased resolution and efficiency and is limited only by the ingenuity brought to the analysis of the massive amounts of data generated.
About group digital signatures
Adriana Cristina Enache
2012-01-01
...).A group digital signature is a digital signature with enhanced privacy features that allows members of a given group to anonymously sign messages on behalf of the group, producing a group signature...
Introduction to Sporadic Groups
Luis J. Boya
2011-01-01
Full Text Available This is an introduction to finite simple groups, in particular sporadic groups, intended for physicists. After a short review of group theory, we enumerate the 1+1+16=18 families of finite simple groups, as an introduction to the sporadic groups. These are described next, in three levels of increasing complexity, plus the six isolated ''pariah'' groups. The (old five Mathieu groups make up the first, smallest order level. The seven groups related to the Leech lattice, including the three Conway groups, constitute the second level. The third and highest level contains the Monster group M, plus seven other related groups. Next a brief mention is made of the remaining six pariah groups, thus completing the 5+7+8+6=26 sporadic groups. The review ends up with a brief discussion of a few of physical applications of finite groups in physics, including a couple of recent examples which use sporadic groups.
AGING FACILITY CRITICALITY SAFETY CALCULATIONS
C.E. Sanders
2004-09-10
The purpose of this design calculation is to revise and update the previous criticality calculation for the Aging Facility (documented in BSC 2004a). This design calculation will also demonstrate and ensure that the storage and aging operations to be performed in the Aging Facility meet the criticality safety design criteria in the ''Project Design Criteria Document'' (Doraswamy 2004, Section 4.9.2.2), and the functional nuclear criticality safety requirement described in the ''SNF Aging System Description Document'' (BSC [Bechtel SAIC Company] 2004f, p. 3-12). The scope of this design calculation covers the systems and processes for aging commercial spent nuclear fuel (SNF) and staging Department of Energy (DOE) SNF/High-Level Waste (HLW) prior to its placement in the final waste package (WP) (BSC 2004f, p. 1-1). Aging commercial SNF is a thermal management strategy, while staging DOE SNF/HLW will make loading of WPs more efficient (note that aging DOE SNF/HLW is not needed since these wastes are not expected to exceed the thermal limits form emplacement) (BSC 2004f, p. 1-2). The description of the changes in this revised document is as follows: (1) Include DOE SNF/HLW in addition to commercial SNF per the current ''SNF Aging System Description Document'' (BSC 2004f). (2) Update the evaluation of Category 1 and 2 event sequences for the Aging Facility as identified in the ''Categorization of Event Sequences for License Application'' (BSC 2004c, Section 7). (3) Further evaluate the design and criticality controls required for a storage/aging cask, referred to as MGR Site-specific Cask (MSC), to accommodate commercial fuel outside the content specification in the Certificate of Compliance for the existing NRC-certified storage casks. In addition, evaluate the design required for the MSC that will accommodate DOE SNF/HLW. This design calculation will achieve the objective of providing the
Calculation of gas turbine characteristic
Mamaev, B. I.; Murashko, V. L.
2016-04-01
The reasons and regularities of vapor flow and turbine parameter variation depending on the total pressure drop rate π* and rotor rotation frequency n are studied, as exemplified by a two-stage compressor turbine of a power-generating gas turbine installation. The turbine characteristic is calculated in a wide range of mode parameters using the method in which analytical dependences provide high accuracy for the calculated flow output angle and different types of gas dynamic losses are determined with account of the influence of blade row geometry, blade surface roughness, angles, compressibility, Reynolds number, and flow turbulence. The method provides satisfactory agreement of results of calculation and turbine testing. In the design mode, the operation conditions for the blade rows are favorable, the flow output velocities are close to the optimal ones, the angles of incidence are small, and the flow "choking" modes (with respect to consumption) in the rows are absent. High performance and a nearly axial flow behind the turbine are obtained. Reduction of the rotor rotation frequency and variation of the pressure drop change the flow parameters, the parameters of the stages and the turbine, as well as the form of the characteristic. In particular, for decreased n, nonmonotonic variation of the second stage reactivity with increasing π* is observed. It is demonstrated that the turbine characteristic is mainly determined by the influence of the angles of incidence and the velocity at the output of the rows on the losses and the flow output angle. The account of the growing flow output angle due to the positive angle of incidence for decreased rotation frequencies results in a considerable change of the characteristic: poorer performance, redistribution of the pressure drop at the stages, and change of reactivities, growth of the turbine capacity, and change of the angle and flow velocity behind the turbine.
Semiclassical calculation of decay rates
Bessa, A; Fraga, E S
2008-01-01
Several relevant aspects of quantum-field processes can be well described by semiclassical methods. In particular, the knowledge of non-trivial classical solutions of the field equations, and the thermal and quantum fluctuations around them, provide non-perturbative information about the theory. In this work, we discuss the calculation of the one-loop effective action from the semiclasssical viewpoint. We intend to use this formalism to obtain an accurate expression for the decay rate of non-static metastable states.
Digital calculations of engine cycles
Starkman, E S; Taylor, C Fayette
1964-01-01
Digital Calculations of Engine Cycles is a collection of seven papers which were presented before technical meetings of the Society of Automotive Engineers during 1962 and 1963. The papers cover the spectrum of the subject of engine cycle events, ranging from an examination of composition and properties of the working fluid to simulation of the pressure-time events in the combustion chamber. The volume has been organized to present the material in a logical sequence. The first two chapters are concerned with the equilibrium states of the working fluid. These include the concentrations of var
Yet another partial wave calculator
Greenwald, Daniel; Rauch, Johannes [TUM, Munich (Germany)
2016-07-01
We will present a new C++ library for partial wave analysis: YAP - yet another partial wave calculator. YAP is intended for amplitude analyses of the decays of spin-0 heavy mesons (principally B and D) to multiple (3, 4, etc.) pseudoscalar mesons but is not hard coded for such situations and is flexible enough to handle other decay scenarios. The library allows for both model dependent and model independent analysis methods. We introduce the software, and demonstrate examples for generating Monte Carlo data efficiently, and for analyzing data (both with the aid of the Bayesian Analysis Toolkit).
Rate calculation with colored noise
Bartsch, Thomas; Benito, R M; Borondo, F
2016-01-01
The usual identification of reactive trajectories for the calculation of reaction rates requires very time-consuming simulations, particularly if the environment presents memory effects. In this paper, we develop a new method that permits the identification of reactive trajectories in a system under the action of a stochastic colored driving. This method is based on the perturbative computation of the invariant structures that act as separatrices for reactivity. Furthermore, using this perturbative scheme, we have obtained a formally exact expression for the reaction rate in multidimensional systems coupled to colored noisy environments.
Electronics reliability calculation and design
Dummer, Geoffrey W A; Hiller, N
1966-01-01
Electronics Reliability-Calculation and Design provides an introduction to the fundamental concepts of reliability. The increasing complexity of electronic equipment has made problems in designing and manufacturing a reliable product more and more difficult. Specific techniques have been developed that enable designers to integrate reliability into their products, and reliability has become a science in its own right. The book begins with a discussion of basic mathematical and statistical concepts, including arithmetic mean, frequency distribution, median and mode, scatter or dispersion of mea
Band calculation of lonsdaleite Ge
Chen, Pin-Shiang; Fan, Sheng-Ting; Lan, Huang-Siang; Liu, Chee Wee
2017-01-01
The band structure of Ge in the lonsdaleite phase is calculated using first principles. Lonsdaleite Ge has a direct band gap at the Γ point. For the conduction band, the Γ valley is anisotropic with the low transverse effective mass on the hexagonal plane and the large longitudinal effective mass along the c axis. For the valence band, both heavy-hole and light-hole effective masses are anisotropic at the Γ point. The in-plane electron effective mass also becomes anisotropic under uniaxial tensile strain. The strain response of the heavy-hole mass is opposite to the light hole.
Relativistic Few-Body Hadronic Physics Calculations
Polyzou, Wayne [Univ. of Iowa, Iowa City, IA (United States)
2016-06-20
The goal of this research proposal was to use ``few-body'' methods to understand the structure and reactions of systems of interacting hadrons (neutrons, protons, mesons, quarks) over a broad range of energy scales. Realistic mathematical models of few-hadron systems have the advantage that they are sufficiently simple that they can be solved with mathematically controlled errors. These systems are also simple enough that it is possible to perform complete accurate experimental measurements on these systems. Comparison between theory and experiment puts strong constraints on the structure of the models. Even though these systems are ``simple'', both the experiments and computations push the limits of technology. The important property of ``few-body'' systems is that the ``cluster property'' implies that the interactions that appear in few-body systems are identical to the interactions that appear in complicated many-body systems. Of particular interest are models that correctly describe physics at distance scales that are sensitive to the internal structure of the individual nucleons. The Heisenberg uncertainty principle implies that in order to be sensitive to physics on distance scales that are a fraction of the proton or neutron radius, a relativistic treatment of quantum mechanics is necessary. The research supported by this grant involved 30 years of effort devoted to studying all aspects of interacting two and three-body systems. Realistic interactions were used to compute bound states of two- and three-nucleon, and two- and three-quark systems. Scattering observables for these systems were computed for a broad range of energies - from zero energy scattering to few GeV scattering, where experimental evidence of sub-nucleon degrees of freedom is beginning to appear. Benchmark calculations were produced, which when compared with calculations of other groups provided an essential check on these complicated calculations. In
Calculational Tool for Skin Contamination Dose Assessment
Hill, R L
2002-01-01
Spreadsheet calculational tool was developed to automate the calculations preformed for dose assessment of skin contamination. This document reports on the design and testing of the spreadsheet calculational tool.
Influence of external source location in the reactivity calculation
Silva, Adilson Costa da; Silva, Fernando Carvalho da; Martinez, Aquilino Senra, E-mail: asilva@con.ufrj.b, E-mail: fernando@con.ufrj.b, E-mail: Aquilino@lmp.ufrj.b [Coordenacao dos Programas de Pos-Graduacao de Engenharia (PEN/COPPE/UFRJ), Rio de Janeiro, RJ (Brazil). Programa de Engenharia Nuclear
2011-07-01
We used the neutron diffusion equation with external neutron sources, in cartesian geometry and the two groups of energy, to verify the influence of external neutron source locations in the reactivity calculation. For this, a coarse mesh finite difference method was developed for the adjoint flux calculation and simplifies reactivity calculation in PWR type reactor, which uses the output of the nodal expansion method. The results were obtained for different locations on the two-dimensional plane, as well as for different types of fuel elements in the reactor core. (author)
NATIONAL STORMWATER CALCULATOR USER'S GUIDE ...
The National Stormwater Calculator is a simple to use tool for computing small site hydrology for any location within the US. It estimates the amount of stormwater runoff generated from a site under different development and control scenarios over a long term period of historical rainfall. The analysis takes into account local soil conditions, slope, land cover and meteorology. Different types of low impact development (LID) practices (also known as green infrastructure) can be employed to help capture and retain rainfall on-site. Future climate change scenarios taken from internationally recognized climate change projections can also be considered. The calculator provides planning level estimates of capital and maintenance costs which will allow planners and managers to evaluate and compare effectiveness and costs of LID controls.The calculator’s primary focus is informing site developers and property owners on how well they can meet a desired stormwater retention target. It can be used to answer such questions as:• What is the largest daily rainfall amount that can be captured by a site in either its pre-development, current, or post-development condition?• To what degree will storms of different magnitudes be captured on site?• What mix of LID controls can be deployed to meet a given stormwater retention target?• How well will LID controls perform under future meteorological projections made by global climate change models?• What are the relativ
Flow Field Calculations for Afterburner
ZhaoJianxing; LiuQuanzhong; 等
1995-01-01
In this paper a calculation procedure for simulating the coimbustion flow in the afterburner with the heat shield,flame stabilizer and the contracting nozzle is described and evaluated by comparison with experimental data.The modified two-equation κ-ε model is employed to consider the turbulence effects,and the κ-ε-g turbulent combustion model is used to determine the reaction rate.To take into accunt the influence of heat radiation on gas temperature distribution,heat flux model is applied to predictions of heat flux distributions,The solution domain spanned the entire region between centerline and afterburner wall ,with the heat shield represented as a blockage to the mesh.The enthalpy equation and wall boundary of the heat shield require special handling for two passages in the afterburner,In order to make the computer program suitable to engineering applications,a subregional scheme is developed for calculating flow fields of complex geometries.The computational grids employed are 100×100 and 333×100(non-uniformly distributed).The numerical results are compared with experimental data,Agreement between predictions and measurements shows that the numerical method and the computational program used in the study are fairly reasonable and appopriate for primary design of the afterburner.
Dissecting Reactor Antineutrino Flux Calculations
Sonzogni, A. A.; McCutchan, E. A.; Hayes, A. C.
2017-09-01
Current predictions for the antineutrino yield and spectra from a nuclear reactor rely on the experimental electron spectra from 235U, 239Pu, 241Pu and a numerical method to convert these aggregate electron spectra into their corresponding antineutrino ones. In the present work we investigate quantitatively some of the basic assumptions and approximations used in the conversion method, studying first the compatibility between two recent approaches for calculating electron and antineutrino spectra. We then explore different possibilities for the disagreement between the measured Daya Bay and the Huber-Mueller antineutrino spectra, including the 238U contribution as well as the effective charge and the allowed shape assumption used in the conversion method. We observe that including a shape correction of about +6 % MeV-1 in conversion calculations can better describe the Daya Bay spectrum. Because of a lack of experimental data, this correction cannot be ruled out, concluding that in order to confirm the existence of the reactor neutrino anomaly, or even quantify it, precisely measured electron spectra for about 50 relevant fission products are needed. With the advent of new rare ion facilities, the measurement of shape factors for these nuclides, for many of which precise beta intensity data from TAGS experiments already exist, would be highly desirable.
Calculation of plantar pressure time integral, an alternative approach.
Melai, Tom; IJzerman, T Herman; Schaper, Nicolaas C; de Lange, Ton L H; Willems, Paul J B; Meijer, Kenneth; Lieverse, Aloysius G; Savelberg, Hans H C M
2011-07-01
In plantar pressure measurement, both peak pressure and pressure time integral are used as variables to assess plantar loading. However, pressure time integral shows a high concordance with peak pressure. Many researchers and clinicians use Novel software (Novel GmbH Inc., Munich, Germany) that calculates this variable as the summation of the products of peak pressure and duration per time sample, which is not a genuine integral of pressure over time. Therefore, an alternative calculation method was introduced. The aim of this study was to explore the relevance of this alternative method, in different populations. Plantar pressure variables were measured in 76 people with diabetic polyneuropathy, 33 diabetic controls without polyneuropathy and 19 healthy subjects. Peak pressure and pressure time integral were obtained using Novel software. The quotient of the genuine force time integral over contact area was obtained as the alternative pressure time integral calculation. This new alternative method correlated less with peak pressure than the pressure time integral as calculated by Novel. The two methods differed significantly and these differences varied between the foot sole areas and between groups. The largest differences were found under the metatarsal heads in the group with diabetic polyneuropathy. From a theoretical perspective, the alternative approach provides a more valid calculation of the pressure time integral. In addition, this study showed that the alternative calculation is of added value, along peak pressure calculation, to interpret adapted plantar pressures patterns in particular in patients at risk for foot ulceration. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Calculation of sound propagation in fibrous materials
Tarnow, Viggo
1996-01-01
Calculations of attenuation and velocity of audible sound waves in glass wools are presented. The calculations use only the diameters of fibres and the mass density of glass wools as parameters. The calculations are compared with measurements.......Calculations of attenuation and velocity of audible sound waves in glass wools are presented. The calculations use only the diameters of fibres and the mass density of glass wools as parameters. The calculations are compared with measurements....
First-principles calculations of novel materials
Sun, Jifeng
relatively modest band masses for both electrons and holes suggesting applications. Optical properties show a infrared-red absorption when doped. This could potentially be useful for combining wavelength filtering and transparent conducting functions. Furthermore, our defect calculations show that Ba 2TeO is intrinsically p-type conducting under Ba-poor condition. However, the spontaneous formation of the donor defects may constrain the p-type transport properties and would need to be addressed to enable applications. Chapter 4 mainly devotes to the thermoelectric properties of the famous phase change material, Ge2Sb2Te5 (GST). GST has been used in data storage for more than a decade because of their fast phase switching between metastable crystalline (cubic) and amorphous phases. It also exhibits interesting thermoelectric properties, and we did a systematic study on the two crystalline phases (hexagonal and cubic) and the amorphous phase. We found a high Seebeck coefficient with a broad doping concentrations for both n-type and p-type, at and below room temperatures (300 K) for both the cubic and amorphous phases. This finding will be of crucial interests in further understand the thermoelectric properties experimentally and find device applications in the ultimate goal. Several magnetic materials that involve lanthanide elements are reported in Chapter 5. First of all, the electronic and magnetic properties of the BaLn2O4 (Ln = La-Lu, Y) family compound are studied. The series has been synthesized for the first time in single crystalline form, using a molten metal flux. They crystallize in the CaV 2O4 structure type with primitive orthorhombic symmetry (space group Pnma, #62). Our calculations show an insulating character with band gaps ranging from 3 eV to 4.5 eV for the three representative compounds, BaLa2O4, BaGd2O4 and BaLu 2O4. Moreover, the superexchange magnetism is also studied. Secondly, a strong correlated system with cerium is investigated. As expected, we
Group Work: How to Use Groups Effectively
Burke, Alison
2011-01-01
Many students cringe and groan when told that they will need to work in a group. However, group work has been found to be good for students and good for teachers. Employers want college graduates to have developed teamwork skills. Additionally, students who participate in collaborative learning get better grades, are more satisfied with their…
Numerical precision calculations for LHC physics
Reuschle, Christian Andreas
2013-02-05
In this thesis I present aspects of QCD calculations, which are related to the fully numerical evaluation of next-to-leading order (NLO) QCD amplitudes, especially of the one-loop contributions, and the efficient computation of associated collider observables. Two interrelated topics have thereby been of concern to the thesis at hand, which give rise to two major parts. One large part is focused on the general group-theoretical behavior of one-loop QCD amplitudes, with respect to the underlying SU(N{sub c}) theory, in order to correctly and efficiently handle the color degrees of freedom in QCD one-loop amplitudes. To this end a new method is introduced that can be used in order to express color-ordered partial one-loop amplitudes with multiple quark-antiquark pairs as shuffle sums over cyclically ordered primitive one-loop amplitudes. The other large part is focused on the local subtraction of divergences off the one-loop integrands of primitive one-loop amplitudes. A method for local UV renormalization has thereby been developed, which uses local UV counterterms and efficient recursive routines. Together with suitable virtual soft and collinear subtraction terms, the subtraction method is extended to the virtual contributions in the calculations of NLO observables, which enables the fully numerical evaluation of the one-loop integrals in the virtual contributions. The method has been successfully applied to the calculation of jet rates in electron-positron annihilation to NLO accuracy in the large-N{sub c} limit.
McGrath, Joseph E.
1978-01-01
Summarizes research on small group processes by giving a comprehensive account of the types of variables primarily studied in the laboratory. These include group structure, group composition, group size, and group relations. Considers effects of power, leadership, conformity to social norms, and role relationships. (Author/AV)
Free Boolean Topological Groups
Ol’ga Sipacheva
2015-11-01
Full Text Available Known and new results on free Boolean topological groups are collected. An account of the properties that these groups share with free or free Abelian topological groups and properties specific to free Boolean groups is given. Special emphasis is placed on the application of set-theoretic methods to the study of Boolean topological groups.
Painless causality in defect calculations
Cheung, C; Cheung, Charlotte; Magueijo, Joao
1997-01-01
Topological defects must respect causality, a statement leading to restrictive constraints on the power spectrum of the total cosmological perturbations they induce. Causality constraints have for long been known to require the presence of an under-density in the surrounding matter compensating the defect network on large scales. This so-called compensation can never be neglected and significantly complicates calculations in defect scenarios, eg. computing cosmic microwave background fluctuations. A quick and dirty way to implement the compensation are the so-called compensation fudge factors. Here we derive the complete photon-baryon-CDM backreaction effects in defect scenarios. The fudge factor comes out as an algebraic identity and so we drop the negative qualifier ``fudge''. The compensation scale is computed and physically interpreted. Secondary backreaction effects exist, and neglecting them constitutes the well-defined approximation scheme within which one should consider compensation factor calculatio...
Dyscalculia and the Calculating Brain.
Rapin, Isabelle
2016-08-01
Dyscalculia, like dyslexia, affects some 5% of school-age children but has received much less investigative attention. In two thirds of affected children, dyscalculia is associated with another developmental disorder like dyslexia, attention-deficit disorder, anxiety disorder, visual and spatial disorder, or cultural deprivation. Infants, primates, some birds, and other animals are born with the innate ability, called subitizing, to tell at a glance whether small sets of scattered dots or other items differ by one or more item. This nonverbal approximate number system extends mostly to single digit sets as visual discrimination drops logarithmically to "many" with increasing numerosity (size effect) and crowding (distance effect). Preschoolers need several years and specific teaching to learn verbal names and visual symbols for numbers and school agers to understand their cardinality and ordinality and the invariance of their sequence (arithmetic number line) that enables calculation. This arithmetic linear line differs drastically from the nonlinear approximate number system mental number line that parallels the individual number-tuned neurons in the intraparietal sulcus in monkeys and overlying scalp distribution of discrete functional magnetic resonance imaging activations by number tasks in man. Calculation is a complex skill that activates both visual and spatial and visual and verbal networks. It is less strongly left lateralized than language, with approximate number system activation somewhat more right sided and exact number and arithmetic activation more left sided. Maturation and increasing number skill decrease associated widespread non-numerical brain activations that persist in some individuals with dyscalculia, which has no single, universal neurological cause or underlying mechanism in all affected individuals.
... Group The MSUD Family Support Group is a non-profit 501 (c)(3) organization for those with MSUD ... Family Support Group is a 501(c)(3) non-profit organization with no paid staff. Funds are needed ...
Ribes, Luis
2017-01-01
This book offers a detailed introduction to graph theoretic methods in profinite groups and applications to abstract groups. It is the first to provide a comprehensive treatment of the subject. The author begins by carefully developing relevant notions in topology, profinite groups and homology, including free products of profinite groups, cohomological methods in profinite groups, and fixed points of automorphisms of free pro-p groups. The final part of the book is dedicated to applications of the profinite theory to abstract groups, with sections on finitely generated subgroups of free groups, separability conditions in free and amalgamated products, and algorithms in free groups and finite monoids. Profinite Graphs and Groups will appeal to students and researchers interested in profinite groups, geometric group theory, graphs and connections with the theory of formal languages. A complete reference on the subject, the book includes historical and bibliographical notes as well as a discussion of open quest...
Homomorphisms of quantum groups
Meyer, Ralf; Woronowicz, Stanisław Lech
2010-01-01
We introduce some equivalent notions of homomorphisms between quantum groups that behave well with respect to duality of quantum groups. Our equivalent definitions are based on bicharacters, coactions, and universal quantum groups, respectively.
2012-01-01
15 pages In 2011, My Plate replaced the Food Pyramid as a visual representation for the USDA Dietary Guidelines. This publication, a group of recipes based on this new division of food groups, reflects the effort of the USDA and other groups to translate science-based research into everyday practice for Americans. Fifteen recipes (3 from each food group) show ways to use foods from each food group. They are complete with basic nutritional analyses and food group amounts.
Locally minimal topological groups
Außenhofer, Lydia; Chasco, María Jesús; Dikranjan, Dikran; Domínguez, Xabier
2009-01-01
A Hausdorff topological group $(G,\\tau)$ is called locally minimal if there exists a neighborhood $U$ of 0 in $\\tau$ such that $U$ fails to be a neighborhood of zero in any Hausdorff group topology on $G$ which is strictly coarser than $\\tau.$ Examples of locally minimal groups are all subgroups of Banach-Lie groups, all locally compact groups and all minimal groups. Motivated by the fact that locally compact NSS groups are Lie groups, we study the connection between local minimality and the ...
GROUP PROFILE Computer Technique
Andrey V. Sidorenkov
2015-01-01
Full Text Available This article contains a description of the structure, the software and functional capabilities, and the scope and purposes of application of the Group Profile (GP computer technique. This technique rests on a conceptual basis (the microgroup theory, includes 16 new and modified questionnaires, and a unique algorithm, tied to the questionnaires, for identification of informal groups. The GP yields a wide range of data about the group as a whole (47 indices, each informal group (43 indices, and each group member (16 indices. The GP technique can be used to study different types of groups: production (work groups, design teams, military units, etc., academic (school classes, student groups, and sports.
Jensen, Karl Kristoffer
2005-01-01
This paper presents a method to identify segment boundaries in music. The method is based on a multi-step model; first a features is measured from the audio, then a measure of rhythm is calculated from the feature, the diagonal of a self-similarity matrix is calculated, and finally the segment bo...
Improved resonance reaction rate calculation for lattice physics subsystem
Finch, D.R.
1974-02-08
The resonance capture calculations of the HAMMER System and HAMBUR System are derived from a consistent statement of the integral slowing down equation and definitions of the resonance integral. The assumptions made in these treatments are explicitly stated, and and an attempt is made to estimate the possible error in the resonance integral arising from these assumptions. This analysis is made to pin-point those parts of the calculation that can be improved and updated. Based on the analysis of existing calculations a method of calculation is derived which avoids most of the problems encountered in HAMMER and HAMBUR. The chief improvements that result are as follows: Careful attention is paid to calculation of the resonance flux as most errors in existing calculations result from consistently overpredicting fluxes in all regions of a lattice cell. The calculation can be modified to produce as crude or detailed a resonance calculation, at the expense of computer time, as required by the user. Resonances that overlap group boundaries contribute the correct contribution to each group's reaction rates. Overlap between resonances of different isotopes is correctly accounted for. Up-to-date resonance formalisms are used including the Adler-Adler multi-level formulations. Provision is made to easily add new formalisms when required. Streaming effects from neutron leaking into a cell may optionally be included in the calculation of resonance reaction rates. A complete description of the physics contained in this new computational module is provided along with additional information on the numerical techniques employed in the module.
Ordered groups and infinite permutation groups
1996-01-01
The subjects of ordered groups and of infinite permutation groups have long en joyed a symbiotic relationship. Although the two subjects come from very different sources, they have in certain ways come together, and each has derived considerable benefit from the other. My own personal contact with this interaction began in 1961. I had done Ph. D. work on sequence convergence in totally ordered groups under the direction of Paul Conrad. In the process, I had encountered "pseudo-convergent" sequences in an ordered group G, which are like Cauchy sequences, except that the differences be tween terms of large index approach not 0 but a convex subgroup G of G. If G is normal, then such sequences are conveniently described as Cauchy sequences in the quotient ordered group GIG. If G is not normal, of course GIG has no group structure, though it is still a totally ordered set. The best that can be said is that the elements of G permute GIG in an order-preserving fashion. In independent investigations around that t...
CONDOR-CITVAP-MCNP calculation line description
Villarino, Eduardo Anibal [INVAP S.E., San Carlos de Bariloche (Argentina)
2002-07-01
A general description of the CONDOR-CITVAP-MCNP calculation line is given. This calculation line starts at cross section library and allows burnup dependent detailed calculation using MCNP. This calculation line is divided in two main methodologies: CONDOR-CITVAP that allows the 3-Dimensional core burnup calculation and MCNP that performs detailed transport calculations, both methodologies are coupled using the NDDUMP code. A short description of the used codes are given: CONDOR code performs the cell calculation, generating burnup dependent macroscopic cross section and burnup dependent numerical densities per material. CITVAP codes perform the burnup dependent core calculation, including the fuel management and calculates the burnup distribution per material. NDDUMP code generates materials burnup dependent numerical densities to be used by MCNP code. This paper presents a detailed description of the CONDOR-CITVAP-MCNP calculation line and a numerical comparison of the proposed methodology. (author)
Factors affecting calculation of L
Ciotola, Mark P.
2001-08-01
A detectable extraterrestrial civilization can be modeled as a series of successive regimes over time each of which is detectable for a certain proportion of its lifecycle. This methodology can be utilized to produce an estimate for L. Potential components of L include quantity of fossil fuel reserves, solar energy potential, quantity of regimes over time, lifecycle patterns of regimes, proportion of lifecycle regime is actually detectable, and downtime between regimes. Relationships between these components provide a means of calculating the lifetime of communicative species in a detectable state, L. An example of how these factors interact is provided, utilizing values that are reasonable given known astronomical data for components such as solar energy potential while existing knowledge about the terrestrial case is used as a baseline for other components including fossil fuel reserves, quantity of regimes over time, and lifecycle patterns of regimes, proportion of lifecycle regime is actually detectable, and gaps of time between regimes due to recovery from catastrophic war or resource exhaustion. A range of values is calculated for L when parameters are established for each component so as to determine the lowest and highest values of L. roadmap for SETI research at the SETI Institute for the next few decades. Three different approaches were identified. 1) Continue the radio search: build an affordable array incorporating consumer market technologies, expand the search frequency, and increase the target list to 100,000 stars. This array will also serve as a technology demonstration and enable the international radio astronomy community to realize an array that is a hundred times larger and capable (among other things) of searching a million stars. 2) Begin searches for very fast optical pulses from a million stars. 3) As Moore's Law delivers increased computational capacity, build an omni-directional sky survey array capable of detecting strong, transient
Thermodynamic Calculations for Complex Chemical Mixtures
Mcbride, B. J.
1986-01-01
General computer program, CECTRP, developed for calculation of thermodynamic properties of complex mixtures with option to calculate transport properties of these mixtures. Free-energy minimization technique used in equilibrium calculation. Rigorous equations used in transport calculations. Program calculates equilibrium compositions and corresponding thermodynamic and transport properties of mixtures. CECTRP accommodates up to 24 reactants, 20 elements, and 600 products, 400 of which are condensed. Written in FORTRAN IV for any large computer system.
Biospecimen User Fees: Global Feedback on a Calculator Tool.
Matzke, Lise A M; Babinszky, Sindy; Slotty, Alex; Meredith, Anna; Castillo-Pelayo, Tania; Henderson, Marianne K; Simeon-Dubach, Daniel; Schacter, Brent; Watson, Peter H
2017-02-01
The notion of attributing user fees to researchers for biospecimens provided by biobanks has been discussed frequently in the literature. However, the considerations around how to attribute the cost for these biospecimens and data have, until recently, not been well described. Common across most biobank disciplines are similar factors that influence user fees such as capital and operating costs, internal and external demand, and market competition. A biospecimen user fee calculator tool developed by CTRNet, a tumor biobank network, was published in 2014 and is accessible online at www.biobanking.org . The next year a survey was launched that tested the applicability of this user fee tool among a global health research biobank user base, including both cancer and noncancer biobanking. Participants were first asked to estimate user fee pricing for three hypothetical user scenarios based on their biobanking experience (estimated pricing) and then to calculate fees for the same scenarios using the calculator tool (calculated pricing). Results demonstrated variation in estimated pricing that was reduced by calculated pricing. These results are similar to those found in a similar previous study restricted to a group of Canadian tumor biobanks. We conclude that the use of a biospecimen user fee calculator contributes to reduced variation of user fees and for biobank groups (e.g., biobank networks), could become an important part of a harmonization strategy.
Selfconsistent calculations for hyperdeformed nuclei
Molique, H.; Dobaczewski, J.; Dudek, J.; Luo, W.D. [Universite Louis Pasteur, Strasbourg (France)
1996-12-31
Properties of the hyperdeformed nuclei in the A {approximately} 170 mass range are re-examined using the self-consistent Hartree-Fock method with the SOP parametrization. A comparison with the previous predictions that were based on a non-selfconsistent approach is made. The existence of the {open_quotes}hyper-deformed shell closures{close_quotes} at the proton and neutron numbers Z=70 and N=100 and their very weak dependence on the rotational frequency is suggested; the corresponding single-particle energy gaps are predicted to play a role similar to that of the Z=66 and N=86 gaps in the super-deformed nuclei of the A {approximately} 150 mass range. Selfconsistent calculations suggest also that the A {approximately} 170 hyperdeformed structures have neglegible mass asymmetry in their shapes. Very importantly for the experimental studies, both the fission barriers and the {open_quotes}inner{close_quotes} barriers (that separate the hyperdeformed structures from those with smaller deformations) are predicted to be relatively high, up to the factor of {approximately}2 higher than the corresponding ones in the {sup 152}Dy superdeformed nucleus used as a reference.
RTU Comparison Calculator Enhancement Plan
Miller, James D. [Pacific Northwest National Lab. (PNNL), Richland, WA (United States); Wang, Weimin [Pacific Northwest National Lab. (PNNL), Richland, WA (United States); Katipamula, Srinivas [Pacific Northwest National Lab. (PNNL), Richland, WA (United States)
2015-07-01
Over the past two years, Department of Energy’s Building Technologies Office (BTO) has been investigating ways to increase the operating efficiency of the packaged rooftop units (RTUs) in the field. First, by issuing a challenge to the RTU manufactures to increase the integrated energy efficiency ratio (IEER) by 60% over the existing ASHRAE 90.1-2010 standard. Second, by evaluating the performance of an advanced RTU controller that reduces the energy consumption by over 40%. BTO has previously also funded development of a RTU comparison calculator (RTUCC). RTUCC is a web-based tool that provides the user a way to compare energy and cost savings for two units with different efficiencies. However, the RTUCC currently cannot compare savings associated with either the RTU Challenge unit or the advanced RTU controls retrofit. Therefore, BTO has asked PNNL to enhance the tool so building owners can compare energy and savings associated with this new class of products. This document provides the details of the enhancements that are required to support estimating energy savings from use of RTU challenge units or advanced controls on existing RTUs.
RTU Comparison Calculator Enhancement Plan
Miller, James D.; Wang, Weimin; Katipamula, Srinivas
2014-03-31
Over the past two years, Department of Energy’s Building Technologies Office (BTO) has been investigating ways to increase the operating efficiency of the packaged rooftop units (RTUs) in the field. First, by issuing a challenge to the RTU manufactures to increase the integrated energy efficiency ratio (IEER) by 60% over the existing ASHRAE 90.1-2010 standard. Second, by evaluating the performance of an advanced RTU controller that reduces the energy consumption by over 40%. BTO has previously also funded development of a RTU comparison calculator (RTUCC). RTUCC is a web-based tool that provides the user a way to compare energy and cost savings for two units with different efficiencies. However, the RTUCC currently cannot compare savings associated with either the RTU Challenge unit or the advanced RTU controls retrofit. Therefore, BTO has asked PNNL to enhance the tool so building owners can compare energy and savings associated with this new class of products. This document provides the details of the enhancements that are required to support estimating energy savings from use of RTU challenge units or advanced controls on existing RTUs.
RTU Comparison Calculator Enhancement Plan
Miller, James D.; Wang, Weimin; Katipamula, Srinivas
2014-03-31
Over the past two years, Department of Energy’s Building Technologies Office (BTO) has been investigating ways to increase the operating efficiency of the packaged rooftop units (RTUs) in the field. First, by issuing a challenge to the RTU manufactures to increase the integrated energy efficiency ratio (IEER) by 60% over the existing ASHRAE 90.1-2010 standard. Second, by evaluating the performance of an advanced RTU controller that reduces the energy consumption by over 40%. BTO has previously also funded development of a RTU comparison calculator (RTUCC). RTUCC is a web-based tool that provides the user a way to compare energy and cost savings for two units with different efficiencies. However, the RTUCC currently cannot compare savings associated with either the RTU Challenge unit or the advanced RTU controls retrofit. Therefore, BTO has asked PNNL to enhance the tool so building owners can compare energy and savings associated with this new class of products. This document provides the details of the enhancements that are required to support estimating energy savings from use of RTU challenge units or advanced controls on existing RTUs.
Counting primes, groups, and manifolds.
Goldfeld, Dorian; Lubotzky, Alexander; Nikolov, Nikolay; Pyber, László
2004-09-14
Let Lambda=SL(2)(Z) be the modular group and let c(n)(Lambda) be the number of congruence subgroups of Lambda of index at most n. We prove that lim(n--> infinity )(log c(n)(Lambda)/((log n)(2)/log log n))=(3-2(sqrt)2)/4. The proof is based on the Bombieri-Vinogradov "Riemann hypothesis on the average" and on the solution of a new type of extremal problem in combinatorial number theory. Similar surprisingly sharp estimates are obtained for the subgroup growth of lattices in higher rank semisimple Lie groups. If G is such a Lie group and Gamma is an irreducible lattice of G it turns out that the subgroup growth of Gamma is independent of the lattice and depends only on the Lie type of the direct factors of G. It can be calculated easily from the root system. The most general case of this result relies on the Generalized Riemann Hypothesis, but many special cases are unconditional. The proofs use techniques from number theory, algebraic groups, finite group theory, and combinatorics.
Geochronology of the Dahongshan Group
胡霭琴; 朱炳泉; 等
1991-01-01
The Dahongshan Group is divided into five formations from the bottom to the top:the Laochanghe For-mation;the Manganghe Formation;the Hongshan Formation ,the Feiweihe Formation and the Potou For-mation.As can be seen form the U-Pb Concordia plot for zircon fractions collected from the metamorphic sodic lava of the Hongshan Formation,the upper intersect age with the Concordia is 1665.55-10.86+13.56Ma.Sm-Nd dating of four whole-rock samples and one hornblende from the Manganghe and Hongshan forma-tions yielded an isochron age of 1657±82Ma .This result is in good agreement with the zircon U-Pb age and thus can represent the formation age of the Dahongshan Group.The initial143Nd/144Nd ratio is esti-mated at 0.510646,with END(T)=+3.1±1.8.In addition the Dahongshan Group rocks are character-ized by low REE contents,with δEu>1.All this goes to show that the original rocks of the Dahongshan Group were derived from a depleted mantle.The calculated Sm-Nd model ages range from-1900 to -2000Ma,representing the time of crust/mantle differentiation in the area studied.From the above results,in conjunction with the time-scale scheme for China,the Dahongshan Group should be assigned to the Middle Proterozoic.
Communication in Organizational Groups
Monica RADU
2007-01-01
Organizational group can be defined as some persons between who exist interactive connections (functional, communication, affective, normative type). Classification of these groups can reflect the dimension, type of relationship or type of rules included. Organizational groups and their influence over the individual efficiency and the efficiency of the entire group are interconnected. Spontaneous roles in these groups sustain the structure of the relationship, and the personality of each indi...
LEGO-Method--New Strategy for Chemistry Calculation
Molnar, Jozsef; Molnar-Hamvas, Livia
2011-01-01
The presented strategy of chemistry calculation is based on mole-concept, but it uses only one fundamental relationship of the amounts of substance as a basic panel. The name of LEGO-method comes from the famous toy of LEGO[R] because solving equations by grouping formulas is similar to that. The relations of mole and the molar amounts, as small…
Interactive calculations of thermodynamics properties of minerals in VLab
Kelly, N.; da Silveira, P. R.; Wentzcovitch, R. M.
2009-12-01
We have developed a page within the VLab web site from which calculations of thermodynamics properties of minerals can be performed interactively. Previously published first principles calculations based on qhasiharmonic theory by our group have produced pressure dependent vibrational density of states (VDOSs). These calculations were costly and the essential information they produced, the VDOSs, are now stored on a database. They can be used to regenerate published results or calculate thermodynamics properties using specific user entered information (pressure and temperature range and grids, equation of state type, etc). Results are presented in numerical or graphics format (Gnuplot 4.2.2) that are interactively customized and downloadable. All codes behind the Web container are written in Java.
The experience of GPU calculations at Lunarc
Sjöström, Anders; Lindemann, Jonas; Church, Ross
2011-09-01
To meet the ever increasing demand for computational speed and use of ever larger datasets, multi GPU instal- lations look very tempting. Lunarc and the Theoretical Astrophysics group at Lund Observatory collaborate on a pilot project to evaluate and utilize multi-GPU architectures for scientific calculations. Starting with a small workshop in 2009, continued investigations eventually lead to the procurement of the GPU-resource Timaeus, which is a four-node eight-GPU cluster with two Nvidia m2050 GPU-cards per node. The resource is housed within the larger cluster Platon and share disk-, network- and system resources with that cluster. The inaugu- ration of Timaeus coincided with the meeting "Computational Physics with GPUs" in November 2010, hosted by the Theoretical Astrophysics group at Lund Observatory. The meeting comprised of a two-day workshop on GPU-computing and a two-day science meeting on using GPUs as a tool for computational physics research, with a particular focus on astrophysics and computational biology. Today Timaeus is used by research groups from Lund, Stockholm and Lule in fields ranging from Astrophysics to Molecular Chemistry. We are investigating the use of GPUs with commercial software packages and user supplied MPI-enabled codes. Looking ahead, Lunarc will be installing a new cluster during the summer of 2011 which will have a small number of GPU-enabled nodes that will enable us to continue working with the combination of parallel codes and GPU-computing. It is clear that the combination of GPUs/CPUs is becoming an important part of high performance computing and here we will describe what has been done at Lunarc regarding GPU-computations and how we will continue to investigate the new and coming multi-GPU servers and how they can be utilized in our environment.
Guidelines for the analysis of free energy calculations.
Klimovich, Pavel V; Shirts, Michael R; Mobley, David L
2015-05-01
Free energy calculations based on molecular dynamics simulations show considerable promise for applications ranging from drug discovery to prediction of physical properties and structure-function studies. But these calculations are still difficult and tedious to analyze, and best practices for analysis are not well defined or propagated. Essentially, each group analyzing these calculations needs to decide how to conduct the analysis and, usually, develop its own analysis tools. Here, we review and recommend best practices for analysis yielding reliable free energies from molecular simulations. Additionally, we provide a Python tool, alchemical-analysis.py, freely available on GitHub as part of the pymbar package (located at http://github.com/choderalab/pymbar), that implements the analysis practices reviewed here for several reference simulation packages, which can be adapted to handle data from other packages. Both this review and the tool covers analysis of alchemical calculations generally, including free energy estimates via both thermodynamic integration and free energy perturbation-based estimators. Our Python tool also handles output from multiple types of free energy calculations, including expanded ensemble and Hamiltonian replica exchange, as well as standard fixed ensemble calculations. We also survey a range of statistical and graphical ways of assessing the quality of the data and free energy estimates, and provide prototypes of these in our tool. We hope this tool and discussion will serve as a foundation for more standardization of and agreement on best practices for analysis of free energy calculations.
Status of effective potential calculations
Quiros, M.
1995-01-01
We review various effective potential methods which have been useful to compute the Higgs mass spectrum and couplings of the minimal supersymmetric standard model. We compare results where all-loop next-to-leading-log corrections are resummed by the renormalization group, with those where just the leading-log corrections are kept. Pole masses are obtained from running masses by addition of convenient self-energy diagrams. Approximate analytical expressions are worked out, providing an excellent approximation to the numerical results which include all next-to-leading-log terms. An appropriate treatment of squark decoupling allows to consider large values of the stop and/or sbottom mixing parameters and thus fix a reliable upper bound on the mass of the lightest CP-even Higgs boson mass.
Group Psychotherapy in Iceland.
Ívarsson, Ómar
2015-10-01
In this overview of group psychotherapy in Iceland, an attempt will be made to describe how it is practiced today, give some glimpses into its earlier history, and clarify seven issues: (1) the standing of group psychotherapy in Iceland, its previous history, and the theoretical orientation of dynamic group therapy in the country; (2) the role of group therapy in the health care system; (3) how training in group therapy is organized; (4) the relationship between group psychotherapy research and clinical practice; (5) which issues/processes can be identified as unique to therapy groups in Iceland; and (6) how important are group-related issues within the social background of the country; and (7) what group work holds for the future.
Locally minimal topological groups
enhofer, Lydia Au\\ss; Dikranjan, Dikran; Domínguez, Xabier
2009-01-01
A Hausdorff topological group $(G,\\tau)$ is called locally minimal if there exists a neighborhood $U$ of 0 in $\\tau$ such that $U$ fails to be a neighborhood of zero in any Hausdorff group topology on $G$ which is strictly coarser than $\\tau.$ Examples of locally minimal groups are all subgroups of Banach-Lie groups, all locally compact groups and all minimal groups. Motivated by the fact that locally compact NSS groups are Lie groups, we study the connection between local minimality and the NSS property, establishing that under certain conditions, locally minimal NSS groups are metrizable. A symmetric subset of an abelian group containing zero is said to be a GTG set if it generates a group topology in an analogous way as convex and symmetric subsets are unit balls for pseudonorms on a vector space. We consider topological groups which have a neighborhood basis at zero consisting of GTG sets. Examples of these locally GTG groups are: locally pseudo--convex spaces, groups uniformly free from small subgroups (...
Weakening of a Polyethylene Chain by Methyl Side Groups
Hageman, J.C.L.; Wijs, G.A. de; Groot, R.A. de; Meier, Robert J.
2003-01-01
The effect of methyl side groups on the strength of a single polyethylene chain is calculated with Density Functional Theory. Using transition state theory, the scission rate is calculated as function of stress for bonds next to a methyl side group. The increase in the scission rate due to the prese
Weakening of a Polyethylene Chain by Methyl Side Groups
Hageman, J.C.L.; Wijs, G.A. de; Groot, R.A. de; Meier, Robert J.
2003-01-01
The effect of methyl side groups on the strength of a single polyethylene chain is calculated with Density Functional Theory. Using transition state theory, the scission rate is calculated as function of stress for bonds next to a methyl side group. The increase in the scission rate due to the prese
Clebsch-Gordan coefficients of finite magnetic groups
Broek, van den P.M.
1979-01-01
A detailed method is given for the calculation of Clebsch–Gordan coefficients of finite magnetic groups. This method is a generalization of a new method for the calculation of Clebsch–Gordan coefficients of finite nonmagnetic groups which makes use of the fact that the Clebsch–Gordan coefficients ma
Gil, J I Burgos
2009-01-01
We give a new construction of higher arithmetic Chow groups for quasi-projective arithmetic varieties over a field. Our definition agrees with the higher arithmetic Chow groups defined by Goncharov for projective arithmetic varieties over a field. These groups are the analogue, in the Arakelov context, of the higher algebraic Chow groups defined by Bloch. The degree zero group agrees with the arithmetic Chow groups of Burgos. Our new construction is shown to be a contravariant functor and is endowed with a product structure, which is commutative and associative.
Analytic computations of massive one-loop amplitudes
Badger, Simon; Yundin, Valery [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Sattler, Ralf [Berlin Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Physik
2010-06-15
We show some new applications of on-shell methods to calculate compact helicity amplitudes for t anti t production through gluon fusion. The rational and mass renormalisation contributions are extracted from two independent Feynman diagram based approaches. (orig.)
The strong symmetric genus of the finite Coxeter groups
2004-01-01
The strong symmetric genus of a finite group G is the smallest genus of a closed orientable topological surface on which G acts faithfully as a group of orientation preserving automorphisms. In this paper we complete the calculation of the strong symmetric genus for each finite Coxeter group excluding the group E8.
A remarkable representation of the Clifford group
Bengtsson, Ingemar
2012-01-01
The finite Heisenberg group knows when the dimension of Hilbert space is a square number. Remarkably, it then admits a representation such that the entire Clifford group --- the automorphism group of the Heisenberg group --- is represented by monomial phase-permutation matrices. This has a beneficial influence on the amount of calculation that must be done to find Symmetric Informationally Complete POVMs. I make some comments on the equations obeyed by the absolute values of the components of the SIC vectors, and on the fact that the representation partly suggests a preferred tensor product structure.
Morris, Joan, Ed.
1984-01-01
Describes nine Canadian programs for counseling groups of students. Topics include introducing computer-assisted guidance, future challenges for counselors, sociometry, sexuality, parent counseling, reluctant students, shyness, peer groups, education for living, and guidance advisory committees. (JAC)
Harman, Robert L.; Franklin, Richard W.
1975-01-01
Gestalt therapy in groups is not limited to individual work in the presence of an audience. Describes several ways to involve gestalt groups interactionally. Interactions described focus on learning by doing and discovering, and are noninterpretive. (Author/EJT)
Group B streptococcus - pregnancy
... page: //medlineplus.gov/ency/patientinstructions/000511.htm Group B streptococcus - pregnancy To use the sharing features on this page, please enable JavaScript. Group B streptococcus (GBS) is a type of bacteria that ...
Group Decision Process Support
Gøtze, John; Hijikata, Masao
1997-01-01
Introducing the notion of Group Decision Process Support Systems (GDPSS) to traditional decision-support theorists.......Introducing the notion of Group Decision Process Support Systems (GDPSS) to traditional decision-support theorists....
About group digital signatures
Adriana Cristina Enache
2012-09-01
Full Text Available
Group signatures try to combine security (no framing, no cheating and privacy(anonymity, unlinkability.A group digital signature is a digital signature with enhanced privacy features that allows members of a given group to anonymously sign messages on behalf of the group, producing a group signature. However, in the case of dispute the identity of the signature's originator can be revealed by a designated entity (group manager. The present paper describes the main concepts about group signatures, along with a brief state of the art and shows a personal cryptographic library implemented in Java that includes two group signatures.
Liu, Jun
2010-01-01
The group Lasso is an extension of the Lasso for feature selection on (predefined) non-overlapping groups of features. The non-overlapping group structure limits its applicability in practice. There have been several recent attempts to study a more general formulation, where groups of features are given, potentially with overlaps between the groups. The resulting optimization is, however, much more challenging to solve due to the group overlaps. In this paper, we consider the efficient optimization of the overlapping group Lasso penalized problem. We reveal several key properties of the proximal operator associated with the overlapping group Lasso, and compute the proximal operator by solving the smooth and convex dual problem, which allows the use of the gradient descent type of algorithms for the optimization. We have performed empirical evaluations using the breast cancer gene expression data set, which consists of 8,141 genes organized into (overlapping) gene sets. Experimental results demonstrate the eff...
Generalized Group Signature Scheme
无
2001-01-01
The concept of generalized group signature scheme will bepresent. Based on the generalized secret sharing scheme proposed by Lin and Ha rn, a non-interactive approach is designed for realizing such generalized group signature scheme. Using the new scheme, the authorized subsets of the group in w hich the group member can cooperate to produce the valid signature for any messa ge can be randomly specified
Hansen, Annette Skovsted
2014-01-01
Motivation for the activity I use this strategy for forming groups to ensure diverse/multicultural groups that combine a variety of different strengths and resources based on student's academic, disciplinary, linguistic, national, personal and work backgrounds.......Motivation for the activity I use this strategy for forming groups to ensure diverse/multicultural groups that combine a variety of different strengths and resources based on student's academic, disciplinary, linguistic, national, personal and work backgrounds....
CHP Energy and Emissions Savings Calculator
Download the CHP Emissions Calculator, a tool that calculates the difference between the anticipated carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, sulfur dioxide, and nitrogen oxide emissions from a CHP system to those of a separate heat and power system.
Dynamics Calculation of Travel Wave Tube
无
2011-01-01
During the dynamics calculating of the travel tube, we must obtain the field map in the tube. The field map can be affected by not only the beam loading, but also the attenuation coefficient. The calculation of the attenuation coefficient
A New Approach for Calculating Vacuum Susceptibility
宗红石; 平加伦; 顾建中
2004-01-01
Based on the Dyson-Schwinger approach, we propose a new method for calculating vacuum susceptibilities. As an example, the vector vacuum susceptibility is calculated. A comparison with the results of the previous approaches is presented.
76 FR 71431 - Civil Penalty Calculation Methodology
2011-11-17
... TRANSPORTATION Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration Civil Penalty Calculation Methodology AGENCY: Federal... its civil penalty methodology. Part of this evaluation includes a forthcoming explanation of the... methodology for calculation of certain civil penalties. To induce compliance with federal regulations,...
Groups, combinatorics and geometry
Ivanov, A A; Saxl, J
2003-01-01
Over the past 20 years, the theory of groups in particular simplegroups, finite and algebraic has influenced a number of diverseareas of mathematics. Such areas include topics where groups have beentraditionally applied, such as algebraic combinatorics, finitegeometries, Galois theory and permutation groups, as well as severalmore recent developments.
Asymmetry within social groups
Barker, Jessie; Loope, Kevin J.; Reeve, H. Kern
2016-01-01
Social animals vary in their ability to compete with group members over shared resources and also vary in their cooperative efforts to produce these resources. Competition among groups can promote within-group cooperation, but many existing models of intergroup cooperation do not explicitly account...
Gil, J. I. Burgos; Feliu, Elisenda
2012-01-01
We give a new construction of higher arithmetic Chow groups for quasi-projective arithmetic varieties over a field. Our definition agrees with the higher arithmetic Chow groups defined by Goncharov for projective arithmetic varieties over a field. These groups are the analogue, in the Arakelov co...
Pressure Vessel Calculations for VVER-440 Reactors
Hordósy, G.; Hegyi, Gy.; Keresztúri, A.; Maráczy, Cs.; Temesvári, E.; Vértes, P.; Zsolnay, É.
2003-06-01
Monte Carlo calculations were performed for a selected cycle of the Paks NPP Unit II to test a computational model. In the model the source term was calculated by the core design code KARATE and the neutron transport calculations were performed by the MCNP. Different forms of the source specification were examined. The calculated results were compared with measurements and in most cases fairly good agreement was found.
Balcan, D; Erzan, A
2005-02-01
We have defined a type of clustering scheme preserving the connectivity of the nodes in a network, ignored by the conventional Migdal-Kadanoff bond moving process. In high dimensions, our clustering scheme performs better for correlation length and dynamical critical exponents than the conventional Migdal-Kadanoff bond moving scheme. In two and three dimensions we find the dynamical critical exponents for the kinetic Ising model to be z=2.13 and z=2.09 , respectively, at the pure Ising fixed point. These values are in very good agreement with recent Monte Carlo results. We investigate the phase diagram and the critical behavior of randomly bond diluted lattices in d=2 and 3 in the light of this transformation. We also provide exact correlation exponent and dynamical critical exponent values on hierarchical lattices with power-law and Poissonian degree distributions.
Quantum-chemical calculations of dye-sensitized semiconductor nanocrystals
Persson, P.; Lundqvist, M. J.; Nilsing, M.; van Duin, A. C. T.; Goddard, W. A., III
2006-08-01
Quantum chemical calculations providing detailed information of dye-sensitized semiconductor nanocrystals are presented. The calculations are used to elucidate both structural and electronic properties of photoelectrochemical devices, such as environmentally friendly Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells (DSSCs), at the molecular level. Quantum chemical calculations have recently been performed on both organic and organometallic dye molecules attached to titanium dioxide (TiO II) nanocrystals via different anchor and spacer groups. Strategies to make accurate quantum chemical calculations, e.g. at the DFT level of theory, on increasingly realistic models of such dye-sensitized semiconductor interfaces are presented. The ability of different anchor and spacer groups to act as mediators of ultrafast photo-induced electron injection from the dye molecules into the semiconductor nanocrystals is, in particular, discussed in terms of calculated electronic coupling strengths, and direct comparisons with experimental information are made whenever possible. Progress in the development of multi-scale simulation techniques using so called reactive force fields is illustrated for dye-sensitized solar cell systems.
Mathematical Creative Activity and the Graphic Calculator
Duda, Janina
2011-01-01
Teaching mathematics using graphic calculators has been an issue of didactic discussions for years. Finding ways in which graphic calculators can enrich the development process of creative activity in mathematically gifted students between the ages of 16-17 is the focus of this article. Research was conducted using graphic calculators with…
47 CFR 1.1623 - Probability calculation.
2010-10-01
... 47 Telecommunication 1 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Probability calculation. 1.1623 Section 1.1623... Mass Media Services General Procedures § 1.1623 Probability calculation. (a) All calculations shall be computed to no less than three significant digits. Probabilities will be truncated to the number of...
Status Report of NNLO QCD Calculations
Klasen, M
2005-01-01
We review recent progress in next-to-next-to-leading order (NNLO) perturbative QCD calculations with special emphasis on results ready for phenomenological applications. Important examples are new results on structure functions and jet or Higgs boson production. In addition, we describe new calculational techniques based on twistors and their potential for efficient calculations of multiparticle amplitudes.
A general formalism for phase space calculations
Norbury, John W.; Deutchman, Philip A.; Townsend, Lawrence W.; Cucinotta, Francis A.
1988-01-01
General formulas for calculating the interactions of galactic cosmic rays with target nuclei are presented. Methods for calculating the appropriate normalization volume elements and phase space factors are presented. Particular emphasis is placed on obtaining correct phase space factors for 2-, and 3-body final states. Calculations for both Lorentz-invariant and noninvariant phase space are presented.
Decimals, Denominators, Demons, Calculators, and Connections
Sparrow, Len; Swan, Paul
2005-01-01
The authors provide activities for overcoming some fraction misconceptions using calculators specially designed for learners in primary years. The writers advocate use of the calculator as a way to engage children in thinking about mathematics. By engaging with a calculator as part of mathematics learning, children are learning about and using the…
van Knippenberg, Daan; Schippers, Michaéla C
2007-01-01
Work group diversity, the degree to which there are differences between group members, may affect group process and performance positively as well as negatively. Much is still unclear about the effects of diversity, however. We review the 1997-2005 literature on work group diversity to assess the state of the art and to identify key issues for future research. This review points to the need for more complex conceptualizations of diversity, as well as to the need for more empirical attention to the processes that are assumed to underlie the effects of diversity on group process and performance and to the contingency factors of these processes.
Groups of Circle Diffeomorphisms
Navas, Andrés
2011-01-01
In recent years scholars from a variety of branches of mathematics have made several significant developments in the theory of group actions. Groups of Circle Diffeomorphisms systematically explores group actions on the simplest closed manifold, the circle. As the group of circle diffeomorphisms is an important subject in modern mathematics, this book will be of interest to those doing research in group theory, dynamical systems, low dimensional geometry and topology, and foliation theory. The book is mostly self-contained and also includes numerous complementary exercises, making it an excell
Mohammad Mehdi Nasrabadi; Ali Gholamian
2014-11-01
Let be a group and $A = \\text{Aut}(G)$ be the group of automorphisms of . Then, the element $[g, ] = g^{-1}(g)$ is an autocommutator of $g \\in G$ and $ \\in A$. Hence, for any natural number the -th autocommutator subgroup of is defined as $K_{m}(G)=\\langle [g,_{1},\\ldots,_{m}]|g\\in G,_{1},\\ldots,_{m}\\in A\\rangle$, where $[g, _{1}, _{2},\\ldots, _{m}] = [[g,_{1},\\ldots,_{m−1}], _{m}]$. In this paper, we introduce the new notion of -nilpotent groups and classify all abelian groups which are -nilpotent groups.
ShiEnhui; ZhouLizhen; ZhouYoucheng
2003-01-01
It is proved that there is no chaotic group actions on any topological space with free arc.In this paper the chaotic actions of the group like G×F,where F is a finite group,are studied.In particular,under a suitable assumption ,if F is a cyclic group,then the topological space which admits a chaotic action of Z×F must admit a chatotic homeomorphism.A topological space which admits a chaotic group action but admits no chaotic horneomorphism is constructed.
Vinegar, Harold J [Bellaire, TX; Coit, William George [Bellaire, TX; Griffin, Peter Terry [Brixham, GB; Hamilton, Paul Taylor [Houston, TX; Hsu, Chia-Fu [Granada Hills, CA; Mason, Stanley Leroy [Allen, TX; Samuel, Allan James [Kular Lumpar, ML; Watkins, Ronnie Wade [Cypress, TX
2012-07-31
A system for treating a hydrocarbon containing formation is described. The system includes two or more groups of elongated heaters. The group includes two or more heaters placed in two or more openings in the formation. The heaters in the group are electrically coupled below the surface of the formation. The openings include at least partially uncased wellbores in a hydrocarbon layer of the formation. The groups are electrically configured such that current flow through the formation between at least two groups is inhibited. The heaters are configured to provide heat to the formation.
Vinegar, Harold J. (Bellaire, TX); Coit, William George (Bellaire, TX); Griffin, Peter Terry (Brixham, GB); Hamilton, Paul Taylor (Houston, TX); Hsu, Chia-Fu (Granada Hills, CA); Mason, Stanley Leroy (Allen, TX); Samuel, Allan James (Kular Lumpar, MY); Watkins, Ronnie Wade (Cypress, TX)
2010-11-09
A system for treating a hydrocarbon containing formation is described. The system includes two or more groups of elongated heaters. The group includes two or more heaters placed in two or more openings in the formation. The heaters in the group are electrically coupled below the surface of the formation. The openings include at least partially uncased wellbores in a hydrocarbon layer of the formation. The groups are electrically configured such that current flow through the formation between at least two groups is inhibited. The heaters are configured to provide heat to the formation.
Nielsen, Henrik
2012-01-01
Group I intron ribozymes constitute one of the main classes of ribozymes and have been a particularly important model in the discovery of key concepts in RNA biology as well as in the development of new methods. Compared to other ribozyme classes, group I intron ribozymes display considerable......, the intronic products of these pathways have the potential to integrate into targets and to form various types of circular RNA molecules. Thus, group I intron ribozymes and associated elements found within group I introns is a rich source of biological phenomena. This chapter provides a strategy and protocols...... for initial characterization of new group I intron ribozymes....
Milewski, Emil G
2012-01-01
REA's Essentials provide quick and easy access to critical information in a variety of different fields, ranging from the most basic to the most advanced. As its name implies, these concise, comprehensive study guides summarize the essentials of the field covered. Essentials are helpful when preparing for exams, doing homework and will remain a lasting reference source for students, teachers, and professionals. Group Theory I includes sets and mapping, groupoids and semi-groups, groups, isomorphisms and homomorphisms, cyclic groups, the Sylow theorems, and finite p-groups.
Full Non-Rigid Group and Symmetry of Dimethyltrichlorophosphorus
ASHRAFI; AliReza
2005-01-01
In this work, a simple method is described, by means of which it is possible to calculate character tables for the symmetry group of molecules consisting of a number of NH3 groups attached to a rigid framework. The full non-rigid group (f-NRG) of dimethyltrichlorophosphorus with the symmetry group D3h was studied. It has been proven that it is a group of order 216 with 27 conjugacy classes and its character table computed. Finally, the Permutation-lnversion group of this molecule was calculated.
HR Department
2012-01-01
There will be an e-groups training course on 16 March 2012 which will cover the main e-groups functionalities i.e.: creating and managing e-groups, difference between static and dynamic e-groups, configuring posting restrictions and archives, examples of where e-groups can be used in daily work. Even if you have already worked with e-groups, this may be a good opportunity to learn about the best practices and security related recommendations when using e-groups. You can find more details as well as enrolment form for the training (it’s free) here. The number of places is limited, so enrolling early is recommended. Technical Training Tel. 72844
Steinberg, Robert
2016-01-01
Robert Steinberg's Lectures on Chevalley Groups were delivered and written during the author's sabbatical visit to Yale University in the 1967-1968 academic year. The work presents the status of the theory of Chevalley groups as it was in the mid-1960s. Much of this material was instrumental in many areas of mathematics, in particular in the theory of algebraic groups and in the subsequent classification of finite groups. This posthumous edition incorporates additions and corrections prepared by the author during his retirement, including a new introductory chapter. A bibliography and editorial notes have also been added. This is a great unsurpassed introduction to the subject of Chevalley groups that influenced generations of mathematicians. I would recommend it to anybody whose interests include group theory. -Efim Zelmanov, University of California, San Diego Robert Steinberg's lectures on Chevalley groups were given at Yale University in 1967. The notes for the lectures contain a wonderful exposition of ...
One-loop Yukawa couplings in local models
Conlon, Joseph P. [Rudolf Peierls Center for Theoretical Physics, Oxford (United Kingdom); Balliol College, Oxford (United Kingdom); Goodsell, Mark [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany); Palti, Eran [Centre de Physique Theorique, Ecole Polytechnique, CNRS, Palaiseau (France)
2010-07-15
We calculate the one-loop Yukawa couplings and threshold corrections for supersymmetric local models of branes at singularities in type IIB string theory. We compute the corrections coming both from wavefunction and vertex renormalisation. The former comes in the IR from conventional field theory running and in the UV from threshold corrections that cause it to run from the winding scale associated to the full Calabi-Yau volume. The vertex correction is naively absent as it appears to correspond to superpotential renormalisation. However, we find that while the Wilsonian superpotential is not renormalised there is a physical vertex correction in the 1PI action associated to light particle loops. (orig.)
PERCENTAGE OF SANGUIN GROUP (ABO, RH
M.Mirdamadi
1978-09-01
Full Text Available The ABO and Rh Blood groups of 9753 pregnant women were determined in the Amin Maternity Hospital, Isfahan, Iran, from March 23, 1976 to July 11, 1977. Their ABO blood group frequencies were calculated as follows: 0=38.20%, A=30.67%, B=23.84% and AB=7.26%. Also, 90.02% of the women were Rh positive and the rest, namely, 9.98% were Rh negative.
Kohn-Sham calculations with the exact functional
Wagner, Lucas O; Stoudenmire, E M; Burke, Kieron; White, Steven R
2014-01-01
As a proof of principle, self-consistent Kohn-Sham calculations are performed with the exact exchange-correlation functional. The systems calculated are one-dimensional real-space interacting fermions with more than two electrons. To find the exact functional for trial densities requires solving the interacting Schroedinger equation multiple times, a much more demanding task than direct solution of the Schr\\"odinger equation. The density matrix renormalization group method makes this possible. We illustrate and explore the convergence properties of the exact KS scheme for both weakly and strongly correlated systems. We also explore the spin-dependent generalization and densities for which the functional is ill defined.
A tool for standardized collector performance calculations including PVT
Perers, Bengt; Kovacs, Peter; Olsson, Marcus
2012-01-01
A tool for standardized calculation of solar collector performance has been developed in cooperation between SP Technical Research Institute of Sweden, DTU Denmark and SERC Dalarna University. The tool is designed to calculate the annual performance of solar collectors at representative locations...... in Europe. The collector parameters used as input in the tool are compiled from tests according to EN12975, without any intermediate conversions. The main target group for this tool is test institutes and certification bodies that are intended to use it for conversion of collector model parameters (derived...
MODY - calculation of ordered structures by symmetry-adapted functions
Białas, Franciszek; Pytlik, Lucjan; Sikora, Wiesława
2016-01-01
In this paper we focus on the new version of computer program MODY for calculations of symmetryadapted functions based on the theory of groups and representations. The choice of such a functional frame of coordinates for description of ordered structures leads to a minimal number of parameters which must be used for presentation of such structures and investigations of their properties. The aim of this work is to find those parameters, which are coefficients of a linear combination of calculated functions, leading to construction of different types of structure ordering with a given symmetry. A spreadsheet script for simplification of this work has been created and attached to the program.
Infrared Spectroscopy of Functionalized Graphene Sheets from First Principle Calculations
Zhang, Cui; Dabbs, Daniel; Aksay, Ilhan; Car, Roberto; Selloni, Annabella
2014-03-01
Detailed characterization of the structure of functionalized graphene sheets (FGSs) is an important and challenging task which could help to improve the performance of FGS materials for technological applications. We present here first principles calculations for the infrared (IR) spectra of different FGS models aimed at identifying the IR signatures of different functional groups and defect sites on FGSs. We found that vacancies and edges have significant effects on the IR frequencies of the functional groups on FGSs. In particular, hydroxyl groups close to vacancies have higher stretching and lower bending frequencies in comparison to hydroxyls in defect free regions of FGSs. More interestingly, the OH vibrations of carboxyl groups at edges exhibit unique features in the high frequency IR bands, which originate from the interactions with neighboring groups and the relative orientation of the carboxyl with respect to the FGS plane. Our results are supported by experimental IR measurements on FGS powders.
Detailed opacity calculations for stellar models
Pain, Jean-Christophe; Gilleron, Franck
2016-10-01
We present a state of the art of precise spectral opacity calculations illustrated by stellar applications. The essential role of laboratory experiments to check the quality of the computed data is underlined. We review some X-ray and XUV laser and Z-pinch photo-absorption measurements as well as X-ray emission spectroscopy experiments of hot dense plasmas produced by ultra-high-intensity laser interaction. The measured spectra are systematically compared with the fine-structure opacity code SCO-RCG. Focus is put on iron, due to its crucial role in the understanding of asteroseismic observations of Beta Cephei-type and Slowly Pulsating B stars, as well as in the Sun. For instance, in Beta Cephei-type stars (which should not be confused with Cepheid variables), the iron-group opacity peak excites acoustic modes through the kappa-mechanism. A particular attention is paid to the higher-than-predicted iron opacity measured on Sandia's Z facility at solar interior conditions (boundary of the convective zone). We discuss some theoretical aspects such as orbital relaxation, electron collisional broadening, ionic Stark effect, oscillator-strength sum rules, photo-ionization, or the ``filling-the-gap'' effect of highly excited states.
Giannone, Francesca; Giordano, Cecilia; Di Blasi, Maria
2015-10-01
This article describes the history and the prevailing orientations of group psychotherapy in Italy (psychoanalytically oriented, psychodrama, CBT groups) and particularly group analysis. Provided free of charge by the Italian health system, group psychotherapy is growing, but its expansion is patchy. The main pathways of Italian training in the different group psychotherapy orientations are also presented. Clinical-theoretical elaboration on self development, psychopathology related to group experiences, and the methodological attention paid to objectives and methods in different clinical groups are issues related to group therapy in Italy. Difficulties in the relationship between research and clinical practice are discussed, as well as the empirical research network that tries to bridge the gap between research and clinical work in group psychotherapy. The economic crisis in Italy has led to massive cuts in health care and to an increasing demand for some forms of psychological treatment. For these reasons, and because of its positive cost-benefit ratio, group psychotherapy is now considered an important tool in the national health care system to expand the clinical response to different forms of psychological distress.
Ranadhir Mitra
2014-01-01
Full Text Available International Society of Blood Transfusion has recently recognized 33 blood group systems. Apart from ABO and Rhesus system, many other types of antigens have been noticed on the red cell membranes. Blood grouping and cross-matching is one of the few important tests that the anaesthesiologist orders during perioperative period. Hence, a proper understanding of the blood group system, their clinical significance, typing and cross-matching tests, and current perspective are of paramount importance to prevent transfusion-related complications. Nonetheless, the knowledge on blood group system is necessary to approach blood group-linked diseases which are still at the stage of research. This review addresses all these aspects of the blood groups system.
Stochastic Lie group integrators
Malham, Simon J A
2007-01-01
We present Lie group integrators for nonlinear stochastic differential equations with non-commutative vector fields whose solution evolves on a smooth finite dimensional manifold. Given a Lie group action that generates transport along the manifold, we pull back the stochastic flow on the manifold to the Lie group via the action, and subsequently pull back the flow to the corresponding Lie algebra via the exponential map. We construct an approximation to the stochastic flow in the Lie algebra via closed operations and then push back to the Lie group and then to the manifold, thus ensuring our approximation lies in the manifold. We call such schemes stochastic Munthe-Kaas methods after their deterministic counterparts. We also present stochastic Lie group integration schemes based on Castell--Gaines methods. These involve using an underlying ordinary differential integrator to approximate the flow generated by a truncated stochastic exponential Lie series. They become stochastic Lie group integrator schemes if...
Bestvina, Mladen; Vogtmann, Karen
2014-01-01
Geometric group theory refers to the study of discrete groups using tools from topology, geometry, dynamics and analysis. The field is evolving very rapidly and the present volume provides an introduction to and overview of various topics which have played critical roles in this evolution. The book contains lecture notes from courses given at the Park City Math Institute on Geometric Group Theory. The institute consists of a set of intensive short courses offered by leaders in the field, designed to introduce students to exciting, current research in mathematics. These lectures do not duplicate standard courses available elsewhere. The courses begin at an introductory level suitable for graduate students and lead up to currently active topics of research. The articles in this volume include introductions to CAT(0) cube complexes and groups, to modern small cancellation theory, to isometry groups of general CAT(0) spaces, and a discussion of nilpotent genus in the context of mapping class groups and CAT(0) gro...
Goswami, Debashish
2016-01-01
This book offers an up-to-date overview of the recently proposed theory of quantum isometry groups. Written by the founders, it is the first book to present the research on the “quantum isometry group”, highlighting the interaction of noncommutative geometry and quantum groups, which is a noncommutative generalization of the notion of group of isometry of a classical Riemannian manifold. The motivation for this generalization is the importance of isometry groups in both mathematics and physics. The framework consists of Alain Connes’ “noncommutative geometry” and the operator-algebraic theory of “quantum groups”. The authors prove the existence of quantum isometry group for noncommutative manifolds given by spectral triples under mild conditions and discuss a number of methods for computing them. One of the most striking and profound findings is the non-existence of non-classical quantum isometry groups for arbitrary classical connected compact manifolds and, by using this, the authors explicitl...
Three dimensions transport calculations for PWR core; Calcul de coeur R.E.P. en transport 3D
Richebois, E
2000-07-01
The objective of this work is to define improved 3-D core calculation methods based on the transport theory. These methods can be particularly useful and lead to more precise computations in areas of the core where anisotropy and steep flux gradients occur, especially near interface and boundary conditions and in regions of high heterogeneity (bundle with absorbent rods). In order to apply the transport theory a new method for calculating reflector constants has been developed, since traditional methods were only suited for 2-group diffusion core calculations and could not be extrapolated to transport calculations. In this thesis work, the new method for obtaining reflector constants is derived regardless of the number of energy groups and of the operator used. The core calculations results using the reflector constants thereof obtained have been validated on the EDF's power reactor Saint Laurent B1 with MOX loading. The advantages of a 3-D core transport calculation scheme have been highlighted as opposed to diffusion methods; there are a considerable number of significant effects and potential advantages to be gained in rod worth calculations for instance. These preliminary results obtained with on particular cycle will have to be confirmed by more systematic analysis. Accidents like MSLB (main steam line break) and LOCA (loss of coolant accident) should also be investigated and constitute challenging situations where anisotropy is high and/or flux gradients are steep. This method is now being validated for others EDF's PWRs' reactors, as well as for experimental reactors and other types of commercial reactors. (author)
Johnson, D L
1997-01-01
The aim of this book is to provide an introduction to combinatorial group theory. Any reader who has completed first courses in linear algebra, group theory and ring theory will find this book accessible. The emphasis is on computational techniques but rigorous proofs of all theorems are supplied. This new edition has been revised throughout, including new exercises and an additional chapter on proving that certain groups are infinite.
Semisimple Metacyclic Group Algebras
Gurmeet K Bakshi; Shalini Gupta; Inder Bir S Passi
2011-11-01
Given a group of order $p_1p_2$, where $p_1,p_2$ are primes, and $\\mathbb{F}_q$, a finite field of order coprime to $p_1p_2$, the object of this paper is to compute a complete set of primitive central idempotents of the semisimple group algebra $\\mathbb{F}_q[G]$. As a consequence, we obtain the structure of $\\mathbb{F}_q[G]$ and its group of automorphisms.
Chernikov, Artem; Simon, Pierre
2015-01-01
We study definably amenable NIP groups. We develop a theory of generics, showing that various definitions considered previously coincide, and study invariant measures. Applications include: characterization of regular ergodic measures, a proof of the conjecture of Petrykowski connecting existence of bounded orbits with definable amenability in the NIP case, and the Ellis group conjecture of Newelski and Pillay connecting the model-theoretic connected component of an NIP group with the ideal s...
Laughlin, Patrick R
2011-01-01
Experimental research by social and cognitive psychologists has established that cooperative groups solve a wide range of problems better than individuals. Cooperative problem solving groups of scientific researchers, auditors, financial analysts, air crash investigators, and forensic art experts are increasingly important in our complex and interdependent society. This comprehensive textbook--the first of its kind in decades--presents important theories and experimental research about group problem solving. The book focuses on tasks that have demonstrably correct solutions within mathematical
Aylesworth, Grant R.
Group E at Uaxactún has long been considered an ancient Maya observatory in which an observer could see the sun rise along architectural alignments at the solstices and equinoxes. E-Groups named for the architectural complex list identified in Group E at Uaxactún, typically consist of a large radial pyramid on their west side and three temples on a raised platform on their east side.
Federal Laboratory Consortium — The Explosive Technology Group (ETG) provides diverse technical expertise and an agile, integrated approach to solve complex challenges for all classes of energetic...
CLASSIFICATION OF CRIMINAL GROUPS
Natalia Romanova
2013-06-01
Full Text Available New types of criminal groups are emerging in modern society. These types have their special criminal subculture. The research objective is to develop new parameters of classification of modern criminal groups, create a new typology of criminal groups and identify some features of their subculture. Research methodology is based on the system approach that includes using the method of analysis of documentary sources (materials of a criminal case, method of conversations with themembers of the criminal group, method of testing the members of the criminal group and method of observation. As a result of the conducted research, we have created a new classification of criminal groups. The first type is a lawful group in its form and criminal according to its content (i.e., its target is criminal enrichment. The second type is a criminal organization which is run by so-called "white-collars" that "remain in the shadow". The third type is traditional criminal groups. The fourth type is the criminal group, which openly demonstrates its criminal activity.
Chemical Property Calculation through JavaScript and Applications in QSAR
Hanqing Wu
1999-02-01
Full Text Available The inorganic property (I and organic property (O values of general organic groups are re-proposed here. Both I and O values of drug and biological molecules or groups can be calculated based on their common group values. The calculation can be performed easily on-line through JavaScript. Similar calculation can be done for the drug and biological molecular group electronegativity (X according to the author's published paper. The calculation of lipophilicity (ÃÂ€ or logP parameter of (macromolecules (like proteins can also be performed on-line through JavaScript. Two equations expressed with I and O are provided here to define the hydrophobicity of each amino acid. The correlations of inorganic property and organic property values with other parameters are also discussed. These calculated parameters combined with other parameters can be used for QSAR studies in some drug molecules.
Wright, Kerri
2008-10-01
Student nurses need to develop and retain drug calculation skills in order accurately to calculate drug dosages in clinical practice. If student nurses are to qualify and be fit to practise accurate drug calculation skills, then educational strategies need to not only show that the skills of student nurses have improved but that these skills have been retained over a period of time. A quasi-experimental approach was used to test the effectiveness of a range of strategies in improving retention of drug calculation skills. The results from an IV additive drug calculation test were used to compare the drug calculation skills of student nurses between two groups of students who had received different approaches to teaching drug calculation skills. The sample group received specific teaching and learning strategies in relation to drug calculation skills and the second group received only lectures on drug calculation skills. All test results for students were anonymous. The results from the test for both groups were statistically analysed using the Mann Whitney test to ascertain whether the range of strategies improved the results for the IV additive test. The results were further analysed and compared to ascertain the types and numbers of errors made in each of the sample groups. The results showed that there is a highly significant difference between the two samples using a two-tailed test (U=39.5, pstrategies implemented therefore did make a difference to the retention of drug calculation skills in the students in the intervention group. Further research is required into the retention of drug calculation skills by students and nurses, but there does appears to be evidence to suggest that sound teaching and learning strategies do result in better retention of drug calculation skills.
Maike Buchin
2015-03-01
Full Text Available The collective motion of a set of moving entities like people, birds, or other animals, is characterized by groups arising, merging, splitting, and ending. Given the trajectories of these entities, we define and model a structure that captures all of such changes using the Reeb graph, a concept from topology. The trajectory grouping structure has three natural parameters that allow more global views of the data in group size, group duration, and entity inter-distance. We prove complexity bounds on the maximum number of maximal groups that can be present, and give algorithms to compute the grouping structure efficiently. We also study how the trajectory grouping structure can be made robust, that is, how brief interruptions of groups can be disregarded in the global structure, adding a notion of persistence to the structure. Furthermore, we showcase the results of experiments using data generated by the NetLogo flocking model and from the Starkey project. The Starkey data describe the movement of elk, deer, and cattle. Although there is no ground truth for the grouping structure in this data, the experiments show that the trajectory grouping structure is plausible and has the desired effects when changing the essential parameters. Our research provides the first complete study of trajectory group evolvement, including combinatorial,algorithmic, and experimental results.
Impact of dose calculation algorithm on radiation therapy
Wen-Zhou; Chen; Ying; Xiao; Jun; Li
2014-01-01
The quality of radiation therapy depends on the ability to maximize the tumor control probability while minimizing the normal tissue complication probability.Both of these two quantities are directly related to the accuracy of dose distributions calculated by treatment planning systems.The commonly used dose calculation algorithms in the treatment planning systems are reviewed in this work.The accuracy comparisons among these algorithms are illustrated by summarizing the highly cited research papers on this topic.Further,the correlation between the algorithms and tumor control probability/normal tissue complication probability values are manifested by several recent studies from different groups.All the cases demonstrate that dose calculation algorithms play a vital role in radiation therapy.
Spectroscopic and quantum chemical calculation study on 2-ethoxythiazole molecule
Avcı, Davut; Dede, Bülent; Bahçeli, Semiha; Varkal, Döndü
2017-06-01
In this study, the 2-ethoxythiazole molecule (C5H7NSO) which is a member of the five-membered heterocyles with one nitrogen atom group has been investigated by using the experimental UV-vis (in three different solvents) and FT-IR spectral results as well as some magnetic properties. Furthermore, the calculated molecular geometric parameters, vibrational wavenumbers, HOMO-LUMO energies, 1H and 13C NMR chemical shift values and natural bond orbitals (NBO) of the title molecule have been calculated at the B3LYP and HSEH1PBE levels of theory with the 6-311++G(d,p) basis set. The spectral results obtained from the quantum chemical calculations are in good agreement with the experimental results.
Ellemers, N.; van der Toorn, J
2015-01-01
Morality indicates what is the ‘right’ and the ‘wrong’ way to behave. However, what people see as moral can shift, depending on defining norms and distinctive features of the groups to which they belong. Acting in ways that are considered ‘moral’ by the group secures inclusion and elicits respect
Hjorth, Poul G.
2007-01-01
Since 1998 European Study Groups have been held in Denmark, and Danish companies from LEGO and NOVO to very small high-tech firms have participated. I briefly describe the history, the organisation and the format of the Danish Study Groups, and highlight a few problem solutions....
Fairness and Ability Grouping.
Strike, Kenneth A.
1983-01-01
A recent controversy regarding ability grouping is that it is often perceived as a means whereby racial or class bias can be subtly transformed into mechanisms of discrimination which exhibit the appearance of fairness and objectivity. This article addresses the question of fairness in ability grouping. (CJB)
Walker, Karen
2010-01-01
According to Johnson and Johnson, group work helps increase student retention and satisfaction, develops strong oral communication and social skills, as well as higher self-esteem (University of Minnesota, n.d.). Group work, when planned and implemented deliberately and thoughtfully helps students develop cognitive and leadership skills as well as…
Laursen, Erik K.; Tate, Thomas F.
2012-01-01
For a century, democratic values have called for abandoning coercive approaches and teaching children and youth to be responsible citizens. The authors explore strategies for creating respectful environments and positive group cultures with challenging youth. They offer suggestions to adult group facilitators to support youth in developing…
Koller, Martin M.
Learning in small groups is a practical way to bring about behavior change. The inquiry learning process is perceived to be the most natural and scientific way of learning. Skills developed include those of problem-solving task analysis, decision-making, value formation and adaptability. The art of small group interaction is developed. Factual…
CHINA INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING GROUP
2002-01-01
The China International Publishing Group (CIPG) specializes in international communications. Its operationsencompass reporting, editing, translation, publishing, printing, distribution, and the Internet. It incorporates sevenpublishing companies, five magazines and 19 periodicals, published in over 20 languages. The ChinaInternational Book Trading Corporation, another group facet, distributes all of these to over 180 countries and
Ben David, Nir; Ginosar, Yuval; Meir, Ehud
2014-01-01
The analog of Lagrangians for symplectic forms over finite groups is studied, motivated by the fact that symplectic G -forms with a normal Lagrangian N◃G are in one-to-one correspondence, up to inflation, with bijective 1-cocycle data on the quotients G/N . This yields a method to construct...... groups of central type from such quotients, known as Involutive Yang–Baxter groups. Another motivation for the search of normal Lagrangians comes from a non-commutative generalization of Heisenberg liftings that require normality. Although it is true that symplectic forms over finite nilpotent groups...... always admit Lagrangians, we exhibit an example where none of these subgroups is normal. However, we prove that symplectic forms over nilpotent groups always admit normal Lagrangians if all their p -Sylow subgroups are of order less than p 8 ....
Clay, Adam
2016-01-01
This book deals with the connections between topology and ordered groups. It begins with a self-contained introduction to orderable groups and from there explores the interactions between orderability and objects in low-dimensional topology, such as knot theory, braid groups, and 3-manifolds, as well as groups of homeomorphisms and other topological structures. The book also addresses recent applications of orderability in the studies of codimension-one foliations and Heegaard-Floer homology. The use of topological methods in proving algebraic results is another feature of the book. The book was written to serve both as a textbook for graduate students, containing many exercises, and as a reference for researchers in topology, algebra, and dynamical systems. A basic background in group theory and topology is the only prerequisite for the reader.
Supervision and group dynamics
Hansen, Søren; Jensen, Lars Peter
2004-01-01
as well as at Aalborg University. The first visible result has been participating supervisors telling us that the course has inspired them to try supervising group dynamics in the future. This paper will explore some aspects of supervising group dynamics as well as, how to develop the Aalborg model...... An important aspect of the problem based and project organized study at Aalborg University is the supervision of the project groups. At the basic education (first year) it is stated in the curriculum that part of the supervisors' job is to deal with group dynamics. This is due to the experience...... that many students are having difficulties with practical issues such as collaboration, communication, and project management. Most supervisors either ignore this demand, because they do not find it important or they find it frustrating, because they do not know, how to supervise group dynamics...
Automorphism groups of Quandles
Elhamdadi, M; Restrepo, R
2010-01-01
We prove that the automorphism group of the dihedral quandle with n elements is isomorphic to the affine group of the integers mod n, and also obtain the inner automorphism group of this quandle. In [9], automorphism groups of quandles (up to isomorphisms) of order less than or equal to 5 were given. With the help of the software Maple, we compute the inner and automorphism groups of all seventy three quandles of order six listed in the appendix of [4]. Since computations of automorphisms of quandles relates to the problem of classification of quandles, we also describe an algorithm implemented in C for computing all quandles (up to isomorphism) of order less than or equal to nine.
Perceiving persons and groups.
Hamilton, D L; Sherman, S J
1996-04-01
This article analyzes the similarities and differences in forming impressions of individuals and in developing conceptions of groups. In both cases, the perceiver develops a mental conception of the target (individual or group) on the basis of available information and uses that information to make judgments about that person or group. However, a review of existing evidence reveals differences in the outcomes of impressions formed of individual and group targets, even when those impressions are based on the very same behavioral information. A model is proposed to account for these differences. The model emphasizes the role of differing expectancies of unity and coherence in individual and group targets, which in turn engage different mechanisms for processing information and making judgments. Implications of the model are discussed.
Approaching Minimal Flavour Violation from an S4 x SU(5) SUSY GUT
Dimou, Maria; Luhn, Christoph
2015-01-01
We show how approximate Minimal Flavour Violation (MFV) can emerge from an SU(5) Supersymmetric Grand Unified Theory (SUSY GUT) supplemented by an S4 x U(1) family symmetry, which provides a good description of all quark and lepton (including neutrino) masses, mixings and CP violation. Assuming a SUSY breaking mechanism which respects the family symmetry, we calculate in full explicit detail the low energy mass insertion parameters in the super-CKM basis, including the effects of canonical normalisation and renormalisation group running. We find that the very simple family symmetry S4 x U(1) is sufficient to approximately reproduce the effects of low energy MFV.
On Landau gauge Yang-Mills correlation functions
Cyrol, Anton K; Mitter, Mario; Pawlowski, Jan M; Strodthoff, Nils
2016-01-01
We investigate Landau gauge $SU(3)$ Yang-Mills theory in a systematic vertex expansion scheme for the effective action with the functional renormalisation group. Particular focus is put on the dynamical creation of the gluon mass gap at non-perturbative momenta and the consistent treatment of quadratic divergences. The non-perturbative ghost and transverse gluon propagators as well as the momentum-dependent ghost-gluon, three-gluon and four-gluon vertices are calculated self-consistently with the classical action as only input. The apparent convergence of the expansion scheme is discussed and within the errors, our numerical results are in quantitative agreement with available lattice results.
Renormalization group analysis of turbulence
Smith, Leslie M.
1989-01-01
The objective is to understand and extend a recent theory of turbulence based on dynamic renormalization group (RNG) techniques. The application of RNG methods to hydrodynamic turbulence was explored most extensively by Yakhot and Orszag (1986). An eddy viscosity was calculated which was consistent with the Kolmogorov inertial range by systematic elimination of the small scales in the flow. Further, assumed smallness of the nonlinear terms in the redefined equations for the large scales results in predictions for important flow constants such as the Kolmogorov constant. It is emphasized that no adjustable parameters are needed. The parameterization of the small scales in a self-consistent manner has important implications for sub-grid modeling.
Microscopic Calculations of 240Pu Fission
Younes, W; Gogny, D
2007-09-11
Hartree-Fock-Bogoliubov calculations have been performed with the Gogny finite-range effective interaction for {sup 240}Pu out to scission, using a new code developed at LLNL. A first set of calculations was performed with constrained quadrupole moment along the path of most probable fission, assuming axial symmetry but allowing for the spontaneous breaking of reflection symmetry of the nucleus. At a quadrupole moment of 345 b, the nucleus was found to spontaneously scission into two fragments. A second set of calculations, with all nuclear moments up to hexadecapole constrained, was performed to approach the scission configuration in a controlled manner. Calculated energies, moments, and representative plots of the total nuclear density are shown. The present calculations serve as a proof-of-principle, a blueprint, and starting-point solutions for a planned series of more comprehensive calculations to map out a large set of scission configurations, and the associated fission-fragment properties.
Status of lattice field theory calculations
Sharpe, S.R.
1990-01-01
This report briefly discusses the following topics: overview of all present calculation; reliability criteria for quenched calculation; quenched versus full QCD, and difficulties facing full QCD; results for the quenched pion wavefunction''; results for the quenched hadron spectrum; results for quenched B{sub K}; A new method for calculating the surface tension; the non-pertubative upper bound on the Higgs mass; and toward the TERAFLOP machine.
Calculation of the Moments of Polygons.
1987-06-01
2.1) VowUK-1N0+IDIO TUUNTKPlNO.YKNO C Calculate AREA YKXK-YKPIND*IKNO-YKNO*XKP1NO AIKA-hEEA4YKXX C Calculate ACEIT ACENT (1)- ACEIT ( 1) VSUNI4TKIK... ACEIT (2) -ACENT(2) .VSUNYKXK C Calculate SECHON 3ECNON (1) -SCNON( 1) TKXK*(XX~PIdO*VSUNXKKO**2) SECNO(2) -SEn N(2) .yrf* (XKP114*YKP1MO.XKO*YXO+VB1hi
Parametric equations for calculation of macroscopic cross sections
Botelho, Mario Hugo; Carvalho, Fernando, E-mail: mariobotelho@poli.ufrj.br [Coordenacao dos Programas de Pos-Graduacao em Engenharia (COPPE/UFRJ), Rio de Janeiro, RJ (Brazil). Programa de Engenharia Nuclear
2015-07-01
Neutronic calculations of the core of a nuclear reactor is one thing necessary and important for the design and management of a nuclear reactor in order to prevent accidents and control the reactor efficiently as possible. To perform these calculations a library of nuclear data, including cross sections is required. Currently, to obtain a cross section computer codes are used, which require a large amount of processing time and computer memory. This paper proposes the calculation of macroscopic cross section through the development of parametric equations. The paper illustrates the proposal for the case of macroscopic cross sections of absorption (Σa), which was chosen due to its greater complexity among other cross sections. Parametric equations created enable, quick and dynamic way, the determination of absorption cross sections, enabling the use of them in calculations of reactors. The results show efficient when compared with the absorption cross sections obtained by the ALPHA 8.8.1 code. The differences between the cross sections are less than 2% for group 2 and less than 0.60% for group 1. (author)
Axial force calculation of passive magnetic bearing
Vučković Ana N; Raičević Nebojša B; Ilić Saša S; Aleksić Slavoljub R; Perić Mirjana T
2014-01-01
.... Configuration like this one resembles the one passive magnetic bearing has. Force calculation is performed using semi analytical approach based on fictitious magnetization charges and discretization technique...
Pile Load Capacity – Calculation Methods
Wrana Bogumił
2015-12-01
Full Text Available The article is a review of the current problems of the foundation pile capacity calculations. The article considers the main principles of pile capacity calculations presented in Eurocode 7 and other methods with adequate explanations. Two main methods are presented: α – method used to calculate the short-term load capacity of piles in cohesive soils and β – method used to calculate the long-term load capacity of piles in both cohesive and cohesionless soils. Moreover, methods based on cone CPTu result are presented as well as the pile capacity problem based on static tests.
MATNORM: Calculating NORM using composition matrices
Pruseth, Kamal L.
2009-09-01
This paper discusses the implementation of an entirely new set of formulas to calculate the CIPW norm. MATNORM does not involve any sophisticated programming skill and has been developed using Microsoft Excel spreadsheet formulas. These formulas are easy to understand and a mere knowledge of the if-then-else construct in MS-Excel is sufficient to implement the whole calculation scheme outlined below. The sequence of calculation used here differs from that of the standard CIPW norm calculation, but the results are very similar. The use of MS-Excel macro programming and other high-level programming languages has been deliberately avoided for simplicity.
Surface Tension Calculation of Undercooled Alloys
无
2001-01-01
Based on the Butler equation and extrapolated thermodynamic data of undercooled alloys from those of liquid stable alloys, a method for surface tension calculation of undercooled alloys is proposed. The surface tensions of liquid stable and undercooled Ni-Cu (xNi=0.42) and Ni-Fe (xNi=0.3 and 0.7) alloys are calculated using STCBE (Surface Tension Calculation based on Butler Equation) program. The agreement between calculated values and experimental data is good enough, and the temperature dependence of the surface tension can be reasonable down to 150-200 K under the liquid temperature of the alloys.
Modern Feynman Diagrammatic One-Loop Calculations
Reiter, Thomas; Greiner, Nicolas; Guffanti, Alberto; Guillet, Jean-Philippe; Heinrich, Gudrun; Karg, Stefan; Kauer, Nikolas; Kleinschmidt, Tobias; Koch-Janusz, Maciej; Luisoni, Gionata; Mastrolia, Pierpaolo; Ossola, Giovanni; Pilon, Eric; Rodgers, Mark; Tramontano, Francesco; Wigmore, Ioan
2010-01-01
In this talk we present techniques for calculating one-loop amplitudes for multi-leg processes using Feynman diagrammatic methods in a semi-algebraic context. Our approach combines the advantages of the different methods allowing for a fast evaluation of the amplitude while monitoring the numerical stability of the calculation. In phase space regions close to singular kinematics we use a method avoiding spurious Gram determinants in the calculation. As an application of our approach we report on the status of the calculation of the amplitude for the process $pp\\to b\\bar{b}b\\bar{b}+X$.
Image Texture Dependence Upon Sensing and Calculation Parameters
Rodionova, N. V.
2013-08-01
This paper analyzes various parameters influence on the textural properties of digital remote sensing images using the statistical method of texture description (grey-level co-occurrence matrix (GLCM)). The parameters may be grouped to external (primary) parameters determined by surface and sensor characteristics (radar frequency, polarization, speckle filtering, spatial and radiometric resolution of the sensor, multispectral (MS) band, etc.), and internal (secondary) parameters determined by the texture calculation algorithm.SAR, MS and panchromatic images are used for illustration.
Experimental and calculated calibration of ionization chambers with air circulation
Peetermans, A
1972-01-01
The reports describes the method followed in order to calibrate the different ionization chambers with air circulation, used by the 'Health Physics Group'. The calculations agree more precisely with isotopes cited previously (/sup 11/C, /sup 13/N, /sup 15/O, /sup 41 /Ar, /sup 14/O, /sup 38/Cl) as well as for /sup 85/Kr, /sup 133/Xe, /sup 14/C and tritium which are used for the experimental standardisation of different chambers.
Real time UAV autonomy through offline calculations
Jung, Sunghun
Two or three dimensional mission plans for a single or a group of hover or fixed wing UAVs are generated. The mission plans can largely be separated into seven main parts. Firstly, the Region Growing algorithm is used to generate a map from 2D or 3D images. Secondly, the map is analyzed to separate each blocks using vertices of blocks and seven filtering steps. Thirdly, the Trapezoidal map algorithm is used to convert the map into a traversability graph. Fourthly, this process also filters out paths that are not traversable. That is, nodes located inside the blocks and too closely located nodes are filtered out. Fifthly, the Dijkstra algorithm is used to calculate the shortest path from a starting point to a goal point. Sixthly, the 1D Optimal Control algorithm is applied to manipulate the velocity and acceleration of the UAVs efficiently. Basically, the UAVs accelerates at one graph node and maintains a constant velocity and decelerates before reaching the next graph node. Lastly, Traveling Salesman Problem Method (TSP) algorithm is used to calculate the shortest path to search the whole region. After this discretization of space and time, it becomes possible to solve several autonomous mission planning problems. We focus on one of the most difficult problems: coordinated search. This is a multiple Traveling Salesman Problem (mTSP). We solve it by decomposing the search region and solving TSPs for each vehicle searching a sub-region. The mTSP is generally used when there are more than one salesman is used. In addition to the four main parts, there are three minor parts which support the main parts. Firstly, Target Detection algorithm is generated to detect a target located near the UAVs' path. A picture of the desired target is inserted into the algorithm before UAVs launch. Using the Scale-Invariant Transform Feature (SIFT) algorithm, a target with a specific shape can be detected. Secondly, Tracking algorithm is generated to manipulate UAVs to follow targets
Blaskiewicz, M.; Dooling, J.; Dyachkov, M.; Fedotov, A.; Gluckstern, R.; Hahn, H.; Huang, H.; Kurennoy, S.; Linnecar, T.; Shaposhnikova, E.; Stupakov, G.; Toyama, T.; Wang, J. G.; Weng, W. T.; Zhang, S. Y.; Zotter, B.
1999-12-01
The impedance working group was charged to reply to the following 8 questions relevant to the design of high-intensity proton machines such as the SNS or the FNAL driver. These questions were first discussed one by one in the whole group, then each ne of them assigned to one member to summarize. On the lst morning these contributions were publicly read, re-discussed and re-written where required—hence they are not the opinion of a particular person, but rather the averaged opinion of all members of the working group. (AIP)
Dunigan, T.; Cao, C.
1997-08-01
This report describes an architecture and implementation for doing group key management over a data communications network. The architecture describes a protocol for establishing a shared encryption key among an authenticated and authorized collection of network entities. Group access requires one or more authorization certificates. The implementation includes a simple public key and certificate infrastructure. Multicast is used for some of the key management messages. An application programming interface multiplexes key management and user application messages. An implementation using the new IP security protocols is postulated. The architecture is compared with other group key management proposals, and the performance and the limitations of the implementation are described.
Bhavnani, Ravi; Miodownik, Dan; Riolo, Rick
Violence can take place along a multitude of cleavages, e.g., (1) between political groups like the Kach Movement, pitting West Bank settlers against Israeli governments supporting the land-for-peace agenda; (2) between religious groups, such as Christians and Muslims in the Nigerian cities of Jos and Kaduna; (3) along class lines, as in India between Dalits and members of the Brahminical upper castes, upwardly mobile intermediate castes, and even other backward castes such as the Thevars; and (4) between ethnic groups such as the Hutu and Tutsi, both within and across state boundaries in Rwanda and neighboring Burundi.
Xenon instability study of large core Monte Carlo calculations
Bogdanova, E.V. [National Research Nuclear University ' MEPHi' , Moscow (Russian Federation); Gorodkov, S.S.
2016-09-15
One of the goals of neutronic calculations of large cores may be self-consistent distribution of equilibrium xenon through the reactor core. In deterministic calculations such self consistency is relatively simply achieved with the help of additional outer iterations by xenon, which can increase several times solution run time. But in stochastic calculation of large cores such increase is utterly undesirable, since even without these outer iterations it demands modeling of billion of histories, which in case of complicated large core may take about a day of 100 processors work. In addition the unavoidable statistical uncertainty here plays role of transient process, which excites xenon oscillations. In this work the rise of such oscillations and the way of their overcoming with the help of hybrid stochastic/deterministic calculation is studied. It is proposed to make at first single static Monte Carlo calculation of given core and to receive multi-group mesh cell characteristics for future use in operative code. This one will evaluate xenon distribution through the core, which will be equilibrium for deterministic solution and substantially close to equilibrium Monte Carlo solution, paid with enormous computing cost.
The calculation of Feynman diagrams in the superstring perturbation theory
Danilov, G S
1995-01-01
The method of the calculation of the multi-loop superstring amplitudes is proposed. The amplitudes are calculated from the equations that are none other than Ward identities. They are derived from the requirement that the discussed amplitudes are independent from a choice of gauge of both the vierbein and the gravitino field. The amplitudes are calculated in the terms of the superfields vacuum correlators on the complex (1|1) supermanifolds. The superconformal Schottky groups appropriate for this aim are built for all the spinor structures. The calculation of the multi- loop boson emission amplitudes in the closed, oriented Ramond-Neveu-Schwarz superstring theory is discussed in details. The main problem arises for those spinor structures that correspond to the Ramond fermion loops. Indeed, in this case the superfield vacuum correlators can not be derived by a simple extension of the boson string results. The method of the calculation of the above correlators is proposed. The discussed amplitudes due to all t...
Gender Similarities and Differences in Preadolescent Peer Groups
Xie, Hongling; Shi, Bing
2009-01-01
The Social Cognitive Mapping procedure was used to identify peer social groups in 26 fifth-grade classrooms from six elementary schools in a northeastern urban school district. Four group structural features were examined: size, the number of subcliques, cohesion, and salience hierarchy. Ethnic diversity index was calculated for each group. An…
QUASI-PERMUTATION REPRESENTATIONS OF ALTERNATING AND SYMMETRIC GROUPS
无
2007-01-01
The quantities c(G), q(G) and p(G) for finite groups were defined by H.Behravesh. In this article, these quantities for the alternating group An and the symmetric group Sn are calculated. It is shown thatc(G) = q(G) = p(G) = n,when G = An or Sn.
Creativity and group innovation
Nijstad, B.A.; de Dreu, C.K.W.
2002-01-01
Comments on M. West's article regarding the validity of an integrative model of creativity and innovation implementation in work groups. Variables affecting the level of team innovation; Relationship between predictors and team innovation; Promotion of constructive conflict.